Home

2 - G1SLE

1. 100 gt off out off out NOTE Perform steps 6 through 19 only if Power Meter is connected to 84814A 8482A or 8483A Power Sensor If Power Meter is connected to 8481H or 8482H Power Sensor proceed to step 20 6 Press and hold the SENSOR ZERO switch until the digital readout stabilizes While the switch is held depressed verify that the ZERO lamp is lit and that tne RF BLANKING output is 0 0 0 4V 7 Release the SENSOR ZERO switch and verify that the ZERO lamp remains lit for approxi mately four seconds When the ZERO lamp goes out verify that the o Digital Readout indi cates 0 00 0 02 uW 8 Set the Q RANGE HOLD and POWER REF switches to ON in Verify that the QD over RANGE lamp lights and that the 0 Digital Readout blanks 1_ _W NOTE Underscore _ indicates blanked digit 9 Set the RANGE HOLD switch to off out Verify that the Power Meter autoranges to the 1 mW range and that the OVER RANGE lamp goes out Figure 3 2 Operator s Checks 2 of 10 Operation Model 486A OPERATOR S CHECKS LOCAL OPERATION cont d WER NETER ENS bes RANGE SENSOR p POWER REF Adjust the CAL ADJ control so that the o Digital Readout indicates 1 000 mW Verify that the pointer on the Auxiliary Meter is aligned between the last two marks and that t
2. 8 188 13 BCD Interface Control Option 024 Assembly 7 8 190 14 Power Reference Oscillator Assembly A8 8 192 15 Power Supply Rectifier and Regulator Assembly A9 A10 Model 436A Safety Considerations SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS GENERAL This product and related documentation must be reviewed for familiarization with safety markings and instructions before operation This product has been designed and tested in accordance with inter national standards SAFETY SYMBOLS Instruction manual symbol the A product will be marked with this symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer to the instruc tion manual refer to Section II of this manual Indicates hazardous voltages ik ws Indicates earth ground terminal The WARNING sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to a procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in personal injury Do not proceed beyond a WARNING sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met The CAUTION sign denotes a hazard It calls attention to an operating procedure practice or the like which if not correctly performed or adhered to could result in damage to or destruc tion of part or all of the product Do not proceed beyond a CAU TION sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met SAFETY EARTH GROUND This is a Safety Class I
3. 92 93 ppp Dp D gt 10 R2 R3 R4 R5 gt gt gt PP R6 R7 D Ds Ul U2 U3 4 US gt gt gt poppe XU1 XU2 XU3 XU4 XU5 pppps pop XU6 XU7 XU8 XU9 XU10 PPP PS pops A1A2 A1A2J1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 4 HP PART NUMBER 00436 60020 120 0584 820 1361 820 1361 820 1361 820 1361 990 0434 990 0434 990 0434 990 0434 990 0434 0370 0914 1460 0553 00436 60007 0180 0197 0180 0228 901 0518 901 0518 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 251 3944 200 0473 200 0473 853 0020 810 0151 0757 0401 0698 3441 0698 3441 0698 3441 0698 3441 0698 3441 820 0174 200 0473 200 0473 200 0473 200 0473 200 0508 200 0508 200 0508 200 0508 200 0508 0520 0128 2190 0045 3050 0079 3050 0098 00436 60008 1200 0508 0757 0438 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0442 0 1 10 14 14 TABLE 6 2 REPLACEABLE PARTS DESCRIPTION FRONT METER PANEL ASSEMB IC DGTL DECORER IC DGTL DECODER IC DGTL DECODER IC DGTL DECODER NOT ASSIGNED S S S S S BEZEL CLIP P P P M LAY LAY LAY LAY LAY NUM NUM NUM NUM NUM SEG SEG SEG SEG SEG SCELLANEOUS PUSHBUTTON WINDOW DISPLAY ASSEMBLY CPAC CAPC TOR
4. Components of End Item List Section I Introduction e oo oo oo oo oe ooe B 1 Il Integral Components of Item 2 APPENDIX Additional Authorization List N A Maintenance Allocation Section 1 Introduction ee oe 1 11 Maintenance Allocation Chart 08 oF lll Tools and Test Equipment Requirements D 5 IV Remarks N A APPENDIX E Expendable Supplies and Materials List N A ILLUSTRATIONS Figure Page Figure Page Test of HP IB Operation Flowchart 1 1 HP Model 436A Power Meter and Accessories 27 1 P L339 3 8 436A Quick Programming Guide 3 31 Supplied L 1 0 3 9 Calculating Measurement Uncertainties 3 42 3 10 The Effect of Po Sensor Mismatch Line Voltage Selection Ix a cl ud E 2 2 Power Cable HP Part Numbers Versus C c i 1 Mains Plugs Available 22 ZIL K 2s 4 335 2 3 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Connection 226 nom BCD Interface Connection 1 Zero Carryover Test Setup LAE 3X Front and Rear Panel Controls Connectors L2 Instrument Accuracy TESE Setup Calibration Factor Test Setup and Indicators 3 2 Power Reference Level Test Setu 3 2 Dperator s Checks I CERE 3 3 Operating Instructions 5 1 DC Offset Adjustment Set 5 Power Meter Response Curve Settling Time for die Analog Circuits 2 326 Measurement Ting E
5. R72 100 n 750 3 vers R66 2150 Ra 13 3K 15 VF PUA _ P O POM wm gg t 1 1 ioci 33 2 f RECORDER Dora 007 ATAJ Cal Factor Switch Assy 00436 50027 Rl 10 R3 10 R 10 85 10 R 10 8 10 10 RID TD R11 10 R12 10 R13 19 nM 10 R15 Nate 4 Reference designations within outline assem bligs are abbreviated Full designation includes Assembly Number e g Rt af Assembly is A1R1 Designations af other components are complete as shown Service NOTES 1 Unless otherwise indicated Resistance ohms Capacitance in picofarads 2 Standard connection shown for 869 optional connection is between 33 and A3U5A 1 3 Pins 1 and 5 cut off 4 Wh ommited on Option O03 W3 Option 003 Wo W9 connected in parallel Option 002 5 Far voltages and waveforms shown controls are set as follows BANBE 1 mW CAL FACTOR 100 POWER REF ON Connect POWER SENSOR to POWER REF OUTPUT REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS NO PREFIX ASASSY 113 01 17 WS AWS W CRI 01 24 WP 81 72 TPIS 01 5 VRIS 82 AT ASSY ASSY R1 15 TRANSISTOR AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT PART NUMBERS REFERENCE PART DESIGNATIONS NUMBER 015 11 22 1953 0020 06 10 13 17 1854
6. Hp 11683A PROCEDURE 1 Set the Power Meter Switches as follows CAL FACTOR 100 POWER REF off out MODE WATT RANGE HOLD off out LINE ON in 5 2 Model 436A Adjustments ADJUSTMENTS 5 16 DC OFFSET ADJUSTMENT cont d 2 Set the Range Calibrator switches as follows FUNCTION CALIBRATE POLARITY NORMAL RANGE 100mW LINE ON in Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 5 1 Verify that the Power Meter autoranges to the 100 mW range then set the RANGE HOLD switch to ON in Set the Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to STANDBY Remove the Power Meter top cover and adjust DC OFF potentiometer A3R2 so that the digital readout indicates 00 0 with a blinking minus sign 5 17 AUTO ZERO OFFSET ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE DESCRIPTION EQUIPMENT PROCEDURE Service Sheet 8 ZERO OFF potentiometer A3R47 is adjusted to remove any dc offset that is intro duced when the SENSOR ZERO switch is pressed RANGE CALIBRATOR POWER METER POWER METER Figure 5 2 Auto Zero Offset Adjustment Setup Range Calibrator HP 11683A l Set the Power Meter switches as follows CAL FACTOR 100 POWER REF off out MODE WATT RANGE HOLD off out LINE ON in Set the Range Calibrator switches as follows FUNCTION
7. JD Remote input When HP IB option installed serves as 1 0 transfer control signal refer to description and timing diagram provided under Principles of Operation When BCD interface option installed functions in con junction with YRMT FAST to select measurement rate See below Remate input When HP IB option installed functions in conjunction with YRMT HOLD to select measure ment rate as indicated below When BCD interface op tion installed functions in conjunction with YRMT DACQ to select measurement rate as indicated below FAST HOLD DACQ Measurement Rate X low level Disabled hold high high pulse trigger with settling time low high pulse trigger immediate high high level free run at maximum rate low high level free run with settling time Service YRMT REMOTE YRMT RF DQ LAZ LCKM 8 22 Service Sheet 3 4 5 10 11 13 3 4 5 10 11 13 3 4 5 10 11 13 3 4 5 10 11 13 Model 436A Table 8 2 Program Mnemonic Descriptions 3 of 5 Description Local Remote Branch Remote input When HP IB option installed functions Display and Remote Talk in conjunction with YRMT FAST to select measure ment rate as indicated above Hardwired high when BCD interface option installed Display and Remote Talk Remote talk 1 0 transfer control signal associated with HP IB option Set low at start of talk cycle to indicate that last word of data message
8. 5 T A T 5 G E M 0 D E 5 i G p T oo 1 tA Measured A 3 38 Data Output Time Figure 3 6 provides Statis value o Amaya Min s simplified flow chart of Power Meter operation Always letter E As shown in the figure the Power Meter operates according to a stored program and can only output 3 25 Operation Model 436A Table 3 5 Power Meter Remote Access Time to First Output Data Character Measurement Worst Case Access Time to First Output Character Triggering Range 1 or 2 Range 3 4 or 5 Auto Range Free Run at maxi WATT Compute measurement times fron Figure 3 5 and mum rate dBm add measurement time of each range that Power Trigger immediately dB REL Meter steps through to delay time listed below db REF From To Delay From To Delay 1 2 1070 ms 3 2 1070 ms 2 1 1070 ms 4 3 5 133 ms 2 2 deu 5 4 133 ms Examples Starting at block labeled HOLD in worst case access time for range 1 3 and range 3 1 changes with WATT MODE se lected are Range 1 70 ms Range 3 50 ms 33 17 1 2 Delay 1070 ms 3 2 Delay 1070 ms Range 2 53ms Range 2 33 ms 2 3 Delay 133 ms 2 1 Delay 1070 ms Range 3 53 ms Rangel 33 ms 1379 ms 2256 ms Free Run with set WATT Compute worst case Auto Range access times tling time or Trigger dBm fro with settling time dB REL db REF Examples Starting at block labeled HOLD in Figure 3 5 worst case access times fo
9. RANGE YES 2 3 OR 4 COUNT RANGE COUNTER UP 1 5 lt gt 1 COUNT RANGE COUNTER UP 1 TO OVER UNDER N RANGE CONTINUE 411 D SUBROUTINE OVER UNDER RANGE SHEET 12 TO DELAY TO AUTO ZERO CONTINUE SUBROUTINE 047 SUBROUTINE SHEET 13 SUBROUTINE SHEET 6 CLEAR MAIN COUNTER ANDSETSIGN FLIP FLOP LOAD CONTENTS OF MAIN COUNTER INTO REFERENCE REGISTER TO DISPLAY AND REMOTE TALK SUBROUTINE SHEET 14 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 12A of 14 Model 436A Model 436A OVER RANGE SUBROUTINE ees M ee FROM 075 SHEET 8 134 SHEET 9 164 165 167 SHEET 10 147 14 10 37 Gay 05 1 0 1 1 TO 056 SHEET 6 13 0 EM lt gt EM CO Qm TO 036 SHEET 13 em Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 12B of 14 Service 12b 8 47 Service 13a DELAY SUBROUTINE 8 48 FROM REMOTE INITIALIZE SUBROUTINE SHEET 5 UNDER RANGE SUBROUTINE SHEET 11 OVER RANGE SUBROUTINE SHEET 12 CLEAR MAIN COUNTER AUTO ZERO A D CON VERTER 5 TIMES 8000 COUNTS EACH CLEAR MAIN COUNTER REMOTE ENABLED AUTO ZERO A D CONVERTER TWICE 8000 COUNTS EACH CLEAR MAIN COUNTER TO AUTO ZERO SUBROUTINE SHEET 6 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 13A of 14 Model 436A Model 436A Serivce
10. READY FOR DATA HBAFD LISTEN ws LISTEN 1105 UNLISTEN MEASURE 5 LNORMAL DECODER LISTEN MENT haan ADDRESS TRANSFER RATE REGISTER CONTROL ea 1 GATES TT FA 1 i CLOCK 2 1101 TALK COUNT I H TRIGGER i ONLY ADDRESS L RUN arr as ENABLE HSLDW EE BECUDER ADDRESS ENABLE AEMOTE REMOTE QUALIFIER QUALIFI 93 5 TALK MULTIPLEXER TRANSFER CONTROL GATES f DATA VALID STATUS GENERATOR TALK REGISTER TALK CLOCK TALK DECODER HBDAC LSDAV HLLD HIDAV LIDAVI 2 2 LBDAV LDfO1 LDTO7 ad NM ERE HAREM 3 5 AA 2 Eu YARI REMOTE RANGE fpe ME ao 2 gas 2501 3 LOGIC 2 3 5 1 3 5 3 50 P O any Service Hewlett Packard Interface Bus 1 0 Assembly Option 022 YD BIT MAIN COUNTER OUTPUT BIT2 SIGN NSPL TRUE RANGE EXPONENT 2 LINE SELECTORS RANGE SELECT BIT3 MODE BIT 1 NM 1 MODE BIT 2 NM 2 SENSOR AUTO ZERO STATUS YM 3 ___ OVER UNDER RANGE STATUS BIT 3 NEED peni LOFT 022 1 DATA TO FROM je gt X HEWLETT PACKARD 4 2 4 7 INTERFACE BUS PD ER ES HLLD Y5 M pP ue mM HID
11. You may want to compare measure ments against a reference standard compute percent error graph the pwr freq curve or print a table of results etc Refer to the controller operating and programming manual Figure 3 8 436A Quick Programming Guide 2 of 5 3 32 Model 436A Operation 436A QUICK PROGRAMMING GUIDE cont d 9830 STATEMENTS BASIC 9825 STATEMENTS HPL PRINT MEHI optional depends prt optional depends 318 GOTO 9395 next block ata end next block Print measured power or results of last block Include a GOTO or IF THEN state 2 Ig ment to branch to the appropriate 7 Finished N 0 program line Refer to the control esie P d ler operating and programmming manual V 4 YES Zero subroutine Zero subroutine read subroutine read subroutine CRD end fend NOTE When running the program press CONT EXECUTE to restart program execution after a STOP stp statement Figure 3 8 436A Quick Programming Guide 3 of 5 3 33 Operation Model 436A 436A QUICK PROGRAMMING GUIDE cont d Subroutines for 9825 HPL pmz Power meter zero subroutine r pmz remove source dsp disconnect sensor from source stp wrt pmrd Z T fmt 2 3x f5 0 red pmrd 2 7 verify zero if abs Z gt 2 gto remove source unzero wrt pmrd 9 tAI fmt 3 b red pmrd 3 Z verify unzero if Z gt 34 gto un
12. 3 TER I m 48911 em DUTPUT GATE S 2 830 1002 3000 CN 11 2 5 VE 1 USA y 1 1 amp LDIDI TRANSISTOR AND 46 VF CM 311 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT A LINE SELECTOR am ia PART NUMBERS WY REFERENCE t INTEGRATED CIRCUIT VOLTAGE AND EE io s ___ GROUND CONNECTIONS SETS PID m REFERENCE si wit F O P D DESIGNATIONS nm 8 9 1 wu n Wil 7 P t 1 Reference designations within asem U1 34 5 6 3 8 910 8 10 1 blies are abbreviated Full designation includes Assembly i a 21 Number eg R1 of Assembly is Designations of YDB 4 6 9 I gt other companents ere complete as shawn 578 un 6 9 yue 2 6 9 Ytd 3 I 3 P O Mother Board Asem PIO 2 0 10 P O AB i P O ATI P O AG M 7 7 RIC R mu d mp er um re Na dm 1 3 7 54 37 e 7 o 9 lt lt s ee VN Mit cul ye J s PME TEL MEE OECD ncc RES AG A7 A10 Packard Interface Bus Input Output Ayambly Option 022 4364 14514 Figure 8 40 A7 1 Option 022 Input Output Assembly Component and Test Point Locations Figure 8 41 HP IB Option 022 tnput Output Assembly Schematic Diagram amp 189 HP IB Optio
13. 8 24 BASIC CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 8 25 Linear Integrated Circuits 8 26 Operational Amplifiers Operational ampli fiers are used to provide such functions as summing and offsetting voltages as buffer amplifiers detectors and in power supplies The particular function is determined by the external circuit connections Equivalent circuit and functional diagrams for typical operational amplifiers are contained in Pine B3 Circuit A is a non inverting buffer amplifier with gain of one Circuit B is a non inverting amplifier with gain determined by the resistance of RI and R2 Circuit C is an inverting amplifier with gain determined by RI and R2 with the input impedance equal to R2 Circuit D shows the equivalent circuit and typical param eters for an operational amplifier NOTE It is assumed that the amplifier has high gain low output impedance and high input impedance 8 27 Troubleshooting An operational amplifier can be characterized as an ideal voltage amplifier having low output impedance high input impedance and very high gain Also the output voltage is proportional to the difference in the voltages applied to the input terminals In use the amplifier drives the input voltage difference close to zero 8 28 When troubleshooting an operational ampli fier measure the voltages at the two inputs with no signal applied the difference between these volt ages should be less than 10 mV A difference voltage much greate
14. BCD Interface Control Assembly A6 Option 024 The factory installed jumper enables the SENSOR ZERO function to be programmed only when the REMOTE ENABLE input to the Power Meter is low If it is desired to program the SENSOR ZERO function independ ently of the remote enable input reconnect the jumper to provide 5 V to U12C 9 as shown on Service Sheet 8 Hewlett Packard The factory installed jumpers select TALK address M and LISTEN address Interface Bus Con minus sign for the Power Meter As shown on Service Sheet 11 either trol Assembly A6 of these addresses causes a high enable output at U2C 10 If it is desired Option 022 to change these addresses refer to Service Sheet 11 and Table 2 2 and reconnect the jumpers to decode the appropriate ASCII characters example to change to TALK address E and LISTEN address 70 the jumpers would be reconnected as follows ASCII code logic 1 0V Note 0107 and 0106 must always be land 0 respectively for TALK address Note 0107 and 0106 must always be 0 and 1 respectively for LISTEN address E Disconnect jumper from H104 and reconnect to 1104 Model 436A Installation Table 2 2 USA Standard Code for Information Interchange ASCII NOTE 3 NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 1 HP IB valid LISTEN addresses NOTE 2 HP IB valid TALK addresses NOTE 3 Logic 1 2OV 2 5 Model 436A Installation SIGNAL GROUND P O TWISTED PAIR WITH 11 P O TWISTED PA
15. I 1 LLGR ENABLELOGREFERENCE BLE LOG REFERENCE 1420 AUTO ZERO ENABLE A D CONVERTER i OUTPUT 8 QUALIFIER YPLS Figure 8 22 AC Gain A D Converter and Display Circuits Block Diagram 8 169 Service Model 436A SERVICE SHEET 3 BLOCK DIAGRAM CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS The Block Diagram Circuit Descriptions for Service Sheet 3 are covered in through 8 113 Troubleshooting in paragraphs 8 55 through 8 62 and Standard Instrument Checkout in Table 8 3 AC Gain A D Converter and Display Circuits Block Diagram A1A1 A2 A3 SERVICE SHEET 2 8 170 Model 400A 4 56 2 m ENABLE EREM E Ic 5 Controller Assembly MASTER RESET UP DETECTOR 4 5G G1 ENABLE 42 ADDRESS QUALIFIER COUNTER CONTROL 42 Manse AT pines 1008 amp REMOTE ENABLED LALO L 2 OVER UNDER RANGE STATUS P ae d QUALIFIER iN AUTOS RANGE p e a LINE STATE L UR DECODER AD CONVERTER SELECTOR CONTROLLER i INSTRUCTION EIN OUTPUT QUALIFIER YMI 258 x 18 BIT ROM 2 YR2 STATE 3 REGISTERS OTHRU LAM LAL LLGR LAZO AD CONTROL REGISTER AND GATES Y75 wr ws a ii p sy NEXT ADDRESS SELECT DISABLE G2
16. P 1 P P let P 1 dB 1 MU P MU Po dB 10 log 10 54 10 II m e oo p o al 1 1 082 0 923 4 Calculate the percentage Measurement Uncertainty For P gt P For lt MU Pj 100 MU P 100 1 081 1 100 1 0 923 100 8 1 7 7 Figure 3 11 Calculating Measurement Uncertainty Uncertainty in dB Known 3 45 3 46 Model 436A Performance Tests SECTION IV PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 1 INTRODUCTION 4 2 The procedures in this section test the electr ical performance of the Power Meter using the specifications of Table 1 1 as performance stand ards All tests can be performed without access to the interior of the instrument A simpler opera tional test is included n Section under Opera tor s Checks 4 3 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 4 4 Equipment required for the performance tests is listed ih Table 1 2 Recommended Test Equip ment Any equipment that satisfies the critical specifications given in the table may be substituted for the recommended model s 4 5 TEST RECORD 4 6 Results of the performance tests may be tabulated on the Test Record at the end of the test procedures The Test Record lists all of the tested specifications and their acceptable limits Test results recorded at incoming inspection can be used for comparison in periodic maintenance trouble shooting and after repairs or ad
17. lt 100 COUNTS SHEET 10 SUBROUTINE 174 SHEET 11 AUTO RANGE LOG 21200 counrs UNDER RANGE 2083 CONVERSION SUBROUTINE SUBROUTINE lt 1100 COUNTS RANGE HOLD AUTO RANGE AUTO RANGE 4085 147 SHEET 12 ANG 10R0 ANGE OVER RANGE 2 3 0R4 SUBROUTINE AUTO RANGE 1 RANGE HOLD AUTO RANGES 047 SHEET 12 036 SHEET 13 OVER UNDER RANGE CONTINUE SUBROUTINE SUBROUTINE SHEET 11 RELATIVE 48 SUBROUTINE 170 SHEET 14 DISPLAY AND REMOTE TALK SUBROUTINE REMOTE TALK OR REMOTE HOLD NOT SELECTED LOCAL Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 1 of 14 8 25 Service 2 8 26 PROGRAM TIMING QUALIFIER INPUTS 16 NEXT ADDRESS SELECT CODE LINE SELECTOR QUALIFIER SELECT CODE QUALIFIER a REGISTER Q QUALIFIER BIT Y12 Y15 INSTRUCTION ODE INSTRUCTION REGISTER INSTRUCTIONS 16 NOTE 1 FOR ROM OUTPUTS LOGICAL 1 0V 1 TI T3 TAA EG T2 Tia NEXT ADDRESS SELECT BITS CLOCKED INTO T2 QUALIFIER CLOCKED INTO QUALIFIER REGIS STATE REGISTER AND APPLIED TO ROM ROM TER AND APPLIED TO ROM AS ADDRESS OUTPUTS ADDRESSED WORD MODIFIER ROM OUTPUTS ADORESSED WORD b QUALIFIER OUTPUT OF LINE SELECTOR DETER T3 INSTRUCTION REGISTER ENABLED INSTRUCTION MINED BY QUALIFIER SELECT CODE CODE SELECTS OUTPUT 14 1 INSTRUCTION REGISTER DISABLED NEXT CY
18. 025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 1 2 A3R4 A3R5 A3R6 A3R7 A3R8 A3R9 A3R10 A3R11 A3R12 A3R13 A3R14 A3R15 A3R16 A3R17 A3R18 A3R19 A3R20 A3R21 A3R22 A3R23 A3R24 A3R25 A3R26 A3R27 A3R28 A3R29 A3R30 A3R31 A3R32 A3R33 A3R34 A3R35 A3R36 A3R37 A3R38 A3R39 A3R40 A3R41 A3R42 A3R43 A3R44 A3R45 A3R46 A3R47 A3R48 A3R49 A3R50 HP PART NUMBER 1853 0020 1854 0071 1855 0414 1855 0414 1855 0414 1855 0414 1854 0071 1855 0414 1855 0414 1855 0414 1854 0071 1853 0020 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1855 0414 1855 0414 1855 0414 1855 0414 1855 0414 1855 0414 1855 0414 1855 0414 1854 0071 0698 3157 2100 2516 0757 0465 0698 0085 1810 0151 0698 3157 0757 0467 0757 0467 0757 0467 0757 0462 1810 0158 0757 0442 0757 0401 0698 3157 0757 0442 0698 3136 2100 2489 0698 3157 0757 0442 0698 3157 0757 0442 0757 0199 0757 0462 0698 3157 0757 0442 0757 0438 0757 0401 0757 0442 0757 0458 0698 3160 0757 0442 0698 3452 0757 0421 0757 0442 0698 3260 0757 0199 2100 2522 0698 7666 0757 0280 0698 3260 0757 0401 0757 0458 0698 3260 0757 0462 0757 0180 0698 3157 2100 2516 2100 3207 0698 7880 0698 3260 QTY TABLE 6 2 REPLACEABLE PARTS DESCRIPTION TRANSISOTR PNP SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI TRANSISTOR J FET CHIP PD 300MW PD 300 FT 200MHZ N CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR
19. 13b DELAY SUBROUTINE q FROM 031 SHEET 5 105 SHEET 11 143 SHEET 12 MIN 15 lt lt lt gt Cour CD pw a m lt gt lt lt gt CED cD C lt gt CED CD CD TO 056 SHEET 6 PLN ML Ec u 4 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 13B of 14 8 49 Service 14a EE es NS oe ee a sura a saus 8 50 FROM LINEAR POSITIVE CONVERSION SUBROUTINE SHEET 8 LINEAR NEGATIVE CONVERSION SUBROUTINE SHEET 9 RELATIVE dB SUBROUTINE SHEET 11 OVER UNDER RANGE CONTINUE SUBROUTINE SHEET 12 DISPLAY COUNT AND SIGN AUTO ZERO A D CONVERTER 1 COUNT REMOTE TALK SELECTED 805 READY FOR DATA REMOTE SELECTED BUS CONNECTED SET DATA VALID LINE DATA ACCEPTED RESET DATA VALID LINE AUTO ZERO 0 CONVERTER 1 COUNT TO LOCAL TO LOCAL REMOTE INITIALIZE SUBROUTINE BRANCH SUBROUTINE SHEET 6 SHEET 4 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 14A of 14 Model 436A Model 436A DISPLAY AND REMOTE TALK SUBROUTINE FROM 072 074 SHEET 8 131 133 SHEET 9 170 173 SHEET 11 047 050 SHEET 12 REMOTE REMOTE TO 052 SHEET6 MORE DATA MORE DATA TO 026 SHEET 4 Figure 8
20. auTPL T j ZQUTPFLT PR IMT TOF PRINT RETURH ADDS PRINT TRACE OURUHHTHGU REM TER DATA d rpm 4 TER 413 9 asa FO hj TURH REM DEY CLR TPUT COSUB 2540 RETURH Hn UTu EMD W PRIHT B DATH Sau END Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 5 of 25 8 74 Model 436A Service START 10 20 30 REM remarks 40 ASSIGNMENT initialize variables to 1 T test number E error number Z attempts to zero 50 60 FORMAT specifications 70 80 90 GO SUB RETURN output device clear then trace subroutine change DISP RUNNING to PRINT for trace mode operation 100 105 BUS CMD OUTPUT HP interface Bus set to local 107 GO SUB RETURN output device clear then trace subroutine change DISP RUNNING to PRINT for trace mode operation 110 BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to talk 120 WAIT 5 second program delay 130 IF THEN Power Meter output data NO GO SUB print ERROR 1 stop 140 GO TO line 160 160 170 BUS CMD OUTPUT HP Interface Bus set to remote 180 GO SUB RETURN trace subroutine change DISP RUNNING to PRINT for trace mode operation 190 BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to free run at maximum rate dB REF Mode 200 210 BUS CMD OUTPUT HP Interface Bus set to local 220 GO SUB RETURN trace subrout
21. lt lt GND REMOTE ENABLE 5 NC RANGE RANGE BIT 3 SELECT 1 THRU 5 RANGEBIT1 gt RANGE BIT 2 vt Logic Levels The BCD Interface logic levels are TTL compatible i e the true state is 0 0 Vdc to 0 4 Vdc and the false state is 42 5 Vdc to 45 0 Vdc gt 10 C UNITS 1090 MEASURED gt 106 VALUE TENS INTERPRET gt 1010 AS HUNDREDS gt 10 i 10 not printed out gt 10 THOUSANDS GND GND lt CAL FACTOR DISABLE gt RANGE STATUS BIT3 POWER METER OPERATING GND RANGE MODE BIT 1 MODE SELECT MODE BIT 2 SENSOR ZERO STATUS GND gt EXC MEASURED UNITS VALUE gt EXPONENT GND TENS 1 or 0 lt SENSOR ZERO SELECT MEASUREMENT gt lt TRIGGER MEASUREMENT Programming and Output Data Format Refer toj Section Operation Mating Connectors HP 1251 0086 Mating Cables Available HP 562A 16C for 5055A Printer Figure 2 4 BCD Interface Connection 2 7 2 8 Model 436A Operation SECTION Ill OPERATION 3 1 INTRODUCTION 3 2 This section provides complete operating information for the Power Meter Included in the section are a description of all front and rear panel controls connectors and indicators panel features operator s checks operating instructions power measurement accuracy considerations and operator s maintenance 3 3 Since the power Meter can be operated locally as wel
22. 1 Calculate the reflection coefficient from the given SWR 1 1 Power Sensor 2 Power Source 1 5 1 _ 125 1 _ 20 1 1 5 1 1 25 1 20 1 0 5 0 25 2 5 2 25 0 2 0 111 0 333 2 Calculate the relative power and percentage power mismatch uncertainties from the reflection coefficients An initial reference level of 1 is assumed Reletive Power Uncertainty P SWR of Power Sensor n PU 1 2 n 15 nPs where p SWE of Power Source 2 e 156040 ib 1 0 2 0 333 PU 0 111 0 333 1 1 067 and 0 933 1 037 and 1 138 and 0 870 1 073 and 0 938 Percentage Power Uncertainty PU 1 100 for PU gt 1 and 1 PU 100 for PU 1 1 138 1 10096 and 1 0 870 100 0 138 100 and 0 130 100 13 896 and 13 0 1 073 1 100 and 1 0 928 100 0 073 10096 and 0 072 100 71 396 and 7 2 Figure 3 9 Calculating Measurement Uncertainties 1 of 2 3 42 Model 436A Operation CALCULATING MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY 3 Calculate the Measurement Uncertainty in dB Py Py MU 10 109810 dB for gt 1 Po Po 10P 10 log dB 10Pg Py 10 log 10P log 10P9 dB for P 0 13 MU 10 2 10 log 10 0 870 log 10 1 10 0 056 and 10 log 8 70 log 10 and 10 0 94 1 and 10 0 060 0 56 dB and 0 60 dB 1 07 10 ioe and 10 log 10 0 928 log
23. 70912 13 22 RANGE 3 COUNTER gt 6 8 52 ug 45 VF 5 R2 m VE 45 VF 5 VF 1000 E 8 11 13 lt RED 249 pnm 5110 U13 14 ves c E eren on 13 Lr e en 4 2 1 5 98 1113 69 lt 9 N 9G a lt ETE REE R10 10K 10K 8 RSF LiBr IR t gt E 9 un AS SHOWN 11 vars 5 EU EB BLANKING 245 8 12 13 v2 489 18 13 20 9 o PO 3 B ying I M F O GB c 1 TE E s yos 6 11 D 11 9 Ei 3 13 YAR ie lt V E RF BLANKING M v Qo ZERO wu mam BUFFERS MODE REGISTER AND GATES SAR a M M ee Controller 4368 1451A gt CE 202 2 aM MC Z gt Figure 8 36 Controller Assembly Component and Test Point Locations Figure 8 37 Controller Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 155 Controller Assembly A5 4 SERVICE SHEET 10 service SERVICE SHEET 11 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS The circuits described in Service Sheet 11 are covered in paragraphs 8 I14 through 8 161 HP IB Instrument Checkout in paragraphs 8 63 through 8 66 Troubleshooting in Table 8 4 and HP IB Verification Programs in and 8 17 A6 ASSEMBLY ADDRESS SELECT 2345 CIRCUIT AR 5 SIDE Figure 8 38 A6 HP IB Option 022 Control Assem
24. Asterisk indicates factory selected component Assembly reference designator s Reference designators deleted by circuit changes are listed here Wire color code Code used MIL STD 681 is the same as the resistor color code First number iden Large numbers in lower right corners of schematic diagrams are service sheet numbers They are provided for con venience in tracing inter connections tifies the base color second number the wider stripe and the third number the narrower stripe Example denotes white base yellow wide stripe violet narrow stripe List of all the reference desig nations on the diagram Figure 8 1 Schematic Diagram Notes 3 of 3 Model 436A Safety Considerations cont d The use of repaired fuses and the short circuiting of fuseholders must be avoided 8 8 Whenever it is likely that this protection has been impaired the instrument must be made inoperative and be secured against any unintended operation WARNING The service information is often used with power supplied and protective covers removed from the instrument Energy available at many points may if contacted result in personal injury 8 9 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT 8 10 Test equipment and test equipment accessories required to maintain the Power Meter are listed in Table 121 Equipment other than that listed may be used if it meets the listed critical specifications 8 11 SERVICE AIDS 8 1
25. CZECHOSLOVAKIA Vyvojova a Provozm Zakladna Hewlett Packard France Agency R gionale Le Saquin Chemin des Mouilies F 69130 Ecully Tet 78 33 81 25 Cable HEWPACK Eculy Telex 3f 06 17 Hewlett Packard France Agence R gionale P ricentre de la C pi re Chemin de la C pi re 20 F 31300 Toulouse Le Tet 61 40 11 12 Cable HEWPACK 51957 Telex 510957 Hewlett Packard France Agence R gionale A roport principal de Marseille Marignane F 13721Marignane Tet 91 89 12 36 Cable HEWPACK MARGN Telex 410770 Hewlett Packard France Agence R gionale Avenue de Rochester Vyzkumnych Ustavu v Bechovicich P 1124 CSSR 25097 Bechovice u Prahy Tel 89 93 41 Telex 121333 Institute of Medical Bionics F 35014 Rennes C dex Tel 99 36 33 21 Cable HEWPACK 74912 Telex 740912 Hewlett Packard France Vyskumny Ustav Lekarske Bioniky Agence R gionale Jediova 6 CS 88346 Bratisiava Kramare 44 551 45 541 DOR Entwicklungslabor der TU Dresden Forschungs 008 730 Waldheim Meinsberg Tel 37 667 Telex 112145 Export Contact AG Zuerich Guenther Forgber Schiegelstrasse 15 1040 Berlin Tet 42 74 12 Telex 111889 DENMARK Hewlett packard A S Datave 52 0K 3460 Birkered Tel 02 81 66 40 Cable HEWPACK AS Telex 166 40 hpas Hewlett Packard A S 1 DK 8600 Silkeborg Tel 06 82 71 66 Telex 166 40 hpas Cable HEWPACK AS FINLAND Hewlett Packard OY Nahkahousun
26. Hewlett Packard GmbH Technisches Buero Nuremberg Neumeyer Str 90 D 8500 Nuremberi 0911 56 30 83 85 Telex 0623 860 Hewiett Packard GmbH Technisches Buero Munchen Unterhachinger Strasse 28 ISAR Center D 8012 Ottobrunn Tel 089 601 30 61 7 Cable HEWPACKSA Munchen Telex 0524985 Hewlett Packard GmbH Technisches Buero Berlin Keith Strasse 2 4 0 1000 Bertin 30 Tel 030 24 90 86 Telex 18 3405 npbin d GREECE Kostas Karayannis 18 Ermou Street GR Athens 126 Tel 3237731 Cable RAKAR Athens Telex 21 59 62 rkar gr Analytical Only NEGO G Papathanassiou amp Co Marni 17 GR Athens 103 Tel 522 1915 Cable INTEKNIKA Athens Telex 21 5329 INTE GR Medical Only Technomed Hellas Ltd 52 Skoufa Street GR Athens 135 Tel 362 6972 363 3830 Cable etalak athens Telex 21 4693 ETAL GR HUNGARY MTA M szer gyi s M r stechnikai Srolgalata Lenin Krt 67 1391 Budapest V Tel 42 03 38 Telex 22 51 14 ICELAND Medical Only Elding Trading Company Inc Hafnarhvoli Tryggvatotu IS Reykjavik Tel 1 58 20 Cable ELDING Reykjavik IRAN Hewlett Packard Iran Ltd No 13 Fourteenth St Miremad Avenue Box 41 2419 IR Tehran 851082 7 Telex 213405 HEWP IR IRAQ Hewlett Packard Trading Co Mansoor City Baghdad 5517827 Telex 2455 Cable HEWPACDAD Baghdad Iraq IRELAND Hewiett Packard Ltd King Street Lane GB Winnersh Wokingham Berks RG11 SAR
27. Model 436A CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 3 cent d 4 TA4 TB1 a Address 001 clocked into State Register and applied to State Controller b Qualifier Register output still high logic 1 so State Controller produces word 201 5 TB2 a YR3 qualifier logic 0 clocked into Quali fier Register and applied to State Control ler Qualifier Register not clocked again until TC2 b State Controller produces word 001 6 TB3 Instruction Decoder enabled LCLR instruction generated to dear Main Counter 7 TB4 TC1 a Address 032 docked into State Register and applied to State Controller A ogic 0 b State Controller produces word 032 8 TC2 TC3 etc Cyde continues as de scribed in steps 1 through 7 B Example 2 Remote Qualifier Selection Starting Address 035 Qualifier Instruction Next Address Select Select Select Code Code Code BIT 1514131211109 87 654 32 1 0 Word 035g 1 0 t o 0 1 0 1 1 0 12g YR2 13g LCKM 026 0 0 026 0 I 2 4 1 TB2 TAL a Address 0268 clocked into State Register and applied to State Controller b Qualifier Register output is logic 0 so State Controller produces word 026 Remote Qualifier YRMT is input to Line Selector via Multiplexer in Remote Inter face Circuits When Instruction Code 30 8 142 through 37 and Qualifier Select Code is 17 Instruction Decoder is disabled and Re
28. Then wait thirty minutes for the 432A thermistor mount to stabilize before proceed ing to the next step Set the 432A RANGE switch to COARSE ZERO and adjust the front panel COARSE ZERO control to obtain a zero meter indication Fine zero the 432A on the most sensitive range then set the 432A RANGE switch to mW NOTE Ensure that the DVM input leads are isolated from chassis ground when performing the next step Set up the DVM to measure microvolt and connect the positive and negative inputs leads respectively to the V u and V connectors on the rear panel of the 432A Observe the indication on the DVM If less than 400 microvolt proceed to the next step If 400 microvolt or greater press and hold the 432A FINE ZERO switch and adjust the COARSE ZERO control so that the DVM indicates 200 microvolt or less Then release the FINE ZERO switch and proceed to the next step Round off the DVM indication to the nearest microvolt and record this value as V Disconnect the DVM negative input lead from the V connector on the 432A and reconnect it to chassis ground Set the Power Meter POWER REF switch to ON in and record the indication ob served on the DVM as Disconnect the DVM negative input lead from chassis ground and reconnect it to the V connector on the rear panel of the 432A The DVM is not setup to measure which represents the power reference oscillator output level Calculate the value of V equal to 1 mill
29. a LCOR instruction is generated to load the output of the Reference Register into the Relative Counter and to set the Relative Counter 0 NRZO qualifier to logic one When this qualifier subsequently changes state the Controller will detect that the conversion is completed b The Controller generates an LREL instruction to count the Relative Counter down one count This is necessary because the Relative Counter has to be docked one count past 0000 to change the state of the Relative Counter 0 NRZO qualifier The Controller monitors the Relative Counter 0 qualifier set to logic 1 by LCOR instruction while generating LREL and LCNT instructions on the trailing edge of every negative alternation of the 01 dock pulse The LREL instructions serve as down docks to the Relative Counter and are gated with the LCNT instruction by the Up Down Count Control Logic to provide up or down dock outputs to the Main Counter as indicated in Table amp 7 Note that up clocks are provided when the signs of the input and reference power levels are different and down clocks are provided when the signs are same Note also that if the Main Counter is counted down through 0000 the Borrow output of the Main Counter toggles the 8 149 Service Model 436A CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 3 cont d Sign Latch causing the sign outputs and thus the direction of counting to change As illustrated in the examples below this cou
30. power level A typical Power Meter response curve is shown in Figure comparing this curve with the measurement timing_cycle shown in and summarized M Table 3 5 the validity of the Power Meter output can be tabulated according to operating range and triggering interval versus change in input power level A general summay of this information is as follows Operation a When the Power Meter is programmed for trigger with settling time operation sufficient time is provided for the Power Meter to settle to the input power level on all ranges except range 1 On range 1 approximately 10 seconds 0 10 measure ments are required for the Power Meter to settle b When the Power Meter is programmed for trigger immediate operation the desired amount of settling time can be incorporated into the operat ing program 3 72 The programming codes that the Power Meter will respond to are listed in Table 3 8 3 73 POWER MEASUREMENT ACCURACY 3 74 A power measurement is never free from error or uncertainty Any RF system has RF losses mismatch losses mismatch uncertainy instrumentation uncertainty and calibration uncertainty Measurement errors as high as 5096 are not only possible they are highly likely unless the error sources are understood and as much as possible eliminated 3 75 Sources of Error and Measurement Uncer tainty 3 76 RF Losses Some of the RF power that enters the Power Sensor is not dissipated in t
31. selected component information 5 14 ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS 5 15 The last foldout in this manual contains a table which cross references all pictorial and schematic locations of the adjustment controls The accompanying figure shows the locations of the adjustable controls assemblies and chassis mounted parts Adjustments Model 436A ADJUSTMENTS Table 5 1 Factory Selected Components Reference Selected For Normal Value Service Designator Range Sheet A2R18 A display readout of 100 0 mW if the Power Meter after being properly adjusted passes 150KQ to all of the Instrumentation Accuracy Tests 250KQ specified in Section IV except for the high range 100 mW 20 dBm A2R50 Adjust A2R69 FREQ Frequency Adj for maximum indication on digital readout then check frequency of 220 Hz Multivib rater If out of specification 220 16 Hz select value for A2R50 to produce maximum indication on digital readout while 220 Hz Multivibrator frequency is in specification A8R5 A Power Reference Oscillator output of 1 mW if this value falls outside the range of 71009 to adjustment available with LEVEL 75009 ADJUST potentiometer 865 5 16 DC OFFSET ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE Service Sheet 8 DESCRIPTION DC OFF potentiometer A3R2 is adjusted to remove any dc voltage introduced by the dc amplifier RANGE CALIBRATOR METER POWER METER SENSOR Figure 5 1 DC Offset Adjustment Setup EQUIPMENT Range Calibrator
32. 0757 0280 0757 0288 0757 0289 757 0290 0787 0317 0757 0346 0757 0398 0757 0401 0757 0420 0757 0421 0757 0422 0757 0438 0757 0441 0757 0442 0757 0443 0757 0444 0757 0458 0757 0459 0757 0460 0757 0462 0757 0464 0757 0465 0757 0467 10 471 1200 0473 1250 0083 FSCM 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 24226 28480 28480 PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE INDEX NATIONAL STOCK PART NUMBER NUMBER 5905 00 974 6083 1251 0087 5905 00 828 0397 251 1365 5905 00 826 2262 500105 9035 2 5905 00 826 3239 50D105X9035A2 5905 00 972 4907 50D106X9020B2 5905 00 981 7513 50D154X9035A2 5905 00 891 4224 50D156X9020B2 5905 00 221 8310 500225 9020 2 5905 00 853 8190 50D226X9015B2 5905 00 193 4318 50D336X9010B2 5905 00 998 1908 50D475X9035B2 5905 00 858 8826 50D606X9006B2 5905 00 244 7189 810 0136 5905 00 998 1906 1810 0151 5905 00 788 0291 820 0054 5905 00 981 7829 1820 0076 5905 00 493 5404 820 0077 5905 00 891 4219 1820 0174 5905 00 728 9980 820 0175 5905 00 929 2529 1820 0223 5905 00 858 6799 820 0328 5905 00 998 1792 1826 0013 5905 00 891 4252 826 0161 5905 00 858 9132 1853 0020 5905 00 494 4628 854 0003 5905 00 99T7 9579 1854 0071 5905 00 858 8959 854 0247 5
33. 1 35 test equipment shown in Table 1 2 15 recommended for use during performance testing adjustments and troubleshooting To ensure optimum performance of the Power Meter the specifications of a substitute instrument must equal or exceed the critical specifications shown in the table 1 36 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 1 37 The Power Meter is a Safety Class instrument This instrument has been designed according to international safety standards 1 38 This operating and service manual contains information cautions and warnings which must be followed by the user to ensure safe operation and to retain the instrument in safe condition Model 436A General Information Table 1 2 Recommended Test Equipment Critical Specifications ee Range Calibrator Chopped dc output for each range referenced to 1 mW range Digital Voltmeter Function DC resistance HP 3490A P A T Range Resistance 200 ohms 100 m Vdc 1000 mVdc 10 Vdc 100 10MQ input impedance 6 digit resolution 30 0596 of reading 40 0296 of range Power Meter Range 1 mW HP 432A Transfer Accuracy input to output 0 2 Thermistor SWR 1 05 50 MHz HP 478A H75 Mount Accuracy 30 596 at 50 MHz Counter Frequency Range 220 Hz 50 MHz HP 5245L Sensitivity 100 m Vrms Accuracy 0 01 Oscilloscope Bandwidth dc to 50 MHz HP 180C Vertical Sensitivity 0 2 V division 1801A 1821A Horizontal Sensitivity 1 ms division Logic Analyzer Clock Input 60
34. 16500 Sprague Road Cleveland 44130 Tel 216 243 7300 TWX 810 423 9430 330 Progress Rd Dayton 45449 513 859 8202 1041 Kingsmili Parkway Columbus 43229 Tel 614 436 1041 OKLAHOMA Box 32008 Oklahoma City 73132 Tel 405 721 0200 OREGON 17890 SW Lower Boones Ferry Road Tualatin 97062 503 620 3350 PENNSYLVANIA 111 Zeta Drive Pittsburgh 15238 412 782 0400 1021 8th Avenue King of Prussia Industrial Park King of Prussia 19406 Tel 915 265 7000 TWX 510 660 2670 SOUTH CAROLINA 6941 0 Trenholm Road Columbia 29260 Tel 803 782 6493 55 Knoxville Medical Service onl Tet 615 523 5022 1473 Madison Avenue Memphis 38104 Tel 901 274 7472 Nashville Medicat Service only Tel 615 244 5448 TEXAS Box 1270 201 E Arapaho Rd Richardson 75080 tel 214 231 6101 Box 27409 6300 Westpark Orive Houston 77057 713 781 6000 205 Billy Mitchell Road San Antonio 78226 Tel 512 434 8241 UTAH 2160 South 3270 West Street Salt Lake City 84119 Tel 801 487 0715 VIRGINA P 0 Box 12778 No 7 Koger Exec Center Suite 212 Norfolk 23502 Tel 804 461 4025 6 P O Box 9669 2914 Hungary Springs Road Richmond 23228 Tel 804 285 3431 WASHINGTON Bellefield Office Pk 1203 114th Ave S E Bellevue 98004 Tel 206 454 3971 TWX 910 443 2446 WEST VIRGINIA Medical Analytical Only Charleston Tel 304 345 1640 WISCON
35. 2190 0009 2580 0002 2110 0063 2110 0421 1251 3362 00436 20014 0590 0011 QTY TABLE 6 2 REPLACEABLE PARTS DESCRIPTION FUSE 5A 250V SUSE 5A 250V FUSE 5A 250V TERIMINAL SLDR STUD TERIMINAL SLDR STUD TERMINAL SLDR STUD TERIMINAL SLDR STUD TERIMINAL SLDR STUD TERIMINAL SLDR STUD IC VOLTAGE REGULATOR A9 MISCELLANEOUS HEAT SISSIPATOR 1 18 LG X 1 00 WIDE FUSEHOLDER SCREW MACH 4 40 PAN HD POZI REC SST 300 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR PC BOARD EXTRACTOR WHITE MOTHER BOARD ASSEMBLY SOCKET ELEC IC 14 CONT DIP SLDR TERM SOCKET ELEC IC 16 CONT DIP SLDR TERM CONNECTOR 10 PIN CONNECTOR 10 PIN DIODE ZENER 6 19V VZ 1W MAX PD NOT ASSIGNED CONNECTOR PC EDGE 33 CONT DIP SOLDER CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT DIP SOLDER CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT DIP SOLDER CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 ONT DIP SOLDER CONNECTOR PC EDGE 12 CONT DIP SOLDER CONNECTOR PC EDGE 22 CONT DIP SOLDER A10 MISCELLANEOUS WASHER LK INTL T NO 6 141 IN ID 288 SCREW MACH 6 32 PN HD POZI REC SST 300 LINE MODULE UNFILTERED CABLE ASSY MOLEX FRONT CONNECTOR 10 CONT FEM POST TYPE4 CONTACT CONNECTOR 5 CONT FEM POST TYPE CABLE ASSY MOLEX REAR CONNECTOR 10 CONT FEM POST TYPE CONTACT CAKPACITOR FXD 72000 75 10 15VDC AL TERIMINAL SLDR LUG 10 SCR 195 093 SCREW MACH 10 32 PAN HD POZI REC SST CLAMP CAP 75 IN WD CAPACITOR FXD 2 20 10 20VDC CAPACITOR FXD 5000 80 20 200
36. 3 3 Operation Model 436A FRONT AND REAR PANEL FEATURES Figure 3 1 Front and Rear Panel Controls Connector and Indicators 3 of 4 34 Model 436A FRONT PANEL FEATURES cont d Note cont d Readout To return to the dB Relative Mode without changing the stored refer ence press the WATT MODE or dBm MODE switch just enough to release the previously selected MODE switch Do not press the dB REF MODE switch new reference will be entered Auxiliary Meter Provides a linear display with respect to RF input power For any given range a full scale meter indication corresponds to the highest indication that can be obtained on the Digital Display UNDER RANGE Lights to indicate that RF input power level is too small to be measured on selected range autoranging disabied or on Power Meter lowest range autoranging enabled OVER RANGE Lights to indicate that RF input power level is too large to be measured on selected range autoranging disabled or on Power Meter highest range autoranging enabled REAR PANEL FEATURES SENSOR INPUT Available only with Options 002 or 003 Option 002 has a rear panel input connector wired in parallel with the front panel SENSOR connector In Option 003 this rear panel input connector replaces the SENSOR front panel connector Line Power Module Permits operation from 100 120 220 or 240 Vac The number visible in window indicates nominal line vo
37. 48 to 440 Hz single phase Power consumption is approx imately 20 watts WARNING If this instrument is to be energized via an autotransformer for voltage reduction make sure the common terminal is connected to the earthed pole of the power source 2 8 Line Voltage Selection CAUTION BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS IN STR UMENT make sure the instrument is set to the voltage of the power source 2 9 Figure 2 1 provides instructions for line voltage and fuse selection The line voltage selection card and the proper fuse are factory installed for 120 Vac operation Operating voltage is shown in module window SELECTION OF OPERATING VOLTAGE 1 Open cover door pull the FUSE PULL lever end rotate to left Remove the fuse 2 Remove the Line Voltage Selection Card Position the card so the line voltage appears at top left corner Push the card firmly into the slot 3 Rotate the Fuse Pull lever to its normal posi tion Insert a fuse of the correct value in the holder Close the cover door Figure 2 1 Line Voltage Selection 2 10 Power Cable BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS IN STRUMENT the protective earth termi nals of this instrument must be connected to the protective conductor of the mains power cord The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protecti ve earth con tact The protective action must not be negated by the use of an extension cord power cable without a protective
38. 5 General Description Model 436A Service Table 8 6 Operating Program Descriptions 2 of 11 Block Diagram Description Block Diagram Description Description Troubleshooting Sub Routine Address Branch To Refer To Service Title Sheet heck whether freerun or ja Branch to Remote Table 8 4 Error Local Program Execution Remote riggered operation is selected Initialize sub 8 HP IB Branch HOLD 036 associated routine Address Option 4 Measurement Rate cont d ith BCD Interface Option 012 for free run Programming Com 024 only or if trigger is re mand Processing ceived to initiate program Table 83 Step 5 Measurement Rate BCD Option Programming R b 043 if trigger not ai ade Qualifier 5 received Program Interface and Talk Cyde Auto zero A D Converter Address 026 Table 8 amp 4 Error 2 3 A D Converter one count LAZ 38 HP IB Auto Zero Option Function Table 83 Step 3 BCD Option Remote Hold range selected in Address 013 Arror 3 Range Selection Initialize previous program cycle 8 HP 1B Opt 4 Range Programming if autoranging selected Table 8 5 Step Command Blank Instruction 14 BCD Option Processing 5 Range Programming Load remote range select Address 013 Table 8 4 Error Commands inputs into range counter 4 and 4 5 if autoranging not HP IB Option selected LLRA Table 8 5 Step 3 BCD Option Count range counter down Address 015 Not verified 3 Ran
39. 8 1 DIGITAL GROUND 2 810 11 10 16 _ 15 wal WAP21 wu 10 9710 12 13 t 1 t 91213 1 1 1 T I 2 YH2 l 8 10 12 13 6 Sl T5 1 E IN Fg 1 1 i MI vot M L2 15 1 2 iiv 16 I 912 13 ne I vos 4 i Cr 1 i 4 E 1 d E 1 1 yur 10 gt Yu285 9 8 12 13 225 g Yus 2 Front Panel Circuits 436A 1451A w s eee O eee a a 1 PID n i s M I DIGITAL GROUND LAEM 1 13 1 5 ox _ F O W3P1 W3 P O P O wi 3 910 113 L _ Service 7 7 7 O AA Display Assembly 00436 60007 NOTES Unis atherwise indiczted P O Untess otherwise indicated 12 45 Resistance in ohms 1 Capacitance in picofarads ee LEO BUFFERS AND DISPLAY a 2 W4 omitted options 022 024 W11 options 022 024 7 REMOTE 000 0 are 1 connections I OVER 092 RANGE 1 ET I 1 TRANSISTOR ANG INTEGRATE
40. Codes 3 42 Receiving the Clear Message 3 43 The Power Meter has provision for respond ing to the DCL bus command but not the SDC bus command Upon receipt of the DCL command the Power Meter operating program is reset causing the Power Meter to enter the Hold state shown at the top of Figure 3 6 and the HP IB circuits are con figured to provide Watt Mode Auto Range and Cal Factor Disable outputs 3 44 Receiving the Remote Message 3 45 When the Power Meter recieves the Remote Message REN line low it completes the rest of its current measurement cycle sce Figure and then goes to remote See the Local to Remote Mode Change paragraph 3 3 for information about how to program the local to remote mode change 3 46 Receiving the Local Message 3 47 The Power Meter does not respond to the GTL go to local bus command It reverts to local operation when the REN remote enable bus line goes false high Operation 3 48 Receiving the Local Lockout and Clear Lockout Set Local Messages 3 49 The Power Meter does not respond to the Local Lockout Message LLO bus command It responds to the Clear Lockout Set Local Message in that when the REN bus line goes false it will revert to local operation 3 50 Receiving the Pass Control Message 3 51 The Power Meter has no provision for oper ation as a controller 3 52 Sending the Required Service Message 3 53 The Power Meter does not have provision for r
41. Figure 8 39 HP IB Option 022 Control Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 187 HP 1B Option O22 Control Assembly CAG SERVICE SHEET 11 Service SERVICE SHEET 12 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Th e circuits described in Service Sheet 12 are covered in through 8 154 HP IB Instrument Check out in paragraphs 05 65 55 through lt lt Troubleshooting im Tabie 3 4 and LIT IE Werification Programs in and 8 17 1 Model 436 OPEN Model 400 4 Service P O AT Hevdett Packerd Bus Input Output Assembly Option 022 00436 60012 WX r r F o e mam mmm COUNTER 6 VF HWB3 CW 1 HRBD 1 pe DUTPUT GATES Rat 3000 Ti ina zi Min LINE SELECTOR em DESIGNATIONS 1854 0071 1820 1298 1620 1184 1816 0614 1820 0621 1820 1138 1 I x n Moo CH T A7 ASSEMBLY om qu w Mo so 1 lt 4 TALK ONLY Nome Qn L E t i NC NORMAL ofS FF 0007 i leac el 6 6 em NOTE du n 1 Unless otnerwise indicated i i Assistance in ohms m 1 Capacitance in RID L 11 sewers 1 Lar DC INTERFACE o cu 11 BUS HOE mn REFERENCE DESIGNATIDNS GEN CP AR ED fum UUTPUT Waste
42. IC 16 CONT DIP SLDR TERM LEC IC 16 CONT DIP SLDR TERM EC 6 CONT DIP SLDR TERM ED EC IC 14 CONT DIP SLDR TERM EC IC 14 CONT DIP SLDR TERM EC IC 14 CONT DIP SLDR TERM EC IC 14 CONT DIP SLDR TERM EC IC 14 CONT DIP SLDR TERM 2 56 PAN HD POZI REC SST 300 HLCL NO 2 088 ID 165 IN 2 094 IN ID 188 IN OD 2 094 ID 25 IN IC 14 CONT DIP SLDR TERM 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR MFR CODE 28480 28480 C7263 07263 0763 07263 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 91260 28480 56289 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 24546 16299 16299 16299 16299 16299 01295 28480 28480 28480 28480 06776 06776 06776 06776 06776 28480 76854 23050 80120 28480 06776 24546 24546 24546 24546 MODEL 436A MFR PART NUMBER 00436 60020 1120 0584 9374DC 9374DC 9374DC 9374DC 1990 0434 1990 0434 1990 0434 1990 0434 1990 0434 0370 0914 00436 60007 50D225X9020A2 50D226X9015B2 901 0518 901 0518 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 990 0450 200 0473 200 0473 853 0020 810 0151 C4 1 8 TO 101 F C4 1 8 TO 215R F C4 1 8 TO 215R F C4 1 8 TO 215R F C4 1 8 TO 215R F C4 1 8 TO 215R F SN7404N 200 0473 200 0473 200 0473 200 0473 CN 143 S3W CN 143 S3W CN 143 S3W CN 143 S3W CN 143 S
43. IC 16 CONT DIP SLDR TERM TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ RESISTOR 10K 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 46K 1 125W F TUBULAR de de RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TUBULAR TERMNINAL SLDR STUD TERMINAL SLDR STUD TERMINAL SLDR STUD IC IC IC IC IC DGIL SN74192N COUNTER 6 9 MFR CODE 24546 16299 24546 24546 24546 16299 16299 16299 16299 24546 24546 19701 19701 28480 16299 19701 24546 24546 16299 24546 24546 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 27014 27014 27014 28480 28480 04713 03877 04713 04713 04713 04713 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 280480 28480 28480 28480 28480 06776 28480 24546 24546 24546 24546 19701 24546 28480 28480 28480 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 MODEL 436A MFR PART NUMBER C4 1 8 TO 1003 F C4 1 8 TO 2372 F C4 1 8 TO 101 F C4 1 8 TO 1003 F C4 1 8 TO 6192 F C4 1 8 TO 2372 F C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 3162 F C4 1 8 TO 3162 F C4 1 8 TO 1003 F C4 1 8 TO 5111 F MF4C1 8 T9 2872 F MF4C1 8 T9 4531 F 2100 2516 C4 1 8 TO 2151 F MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F C4 1 8 TO 1213 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 196R F C4 1 8 TO 751 F C4 1 8 TO 101 F 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 LM312H LM301AH LM312H 1826 0092 1826 0092 SZ 10939 98 1N827 SZ 10939 26 SZ 10939 1
44. Materiel GENERAL Introduction beneno 81 Instruments by Manual 14 Description INFORMATION 18 19 Input Output Options 122 Cable Options P 24 Remote Control Options 1227 Accessories Supplied 1229 Equipment Required but not Supplied E 31 Equipment Available 1 34 Recommended Test Pantano 1 36 Considerations L INSTALLATION 2 1 __ Introduction 2 3 nitial Inspection 2 5 Preparation for Use Power Requirements Line Voltage Selection Power Cable Circuit Options 2 14 Interconnections Mating Connectors Operating Environment 2 23 Bench Operation 2 25 Rac Mounting 2 28 torage and Shipment 2 29 Environment 231 Xl introduction 34 Pane Features 3 6 lOperator s Maintenance 3 8 Dperator s Checks 3 10 Local Operating Instructions 3 12 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Remote Operation 3 14 Compatibility 3 18 DataMessages i 3 21 Receiving Data Messages 1332 Sending Data Messages from the power Meter Contents CONTENTS Page Section Page qe 3 40 Receiving the Trigger Message 3 29 Receiving the Clear Message 3229 51 Receiving the Remote Message 3 46 Receiving the Local Message 3 29 Receiving the Loca
45. Maximum EMEN _ Mode 466A oo All voltages shown are 0 1 Vde Power Sensor Maximum and Minimum F S Hanges and Resistor Values Power Sensor Maximum Power Range F S Minimum Power Range F S Power Sensor Resistor Value 10 uW 20 dBm 1 nW 60 dBm 100 uw 16 dBm 10 nW 50 dBm 1 mW 0 dBm 100 nW 40 dBm 10 mW 10 dBm 30 dBm 190 mW 20 dBm 10 uW 20 dBm 30 dBm 100 uW 10 dBm 8481H 8482H 10 W 40 dBm 1 mW 0 dBm 100 W 50 dBm 10 mW 10 dBm 8481A 8482A 8483A Input and Output Code for A2UB ROM EE amp Pin Na m _ 1 25V 0 amp 0 3V 1 0 6 0 8 178 10 060 14 7kQ 21 5kQ 34 BkQ 082 Gnd 1520 3 46kQ 6 190 Output Pin No g 7 6 5 4 3 2 i Model 436A Service P O A10 Mother Board Assembly 00435 00005 Gain Asembhy 00436 60001 P O ATAS Cal Factor ls gt wap P O switch Assy 0 AC GAIN PN XA2 1 W3 gt 554 Ly CT i a R16 Pon d 1 THR AMPLIFIER a a PHASE DETECTOR Mian 5000 2 829 833 No
46. OPTION 024 CAL FACTOR DISABLE MOUNT ZERO MOUNT 220 Hz MODULATED 220 Hz FEEDBACK METER AMPLIFIER DEMODULATOR AND FILTER POWER WATTS MODE TRUE RANGE DECIMAL POINT SELECT REMOTE ENABLED MOUNT RESISTOR TRUE RANGE DECODER TO DIGITAL CONVERTER DISPLAY SIGN AND MAIN COUNTER QUTPUT MODE BIT 2 STATUS MODE BIT 1 STATUS DISPLAY COUNT STROBE 2 2 2 2 gt lt E x amp gt ui o N 8 5 o h TRUE RANGE COUNTER AND els x g a SIGN PRESET LOG MODE o lt stay lt 4 gt aja 3 8 S 85 s s 83 o gt SE SI lt lt 9 S aS S 33 sie S a 9 S jg lt E TRUE RANGE EXPONENT RANGE SELECT STATUS pop a SIGN AND MAIN COUNTER OUTPUT CONTROLLER REMOTE QUALIFIER SELECT REMOTE QUALIFIER 022 Ej OPTION 024 AUTO RANGE QUALIFIER MODE SELECT PUSHBUTTON SWITCH ASSY 3 1 LINE REF OSC gt POWER USED gt THROUGHOUT 2 BOWER peur 15 INSTRUMENT INPUT POWER REFERENCE USED THROUGHOUT OSCILLATOR INSTRUMENT 5V UNREGULATED 5V REGULATOR 15 Se
47. Power Meter Talk HP IB Output Data Format 3 of 3 EZ Output Word Character CR Carriage H H L L H L Return Data 11 1 3 Digit ROM address 13 0r 33 Data output se lected by HEXO HEX3 inputs to Line Selectors ROM address 14 0r 34 Data output se lected by ROM 13 LF ya ay ay ul L Hi L H 1 ROM address Line F eed 15 0r 35 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Data Mode Operation cont d through 35 For all words except 3 and 10 the ROM is programmed redundantly to provide the same outputs for either a OX or 2X address input refer to Table 8 10 For Word 3 the ROM outputs an ASCII space code when the LQT input is set high by a low NSPL input positive sign and an ASCII minus sign code when the LQT input is set low by a high NSPL input negative sign For Word 10 the ROM provides an ASCII one code when the LQT input is set low by a high HEX 4 input and an ASCII zero code when the LQT input is set high by a low HEX 4 input 8 155 SERVICE SHEET 5 8 156 General The BCD Interface Circuits Option 024 add remote programming and digital output capability to the Power Meter As stated previously the programming outputs of these circuits are applied to the Controller in a WIRED OR configuration with the outputs of the front panel switches Thus local or remote operation of the Power Meter is selected by the Remote Enable input to the BCD
48. Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below Over Range Subroutine Branch to Over Under Range Continue Subroutine when over range condition exists Over Under Range Continue Subroutine Branch to Display and Remote Talk Subroutine when over range condition exists Measurement Subroutine A D Converter input voltage at DC test point 4 de creases to less than 1 200V Ramp amplitude at RMP test point A3TP2 decreases to less than 8 5 Vp p Linear Positive Conversion Subroutine Detect YPLS 0 at address 074 reset OVER RANGE indi cation and dear blanked display 7 Set CAL FACTOR switch to 100 and DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the Power Meter is capable turn Power Meter CAL ADJ control of detecting and indicating an under range condition counterd ockwise until Digital Readout indicates 99 0 mW Then set Range KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and drcuit Calibrator RANGE switch to 10 mW operation previously verified except as indicated below and verify that Digital Readout indi Measurement Subroutine cates 9 8 0 2 mW and that UNDER A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is Ramp amplitude at RMP test point A3TP2 is 0 696 x 0 014 Vp p Linear Positive Conversion Subroutine YPLS 0 detected at address 067 delay 198 2 clock pulses 3 3 ms after start address 071 Branch to Under Range Subroutine Under Range Subroutine Light UNDER RANGE indicato
49. Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below a A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 rises to greater than 1 200V in less than 10 seconds b Range counter is counted up to range 2 during Over Range Subroutine and program branches to Delay Subroutine address 143 Converter input voltage at DC test point 4 is stabilized at 0 316V by end of first Auto Zero Subroutine following Over Range Subroutine DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the Power Meter will auto range from range 2 to range 3 when a range 3 2896 input power level is applied KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and drcuit operation previously verified except as indicated below a A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 rises to greater than 1 200V within one second after input level is changed Range counter is counted up to range 3 during Over Range Subroutine and program branches to Auto Zero Subroutine address 146 A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is stabilized at 0 316V by end of Auto Zero Subroutine Model 436A Service Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 10 of 17 sw Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Test Description and Key Operating Sequence Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the Power Meter will auto mW and verify that Power Meter auto range from range 3 to range 4 when a range
50. Readout Results S 4 3 Instrument Accuracy Test Results 6 3 Code List of Ma ulacturers SERVICE SHEETS Page Overall Block Diagram 8 166 AC Gain A D Converter and Display Circuits Block Diagram A1A1 A2 A3 8 168 Controller and Counters Block Diagram 2 5 8 170 HP IB Option 022 Circuit Block Diagram 7 L 8 172 BCD Interface Option 024 Circuit Block Diagram 7 Front Panel Assembly A1A1 1 2 8 176 AC Gain Assembly 2 8 178 436A Page iD o N NI 7 1 Manual Changes by Serial Number 7 1 8 1 Logic Levels and Power Requirements 8 8 2 Program Mnemonic Descriptions 8 24 amp 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 8 52 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 8 99 185 BCD Interface Option 024 Checkout 8 6 Operating Program Description Up Down Count Control Logic Steering 8 145 Function Decoder Clock Selection 8 amp 9 Programming Command Logic Operating Summary 8 10 Power Meter Talk HP IB Output Data Format 8 161 Service Sheet Page 8 Converter Assembly A1A3 9 1901 9 Counter Relative Assembly 4 8 182 10 Controller Assembly 5 8 194 11 HP IB Option 022 Control Assembly 8 186 12 HP B Option 022 Input Output Assembly 7
51. Readout and verify that frequency at A2TP5 is 220 16 Hz Adjust Power Meter CAL ADJ control to obtain 1 000 Vdc indication at rear panel RECORDER output and LIN potentiometer A3R37 to obtain 100 0 indication on Digi tal Readout Then set Range calibrator RANGE switch to 10 mW and verify that Digital Readout indicates 10 0 mW Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 3 mW and release Power Meter RANGE HOLD switch Verify that Power Meter auto ranges torange 4 refer to step 8 and that Digital Readout indicates 3 16 0 4 mW Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Test Description and Key Operating Sequence DESCRIPTION This step adjusts DC OFF potentiometer A3R2 as required to remove any dc voltage introduced by the dc amplifier KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below Measurement Subroutine A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is adjustable to 0 000 Branch randomly to Linear Positive and Negative Conversion Subroutines Linear Positive Conversion Subroutine Reference previously verified Branch to Under Range Subroutine Linear Negative Conversion Subroutine Branch to Under Range Subroutine DESCRIPTION This step adjusts the reference frequency of the Power Meter KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution previously verified refer to Service Sheet 7 for circuit operation DESCRIPTION This step adjusts the linear positive c
52. Set the POWER REF switch to ON in and adjust the D CAL ADJ control so that the Digitar Readout indicates 1 000 mW Verify that the pointer on the Auxiliary Meter is aligned between the last two marks and that the RECORDER OUTPUT is approximately 1 000 Vde Figure 3 2 Operator s Checks 9 of 10 3 14 Model 436A Operation OPERATOR S CHECKS REMOTE BCD OPERATION cont d 25 Rotate CAL FACTOR switch through its range and verify that the Digital Readout indica tion increases slightly for each successive step 26 Set the CAL FACTOR Disable programming input to logical 1 OV and verify that the Digital Read out indication changes back to 1 000 mW 27 Program the Power Meter to the dBm MODE and verify that the Digital Readout indicates 0 00 0 01 dBm 28 Set the 9 POWER REF switch to off out Verify that the UNDER RANGE lamp lights and that the Readout blanks 1 _ _ dBm 29 Set the POWER REF switch to ON in and adjust the B CAL ADJ control so that the Digitar Readout indicates 2 00 dBm Program the Power Meter to the dB REF MODE and verify that the o dBm lamp goes out the dB REL lamp lights and the Digital Readout changes to 0 00 This step verifies that the Power Meter can store a dB reference value and indicate input power levels in dB with respect to the stored reference Program the Power Meter to the WATT MODE and readjust the o CAL ADJ control so that
53. The Power Meter has five measure ment ranges Each range covers a power of ten 1 120W 10 120 uW 100 uW 1 2 mW and slightly overlaps the previous range to prevent ambiguous measurements The exponents assigned to the five ranges vary according to the sensitivity of the Power sensor in use Thus the indication displayed for any range is only relative until the sensitivity of the Power Sensor is factored in The True Range Decoder accomplishes this by deter mining the sensitivity of the Power Sensor from the Mount Resistor Input then combining this information with the Range Select and Log Mode outputs of the Controller to address a ROM The resulting outputs of the ROM are described in the following paragraphs True Range Exponent This output is provided for both linear and dB operation of the Power Meter and consists of five bit binary cod e which indicates the input power level as 10 8 127 Service Model 436A CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 2 cont d b Watts Mode True Range This output is provided only for linear operation of the Power Meter LOG Mode input inactive and lights a front panel lamp to indicate that the Digital Read out is in Watts W milliwatts mW microwatt uW or nanowatts nW True Range Counter and Sign Preset This output is provided only for dB operation of the Power Meter Log Mod input active and presets the Main Counter to the predetermined value assigned a
54. are used to illustrate Controller circuit operation associated with local and remote qualifier selection A Example 1 Local Qualifier Selection Starting Address 00s YR3 0 YR3 1 01 02 TA1 TA2 TA4 TB1 TB2 TB3 TBA TC1 Service Qualifier Instruction Next Address Select Select Select Code Code Code 1514131211109 8768543210 Word 000 X x x xi 0 1 000000 1 No qualifier associated 05g LSO R 0018 with word 000 1 Leading edge of first 01 Clock following termination of Power Up Reset LPU a Address 001 clocked into State Register and applied to State Controller b State Controller produces word 0018 Qualifier Instruction Next Address Select Select Select Code Code Code rH BIT 1514131711109 8 7 6543210 110 1 80 119 10 13g YR3 15g LCLR 032 Line selector produces qualifier 138 YR3 2 2 a YR3 qualifier logic 1 clocked into Qualifier Register and applied to State Controller State Controller address changed to 2018 Qualifier Register not clocked again until TB2 b State Controller produces word 2015 Qualifier Instruction Next Address Select Select Select Code Code Code BIT 1514131211109 87 65 4 32 10 Word 201g 1 0 1 0 10 o o o o o o 0 0 1j 13 YR3 10g LCRU 001g 0 1 2015 3 TA3 Instruction Decoder enabled LCRU instruction generated to count down Range Counter 8 141 Service
55. level before the voltage at YPLS can switch to 0 volts LLGR and LRL instructions remain high in the Watt Mode Check that the LAZO instruction at pin 2 is pulsed low This turns transistors A8Q5 and A3Q10 off and turns FETs A3Q14 and A3Q20 on causing YPLS to be 2 0 volts de during the A D Converter s Auto Zero cycle YPLS is at 5 volts while the ramps are discharging at 0 Vde when the Comparator 802 switches from high to low and at 2 Vdc during the A D Auto Zero cycle The time that each instruction remains low is de termined by the program 436A A1A3 ASSEMBLY Figure 8 31 A1A3 CAL FACTOR Switch Assembly Component Locations A3 ASSEMBLY LFS LZR MTR BCOFF BAL ZERO OFF Y Bo Figure 8 32 A3 A D Converter Assembly Components Test Point and Adjustment Locations ODE SET RI pu 2 OFTIONAL Nate 2 21 05 NOTE 5 Zero Assy 00436 60010 5 NOTE 5 ET 4 vde 2 Vde WATI U vic di MODE 0 nmm COMPARATOR wawam VR 422 2 W Rb RSI 5110 2 A D CONVERTER A D Convertor Circuits 4362 1451A R R amp 2 AN 8 i 019 Mote 3 auum LOG REF INPUT ape P O A10 Mother Board Assembly 00230 80009 A3
56. output should correspond to indication on Digital Read out previously verified for local operation Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs dBm mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 5 3 Range counter is preset to range 5 during Remote Initialize Subroutine Manually program Power Meter to dB REF mode auto range trigger with settling time CMD U D9T Verify Power Meter mode range and data character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Data character output should correspond to indication on Digital Readout previously verified for local operation Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs dBm mode 2 Range select logic sets NAUTO output true 3 Range counter is counted down to range 1 during Power Meter operating program cyde 8 111 Service Model 436A Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 14 of 18 Fa Problem and Description Corrective Action 33 Error Power Meter does not respond Turn power on and off to Power Meter Then GO TO line 1040 properly to device clear and use STEP key to manually execute program line by line Check that the following indications are observed Description The Power Meter is first pro grammed to range 5 dBm mode free run a Line 1050 at maximum rate Then a device dear is 1 Power Meter configured for remote operation sent to the Power Meter to select Watt 2 The following display is obse
57. stop 2170 GO TO line 2190 2190 IF THEN Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 23 of 25 8 92 Model 436A Service BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to WATT Mode range 3 CAL FACTOR switch enabled trigger with settling time ASSIGNMENT error number set to 45 GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 2230 IF THEN 1 176 0 008 mW Received NO YES GO SUB print ERROR 45 stop 2240 GO TO line 2260 2260 2270 BUS CMD OUTPUT Power Meter unlisten calculator talk HP Interface 2280 Bus set to local then remote Power Meter stays in local refer to Ser vice Sheet 4 2290 PRINT text in quotes 2300 Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 24 of 25 8 93 Service Model 436A PRINT error number STOP _ press CONT EXECUTE to restart program at line 2330 or RUN EXECUTE to restart program at line 10 Line 2320 may be elimenatedN to run listing all Errors RETURN to line following GO SUB branch to subroutine Trace Subroutine REM Adds PRINT for TRACE DISPLAY RUNNING RETURN to line following GO SUB branch to subroutine Enter Data Subroutine REM enter data BUS CMD Power Meter programmed to talk calculator to listen ENTER calculator
58. switch is pressed the NZR input to the Auto Zero Timer enables the Sensor Zero output to be activated for a period of approximatley four seconds While this signal is active it overrides the Mode Select inputs to the Buffers and sets the IYM2 and the IYM1 outputs to 1 and 0 respectively Thus if the Power Meter was not configured for Watts Mode operation when the SENSOR ZERO switch was pressed Watts operation will be enabled at the start of the first program cycle after the Sensor Zero signal is activated The Power Meter will then return to the operating mode selected by the Mode Select inputs at the start of the first program cycle following termination of the Sensor Zero signal While the Sensor Zero signal is active the remaining outputs of the Buffers are active and provide the following functions a Sensor Auto Zero Enable This output is applied to the Auto Zero circuits to close the feedback loop to the Power Sensor b Sensor Auto Zero Status This output is applied to the Display Assembly to light the ZERO indicator 8 143 Service Model 436A CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 3 c RF Blanking This output is available at a rear panel connector for suppression of an external instrument s RF output 8 99 Range Selection The Auto Range Qualifier input is applied to the Controller in a WIRED OR configuration to enable local or remote control of this function Remote Enable line high or low res
59. vos MASSY DIGITAL g 1 ano ae ls 702 E n SER hec pier 68 12 13 A4 ASSEMBLY E NO PREFIX 1 11 a vad M 5 VF JEUNE i 122 1 M 01 13 TRANSISTOR AND INTEGRATED I DISPLAY SIGN LATCH x CIRCUIT PART NUMBERS E 2 REFERENCE i 0 ic DESIGNATIBNS PART NUMBER 140 15 3 om LTD 1011 Dg FF e1 FEIN U13A NY t IE v s8 VF Su 3 15 amp ppt c SPL 11 13 DVde M n i Tm 1854 0071 ant Fs pere ar ie Nate 3 05 15 1820 0545 7 4 U14 18 19 1820 1157 1 num 0180 YSPL t 1 Bi w Hera Cuma m mL 1 De 6 6 i 015 1820 1212 viel fo gt G 12 UP DOWN B 1 0 in itas COUNT d CLOCK GENERATION a 171 1820 1199 CONTROL i 4 Logic 9 1 8 I INTEGRATED CIRCUIT VOLTAGE AND GADUNG CONNECTIONS REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS NUMBER 5 VF h MO WV 12 05 12 15 5 16 Vy U13 14 18 th 14 18 21 NV Uu 6 VF 5 0510 Ve 240 KHz REFERENCE Ses information in section OSCILLATOR R6 HPLE2 CLOCK 10 kHz Dp FFI De een P Hs
60. 00004 00436 20017 5040 6927 2611225 12 00436 60028 00436 60014 C10558 440 24R 2200 0105 2360 0139 ESNA 97NM62 5020 8122 LM323K 0626 0002 8120 0629 8120 0617 IC SS 1626 7B 2 4 01 00436 60025 00436 60029 8120 1378 00436 60032 00436 60033 00436 60022 00436 60026 8120 2263 8120 2264 8120 2265 8120 2260 8120 2261 8120 2262 Replaceable Parts Model 436A Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts Reference HP Part um Mfr MISCELLANSOUS PARTS 1251 2309 1 CONNECTOR PC EDGE 12 CONT SOLOER EYE 250 12 30 210 2190 0003 2 WASHER LK HLCL NO 4 115 IN ID 253 IN 2190 0003 2200 0147 2 SCREW MACH 4 40 PAN HD POZI REC SST 300 2200 0147 3050 0105 2 WASHER F L MTLC NC 4 2125 IN D 281 IN 3050 0105 7120 4006 1 LABEL INFO 7120 4006 7120 4294 2 LABEL WARNING 7120 4294 7120 6144 1 LABEL INFO 75 7120 6144 6960 0010 i PLUG HOLE 625 003 ONLY 6960 0013 1 PLUG HOLE 981 DIA OPT 003 ONLY 0 3391 1 5 8710 0630 1 TOOL AL LGNMENT 8710 0630 00436 00005 1 BRACKET CABLE CLAMP 00436 00005 Figure 6 1 Cabinet Parts See introduction to this section for ordering information 6 18 Model 436A Manufacturer Name Us S A COMMON ALL EN BRADLEY CO TEXAS INSTR INC SE MICOND CMPNT TRANSITRON ELECTRONIC CORP MOTOROLA SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS NYLOK DETROIT CORP VIKING INDUSTRIES INC ROBINSON NUGENT INC FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR DIV SPECTR CORP CL AROSTA
61. 1 wait 10 seconds and take another reading If settling time measurement rates are being used and meter is not on Range 1 use the first reading If settling time measurement rates are not being used determine the range and branch to an appro priate delay Range 2 one second Ranges 3 5 0 1 second Event 5 universal unlisten controller listen and Power Meter talk variable name See controller manual Power Meter Talk address factory set to see Tables 2 and 2 2 There are other ways to ensure that readings are not affected by analog circuit settling time Also these recommended delays are worst case A thorough understanding of the material in this section will allow you to optimize measurement time for your particular application For example if the power level is not changing the controller can average at least two consecutive readings to see if the result is still settling EXAMPLE PROGRAM SEQUENCE Line 1 controller talk and power meter listen 9D T L Measurement Rate Trigger with settling time Cal Factor Disable 100 dBm Mode Range Line 2 universal unlisten controller listen and power meter talk variable name pawa meter outputs measured value to controller Controller checks value in variable for Range 2 threshold e g lt 20 dBm for Model 8482A Power Sensor If value is below threshold program branches to line 4
62. 1 000 0 002 indication on the digital readout 4 6 Model 436A Performance Tests PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 12 CALIBRATION FACTOR TEST cont d 8 the CAL FACTOR switch in turn to each position and verify that the indi cations observed are within the limits specified in Table 4 4 Table 4 4 Calibration Factor Test Results CAL FACTOR CAL FACTOR Switch Switch Position Position 4 13 POWER REFERENCE LEVEL TEST SPECIFICATION Internal 50 MHz oscillator factory set to 1 mW 0 7 traceable to the National DESCRIPTION Bureau of Standards Accuracy 1 2 worst case 0 9 rms for one year 0 C to 55 C The power reference oscillator output is factory adjusted to 1 mW 0 7 To achieve this accuracy Hewlett Packard employs a special measurement system accurate to 0 5 traceable to the National Bureau of Standards and allows for a transfer error of 0 2 in making the adjustment If an equivalent measurement system is employed for veri fication the power reference oscillator output can be verified to 1 mW 1 9 1 290 accuracy 0 5 verification system error 0 2 transfer error 1 9 maximum error The power reference oscillator can be set to 0 7 using the same equipment and following the adjustment procedure in paragraph 5 22 To ensure maximum accur acy in verifying the power reference oscillator output the following procedure provides step by step instructions for usin
63. 10 1 10 0 031 and 10 log 9 28 log 10 and 10 0 968 1 and 10 0 032 0 31 dB and 0 32 dB Figure 3 9 Calculating Measurement Uncertainties 2 of 2 3 43 Operation Model 436A POWER SENSOR MISMATCH VERSUS MEASUREMENT ACCURACY 50 OHM SYSTEM Instrument Calibration Indicated and Measurement Power Resolution Uncertainty Uncertainty Total Uncertainty 3 63 dBm POWER SENSOR NO 1 SWR 1 5 POWER SOURCE 0 56 dB SWR 2 0 13 8 3 0 dBm 0 07 dB 1 7 ACTUAL LEVEL OF POWER SOURCE MAY BE ANYWHERE 0 07 dB 1 7 IN THIS BAND 2 33 dBm POWER SENSOR NO 2 3 38 dBm SWR 1 25 POWER SOURCE 0 31 dB SWR 2 0 7 396 0 07 dB 1 7 ACTUAL LEVEL OF POWER SOURCE MAY BE ANYWHERE 0 07 dB 1 7 6 IN THIS BAND 2 62 dBm Figure 3 10 The Effect of Power Sensor Mismatch on Measurement Accuracy 3 44 Model 436A Operation CALCULATING MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY 1 For this example the known values are source SWR 2 2 and power sensor SWR 1 16 From the Mismatch Error Calculator the mismatch uncertainty is found to be 0 24 0 25 dB 2 Add the known uncertainties fr m paragraph 3473 0 10 dB Our total measurement uncer tainty is 0 34 0 35 dB 3 Calculate the relative measurement uncertainty from the following formula Py dB 10 log Po dB P 221 E log L 10 Po P dB c log 1 5 Po 10 If dB is positive then If dB is negative then gt P
64. 24546 16299 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 16299 24546 16299 24546 21546 19701 24546 19701 19701 24546 19701 24546 24546 19701 24546 24546 16299 28480 28480 19701 19701 MODEL 436A MFR PART NUMBER 1853 0020 1854 0071 2N4393 2N4393 2N4393 2N4393 1854 0071 2N4393 2N4393 2N4393 1854 0071 1853 0020 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 2N4393 2N4393 2N4393 2N4393 2N4393 2N4393 2N4393 2N4393 1854 0071 C4 1 8 TO 1962 F 2100 2516 C4 1 8 TO 1003 F C4 1 8 TO 2611 F 1810 0151 C4 1 8 TO 1962 F C4 1 8 TO 1213 F C4 1 8 TO 1213 F C4 1 8 TO 1213 F C4 1 8 TO 7502 F 1810 0158 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 101 F C4 1 8 TO 1962 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1782 F ET50X502 C4 1 8 TO 1962 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1962 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 2152 F C4 1 8 TO 7502 F C4 1 8 TO 1962 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 5111 F C4 1 8 TO 101 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 5112 F C4 1 8 TO 3162 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1473 F C4 1 8 TO 825R F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F MF4C1 8 TO 4643 F C4 1 8 TO 2152 F ET50X103 MF4C1 8 T9 5602 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F MF4C1 8 TO 4643 F C4 1 8 TO 101 F C4 1 8 TO 5112 F MF4C1 1 8 TO 4643 F C4 1 8 TO 7502 F C5 1 4 TO 31R6 F C4 1 8 TO 1962 F 2100 2516 2100 3207 MF4C1 8 T9 2872 F MF4C1 8 TO 4643 F REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE DESIGNATION A3R51 A3R52 A3R53 A3R54 A3R55 A3R56 A3R57 A3R58 A3R59 A3R60 A3R61 A3R62 A3R63 A3R64 A3R6
65. 4 1YM2 MODE SELECT d REMOTE ENABLE V BIT1 NZR 3 1 MODE SELECT 1 DATA FROM 2 BIT 2 BCD INTERFACE 1 CAL FACTOR DISABLE REMOTE ENABLE MEASUREMENT RATE SELECT INHIBIT TRIGGER Q CAL FACTOR DISABLE 92 4 AUTO RANGE QUALIFIER N AUTO T REMOTE QUALIFIER Y RMT S 3 4 REMOTE HLLD QUALIFIER 1 0 TRANSFER CONTROL HIA REMOTE QUALIFIER SELECT HIB 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 i I I 1 t 4 4 iol REMOTE ENABLE LREM I i 1 i x x I 1 I I 1 PRINT Figure 8 25 BCD Interface Option 024 Circuit Block Diagram 8 175 Service Model 436A SERVICE SHEET 6 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS The circuits described in Service Sheet 6 are covered on Service Sheets 1 and 2 and Trouble shooting in paragraphs 8 59 through 8 62 BCD Interface Option 024 Circuit Block Diagram A6 A7 SERVICE SHEET 5 8 176 Model 436A P O A1 ASSEMBLY NOTE CIRCUIT SIDE CIRCUIT SIDE 1 1 4 AND U6 10 ARE PART OF NEXT HIGHER A1 ASSEMBLY Figure 8 26 A141 Display Assembly Component Locations A1A2 ASSEMBLY SENSOR POWER REF ZERO ON Figure 8 27 Pushbutton Assembly Component Locations P O A10 Mother Boeri A1 Front Panel Assembly 00436 60020 Assmnbly 00428 80009 DT PrO P O P O m DISPLAY NUMERIC Bi wart i wie 10 an DRIVERS ON A DISPLAY
66. 4 7M 5 25W CC TUBULAR NETWORK RES RK PIN SIP RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR NETWOR RES RK IN SIP NITWOR RES RK IN SIP NITWOR RES RK PIN SIP RESISTOR 61 9K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 31 6K 1 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 26 1K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TKUBULAR de FY RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W F TUBULAR REISTOR 12 1K 1 125W F TUBULAR IC DGTL SN74LS 74 N FLIP FLOP IC DGTL SN74LS 74 N FLIP FLOP IC DGTL SN74LS 74 N FLOP FLOP IC DGTL SN74LS 74N FLIP FLOP IC DGTL SN74 00N GATE IC DGTL SN74 02 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS193N COUNTER IC DGTL SN74LS 74 N FLIP FLOP IC IC DGTL SN74 05 N INVERTER MFR CODE 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 011295 01295 01295 01295 42 45 28480 28480 28480 56289 56289 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 24546 16299 28480 28480 19701 19701 01121 28480 24546 24546 28480 28480 28480 24546 24546 16299 24546 16299 19701 24546 24546 24546 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 MODEL 436A MFR PART NUMBER SN74192N SN74192N SN74192N SN74192N SN74192N SN74192N SN74192N SN74LS10N SN74LS00N SN74LS112N SN7474N SN7476N SN74LS00N SN74LS00N SN74LS20N SN74LS04N A 04
67. 8 status after a 200 ms delay Since the Power Meter is programmed to the Watt Mode worst case access time to the first output data character is 70 ms Thus the calcula tor should detect STAT 13 3 8 114 Model 436A Service Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 17 of 18 Problem and Description Error Power Meter data output wrong when CAL ADJ control is adjusted to ob tain 799 mW indication on front panel Digital Readout Description The test number is set to 1 and the Power Meter is programmed to range 3 free run at maximum rate CAL FACTOR switch disabled 100 Then the Power Meter is addressed to talk and the output data is checked after each talk cyde If the output data does not indicate 799 mW within 300 talk cycles an error is detected Error Power Meter data output wrong when CAL ADJ control is adjusted to obtain 866 mW indication on front panel Digital Readout Description The test number is set to 1 and the Power Meter continues to free run at the maximum rate on watt mode range 3 Since the Power Meter is still addressed to talk it outputs data during each talk cyde and the calculator checks to see if the data indicates 866 mW If the output data does not indicate 866 mW within 300 talk cycles an error is detected Error Device clear command does not disable CAL FACTOR switch Description The verification program halts and the CAL ADJ control is adjusted t
68. 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 5B of 14 8 31 Service 6a 8 32 FROM LOCAL REMOTE BRANCH SUBROUTINE SHEET 4 DISPLAY AND REMOTE TALK SUBROUTINE SHEET 14 LOCAL INITIALIZE SUBROUTINE Cnt 1 AUTO ZERO SUBROUTINE COUNT RANGE COUNTER DOWN TO RANGE 5 LOAD MODE SELECT REGISTERS CLEAR MAIN COUNTER AUTO ZERO A D CONVERTER 8000 COUNTS CLEAR MAIN COUNTER TO MEASUREMENT SUBROUTINE SHEET 7 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 6A of 14 FROM REMOTE INITIALIZE SUBROUTINE SHEET 5 D lt 4 UNDERRANGE SUBROUTINE SHEET 11 OVERRANGE SUBROUTINE SHEET 12 DELAY SUBROUTINE SHEET 13 Model 436A Model 436A Service LOCAL INITIALIZE SUBROUTINE FROM 026 SHEET 4 025 SHEET 14 13 1 HO 016 030 SHEET 5 105 SHEET 11 06 006 120 122 SHEET 13 145 146 SHEET 12 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 6B of 14 8 33 Service Model 436 A Ta FROM REMOTE INITIALIZE SUBROUTINE SHEET 5 AUTO ZERO SUBROUTINE SHEET 6 LOAD INPUT VOLTAGE INTO 0 CONVERTER 2000 COUNTS CLEAR MAIN COUNTER dB MODE SELECTED YES NO WATTS ENABLE LINEAR RESET SIGN POSITIVE CONVERSION LATCH SIGN ENABLE LOG CONVERSION RAMP LIGHT UNDER RANGE LED AND BLANK DISPLAY TO LINEAR POSITIVE TO LINEAR NEGATIVE TO LOG TO UNDER CONVERSION CONVERSION CONVERSION RANGE SUBROUTINE SU
69. 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 8 of 25 8 77 Service Model 436A REPEAT ONCE BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to auto zero range 2 trigger with settling time 430 GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and programmed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 440 IF THEN 460 GO SUB print ERROR 4 4 5 stop 450 GO TO line 470 470 IF THEN 480 ASSIGNMENT set error number to 4 5 490 GO TO line 420 500 REM remarks Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 9 of 25 8 78 Model 436A 510 BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen programmed to auto zero range 1 trigger with settling time 520 530 ASSIGNMENT Test number incremented T 5 16 error number set to 5 540 GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 550 IF THEN YES NO 2310 Subroutine print ERROR 5 stop 560 IF THEN Zeroed 1 count BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed for WATT Mode Unzero trigger with settling time GO SUB RETURN Power Meter addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and
70. 9 8 47 Data Selector Multiplexer There are two types of data selectors used in the Power Meter an 8 input data selector and a 16 input data selector The operation of both data selectors are identical except for the number of inputs Therefore only the operation of the 8 input data selector is described and the symbol shown in Figure 8 10 One of the 8 input lines 0 through 7 is selected by the SEL output GO through 7 The strobe input G8 must be low in order to enable the output lines If the strobe input is high the output lines are inhibited and present a high impedance This circuit uses Three State logic so that the outputs may be connected into a wired OR configuration 8 48 Display Driver The display driver accepts a 4 bit binary code and provides output drive to light the appropriate segments of a 7 segment numeric display The decode format employed allows generation of numeric codes O through 9 as well as other codes shown in the truth table in Figure 8 11 Truth Table PIN PIN PIN 4 6 X X L H H H H H H H H 5 rrrrrrrrcxrr gt x x H High L Low X Do
71. Ca 2 l RANGE PRGM Trojs mon SES Figure 8 16 HP 1B Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 2 of 25 Service BENI Aur 8 68 CT 8 71 Service Model 436A OE CHECKS F B i i n ol JB TF dti Co C Ty CH 4 4 DJ US gt cx oe SC d PUPA ER BOSUE 2378 CAD Fle T Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 3 of 25 8 72 Model 436A Service oe tA IL B4 PI t P peb tenb dee T r 4 CMD vU PRINT 39 1 IF Wh th Eng oni d Cu gms pori ra E i D PRINT SET CAL PRINT Tei E 4B T T 1 IF ENT PRINT CMD PRINT PRINT THEN 3 PRINT CUNT EXECUTE PRINT S7OF CMD U e BOSUE 2418 E 41 CHD U BOSE i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15 18 i 1 1 1 1 1 19 12 1 155 15 iu uC GALAAD THEM RESTORE 2 Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 4 of 25 8 73 Service Model 436A Po Pay 1 F g
72. Com mand 8 121 Since the Talk or Listen Clock is generated while the Address enable signal is active the associated register is clocked to the set state to enable the talk or listen function when the data bus is subsequently set to the data mode Resetting of the register to terminate the function occurs when the Power Meter is unaddressed to talk or listen or when the Remote Interface Controller activates the Interface Clear line to dear the HP Interface Bus of all talkers and listeners 8 122 The Power Meter can also be configured as a talker by setting the TALK ONLY NORMAL switch to the TALK ONLY position When the switch is in this position the set input of the Talk Register is tied to ground to hold the register in the set state Since there can only be one talker at a time on the HP Interface Bus this function is normally selected only when there is no Remote Interface Controller connected to the system e g when the Power Meter is interconnected with an HP 5150A Recorder as the Power Meter has no provision for generating programming commands necessary to control the operation of other instru ments on the HP Interface Bus 8 152 8 123 Remote Enable Remote operation of the Power Meter is enabled when the HREM and Remote Enable LREM outputs of the Remote Enable Logic are true refer t Table 8 6 and to the Data Mode Programming paragraph These outputs are provided by a gated flip flop which is set only
73. Controller and Counters Block pisara 8 24 HP IB Option 022 Circuit Block Diagram 8 25 BCD Interface Option 024 Circuit Block Diagram 8 26 Display Assembly Component Locations i 8 27 A1A2 Pushbutton Assembly Component Locations 8 28 Front Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 29 A2 AC Gain Assembly Component Test Point and Adjustment Locations BEBE l I C NI Y Ul bug b Tl M N N N 198 8 177 8 177 Components Test Point and Adjustment Locations 8 33 A D Converter Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 34 A4 Counter Relative Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 35 Counter Relative Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 36 A5 Controller Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 37 Controller Assembly Schematic Diagram 838 A6 HP IB Option 022 Control Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 39 HP IB Option 022 Control Assembly Schematic Diagram m 8 40 A7 HP IB Option 022 Input Output Assembly Component and Test Point Locations Contents iu 8 41 Option 022 Input Output Assembly Schematic Diagram doe 58 8 42 BCD Interface Control Option 024 Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 43 BCD Interface Control Option 024 Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 44 1 8 Power Reference Oscillator Assembly Component Tes
74. ELEC IC 16 CONT DIP SLDR TERM NOT ASSIGNED NOT ASSIGNED NOT ASSIGNED NOT ASSIGNED NOT ASSIGNED CONNECTOR 24 CONT FEM MICRORIBBON TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ NETWORK RES RK PIN SIP NETWOR RES RK PIN SIP NETWOR RES 10 PIN SIP 1 PIN SPCG RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR NETWOR RES 10 PIN SIP 1PIN SPCG SWITCH TGL SUBMIN SPST 5A 120VAC PC IC DGTL SN74LS251 N DATA SELECTOR IC DGTL SN74LS193N COUNTER IC DGTL SN74LS251N DATA SELECTOR 1 UC DGTK SB74 38 N BUFFER IC SN 74LS251 N DATA SELECTOR IC DGTL SN74LS 03 N GATE IC DGTL SN74 36 N BUFFER IC DGTL SN74LS251 N DATA SELECTOR A7 MISCELLANEOUS OPT 022 STANSOFF METRIC FAXTENER 0 136 DIA 6 32 THREAD COVER PLATE HP IB TAG HARDWARE MFR CODE 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 06776 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 24546 24546 24546 28480 84640 01295 01295 01295 PROM 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 28480 00000 28480 28480 MODEL 436A MFR PART NUMBER 5000 9043 5040 6849 00436 60012 150D225X9020A2 0160 3879 0160 3879 ICN 163 S3W 1251 3283 1854 0071 1810 0151 1810 0151 1810 0136 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F 1810 0136 T8201 SN74LS251N SN74LS193N SN74LS251N SN7438N SN74LS251N SN74LS03N SN7438N SN74LS251N 0380 0643 OBD 00436 00010 5951 7587 REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE DESI
75. ENABLE NEGATIVE LINEAR RAMP VER I I I I i L BLANK H 0 es 3 N BLANK I 3 3 4 56 COUNTER OUTPUT DIGIT SELECT 1h 1 I 1 LLGR ENABLELOGREFERENCE BLE LOG REFERENCE 1420 AUTO ZERO ENABLE A D CONVERTER i OUTPUT 8 QUALIFIER YPLS Figure 8 22 AC Gain A D Converter and Display Circuits Block Diagram 8 169 Model 466A INPUT AMPLIFIER AC INPUT m AZ AC Gain Assembly LOG MODE YRLG RANGE SELECT MOUNT SENSOR FREQUENCY MOUNT RETURN MOUNT 220 Hz MOUNT 220 Hz VIBRATOR 4 56 d MOUNT AUTO ZERO TRUE RANGE DECODER OFFSET EN ceras A3 A D Converter Assembly 221 ADJ CONTROL Amplifier Service i 2 2 a eg 2 22 25 gE U xe P O Front Panel Assembly o te NR DECIMAL POINT SELECT d m MODE SELECTED 36 SENSOR AUTO ZERO ENABLE MODE BIT 2 NM 2 LED BUFFERS WATTS MODE TRUE RANGE TRUE RANGE COUNTER AND SIGN PRESET LOG MODE I I MOUNT RESISTOR See TRUE RANGE SENSITIVITY aa TA 4 5 DETECTOR j OVER UNDER RANGE fu GE STATUS TE F um RANGE AND FILTER CONTROL i P UR LED REMOTE REMOTE ENA
76. FH De 1 Reference designations within outline 1 assem blies are abbreviated Full desginatian includes Assembly Number e g R1 of Assembly 1 is Designations of other campanents are complete as shown um Counter Relative Circuits 4364 15384 SZ tee ees a s E dtu AA A10 Figure 8 34 A4 Counter Relative Assembly Component and Test Point Locations Figure 8 35 Counter Relative Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 183 Counter Relative Assembly A4 4 SERVICE SHEET 9 ocervice SERVICE SHEET 10 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS The circuits described in Service Sheet 10 are covered on Service Sheets 1 and 3 and Trouble shooting in through 8 62 8 184 Model 436A Model 436A service Controller Assembly 00436 60004 P O PIG KABA Reference designations within outline enm pat 8 9 HIA blies are abbreviated Full designation includes Assembly Number e g R1 of Assembly AT is Designations of other components are complete as shown Jam INSTRUCTION DECODER A VER UNDER RANGE DECODER L3 11 13 xY son O O OO eN a Mother Board NOTES Assembly 00435 60009 1 Unless otherwise indicated Resistance in Capacitance in pirntarads 0S TO TTL 2 Not supplied as p
77. House 91 Nehru Place New Deihi 110024 Tel 634770 amp 635166 Telex 2463 Cable BLUESTAR Blue Star Ltd Blue Star House 11 11A Magarath Road Blue Star Ltd 1 4 117 1 Sarojini Devi Road Secunderabad 500 003 Tet 70126 70127 Cable BLUEFROST Telex 459 Blue Star Ltd 2 34 Kodambakkan High Road Madras 600034 82056 Telex 041 379 Cable BLUESTAR Blue Star Ltd Nathraj Mansions 2nd Floor Bistupur Jamshedpur 831 001 Tel 7383 Cable BLUESTAR Telex 240 INDONESIA BERCA Indonesia P T P 0 Box 496 1st Floor JL Cikini Raya 61 Jakarta Tet 56038 40369 49886 Telex 42895 Cable BERCACON BERCA indonesia P T 63 JL Raya Gubeng Surabaya Tel prc ISRAEL Electronics amp Engineering Div of Motorola Israel Ltd 17 Kremenetski Street Box 25016 Telex 33569 Cable BASTEL Tel Aviv JAPAN Yokogawa Hewiett Packard Ltd Ohashi Building 59 1 Yoyogi 1 Shibuya ku Tokyo 151 Tel 03 370 2281 92 Telex 232 2024YHP Cable YHPMARKET TOK 23 724 Yokogawa Hewlett Packard Ltd Seiko Ibaraki Building 2 8 Kasuga 2 chome tharaki shi 56 Tet 0726 23 1641 Telex 5332 385 YHP OSAKA Yokogawa Hewlett Packard Ltd Yokogawa Hewlett Packard Ltd Mito Mitsu Building 105 Chome 1 San no maru Mito Ibarag 310 Tel 0292 25 7470 Yokogawa Hewlett Packard Ltd Inoue Building 1348 3 Asahi cho 1 Atsugi Kanagawa 243 Tet 0462 24 0452 Yokogawa Hewiett Packard
78. Interface Circuits When the Remote Enable input is false low it enables the Range Select Gates the Mode Select Gates and the Remote Qualifier Multiplexer and sets the LREM output low to disable the front panel switches Thus the programming inputs to the BCD Inter face Circuits are enabled to select the desired type of Power Meter operation When the Remote Enable input is true high the Range Select Gates the Mode Select Gates end the Remote Qualifier Multiplexer are disabled and the LREM output is set high to enable the front panel switches to select the desired type of Power Meter operation 8 157 Output Data The Line Buffers are contin uously enabled for both local and remote opera tion They invert and buffer the measurement and status inputs for continuous application to a remote controller via rear panel BCD Remote Interface connector J 7 Each time that the operat ing program enters the Display and Remote Talk Subroutine a low Print output is generated in response to the LSDAV instruction to inform the external controller that the data output of the line selectors is valid The Print output is then reset high by the HLLD instruction generated at the start of the next program cycle 8 163 Service Model 436A CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 5 cont d 8 158 Range Programming Commands The Range Select Gates continually buffer the Range Bit 1 2 and 3 inputs to provide YRR1 YRR2 and YRR3 outputs
79. J K flip flop NOTE The HRFDq and the HDACq qualifier outputs of the Data Valid Status Genera tor are ddayed slightly to allow time for the HP IB listeners When the J flip flop is set the combination of the high HIDAV and HOE 2 signals cause the output gates to set the DAV line low thereby indicating that valid data is available on the HP IB Word Counter ROM and Output Gate operation is described in the following paragraph After all of the listeners on the HP IB accept the data the DAC input to the Data Valid Status Generator goes high causing the Status Generator to provide a high HDACq qualifier output to the Remote Quali fier Multiplexer The operating program in turn detects the change in state of the HDACq qualifier and generates a second LSDAV instruction to reset the flip flop The low HIDAV output then disables the DAV output of the Output Gates and the negative to positive transition of the LIDAV signal docks the Word Counter to the next ROM address As shown on Sheet 14 of Figure 8 15 this cycle is then repeated until all 14 of the output data words are sent over the HP IB Note that the flip flop is reset after each word is transferred Thus the flip flop will be reset by the last LSDAV instruction of the Output Data Transfer and will remain reset until the operating program initiates the next Output Data Transfer 8 150 Word Counter ROM Line Selector Multiplexer Gate and Out
80. LSOR instruction is generated to enable the OR LED HOR and LBLANK outputs of the Over Under Range Decoder The OR LED output lights the front panel OVER RANGE indicator the LBLANK output blanks the front panel numeric display and the HOR output is gated with the HUR output by the Remote Inter face Circuits to provide one of four status outputs to the Remote Interface Controller After the LSOR instruction is generated an LTC instruction is generated to transfer the output of the Sign Latch to the front panel Sign Display Indicator via the Display Sign Latch to load the output of the Main Counter into the Display Registers and to indicate to the Remote Interface Circuits that the measurement is completed Sincethe LBLANK output is active at this time only the most signi ficant digit of the Main Counter output is dis played on the front panel If the measurement was taken on ranges one through four with Auto Ranging enabled an LTC instruction is not generated after the LSOR instruction Instead an LCRU instruction is generated to count the Range Counter up one range then another measurement is taken This cycle is repeated until either an in range measure ment is obtained or the Range Counter is counted up to range five 8 107 A D Converter Log Conversion A log conversion is enabled following the measurement function when the Power Meter is configured for dBm dB REF or dB REL Mode operation The Controller and Mai
81. Manually program Power Meter to dB REL mode range 4 trigger with settling time CMD U BAT Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Check that 1 Mode select logic output dB REL mode 2 Range select logic output range 4 3 Range counter is preset to range 4 and output of mode select logic is loaded into mode register during Remote Initialize Subroutine 8 107 Service Model 436A Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 10 of 18 Problem end Description Corrective Action 19 Error Power Meter range or mode output Manually program Power Meter to dB REL mode range 5 character wrong trigger with settling time CMD U 5 Description Power Meter programmed to Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per dB REL mode range 5 trigger with set Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 tling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output charac Check that ters checked 1 Mode select logic output dB REL mode 2 Range select logic output range 5 3 Range counter is preset to range 5 during Remote Initialize Subroutine 20 Error Power Meter range or mode output Manually program Power Meter to dB REL mode auto character wrong range trigger with settling time CMD U B9T Description Power Meter programmed Verify Power Meter mode and rang
82. Meter The specific content and arrangement of this section is outlined below a Safety Considerations Provides general safety precautions that should be observed when working on the Power Meter b Recommended Test Equipment Defines the test equipment and accessories required to maintain the Power Meter c Service Aids Provides general information useful in servicing the Power Meter d Repair Provides general information for replacing factory selected components and instru ment disassembly procedures e Basic Circuit Descriptions Describes the functional operation of linear and digital integrated circuits used in the Power Meter f Troubleshooting Provides step by step procedures for checkout and troubleshooting of a standard or a BCD equipped instrument and a verification program for checkout and trouble shooting of an HP IB equipped instrument Additional circuit troubleshooting data is pro vided as required on the individual service sheets located at the end of the section g Principles of Operation Principles of operation are provided on two levels in this section The first level is a block diagram descrip tion which covers the overall operation of the Power Meter in detail and is located at the end of the section just before the service sheets The second level consists of detailed circuit theory descriptions which are provided as required on the individual service sheets with the appropriate schemati
83. PS 2 V V9 Va V RF 4R EFFECTIVE EFFICIENCY Desired P ImmW 10 10 2Vcowp V W Vo E 4R EFFECTIVE EFFICIENCY Let 4R EFFECTIVE EFFICIENCY 10 K Substitute V V for V V see Math Assumptions under Accuracy Then 0 V V 2 Vcoue Vi V K or V W Voome V Vooup K 5 12 Model 436A Replaceable Parts SECTION VI REPLACEABLE PARTS 6 1 INTRODUCTION 6 2 This section contains information for ordering parts Table 6 1 lists abbreviations used in the parts list and throughout the manual Table 6 2 lists all replaceable parts in reference designation order Table 6 3 contains the names and addresses that correspond with the manufacturers code numbers 6 3 ABBREVIATIONS 6 4 Table 6 1 lists abbreviations used in the parts list schematics and throughout the manual In some cases two forms of the abbreviation are used one all in capital letters and one partial or no capitals This occurs because the abbreviations in the parts list are always all capitals However in the schematics and other parts of the manual other abbreviation forms are used with both lower case and upper case letters 6 5 REPLACEABLE PARTS LIST 6 6 s the list of replaceable parts and is organized as follows a Electrical assemblies and their compo nents in alpha numerical order by reference designation b Chassis mounted parts in alpha numeri
84. QUALIFIER SELECT oare T REMOTE QUALIFIER SELECT RANGE COUNTER CONTROL 3 RANGE RANGE SELECT COUNTER REMOTE RANGE SELECT dBm MODE SELECTED RANGE QUALIFIERS NZR T LOG MODE a 5 MODE SELECT 3 tyme Y LOG MODE REGISTER MODE BIT 1 AND GATES MODE BIT 2 NM 2 AUTO ZERO BUFFERS SENSOR AUTO ZERO ENABLE NAZR ma TIMER I SENSOR AUTO ZERO STATUS BLANKING rrr rm mmm ee i RELATIVE COUNTER 0 COUNT QUALIFIER BITS PROGRAM CLOCKS YSPL SIGN TRUE RANGE COUNTER AND SIGN PRESET LOG MODE 94 5 Ua AF 54 02 4 5 4 5 4 5 xr mere RF BLANKING L memor PULSE BORROW GENERATO 21 NSPL Yu2 YUM Yun YD YD2 Yor COUNTER REFERENCE REGISTER ar E UP DOWN COUNT CONTROL LOGIC NSPI dB REF SIGN Service 4 Counter Assembly I I LCLR Ysp 4 LPSC SIGN SIGN DISPLAY LSLD LATCH De P SIGN AND MAIN COUNTER OUTPUT 8 O 2 4 5 RELATIVE COUNTER Figure 8 23 Controller and Counters Block Diagram 8 171 Service Model 436A SERVICE SHEET 4 BLOCK DIAGRAM CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS The Block Diagram Circuit Descriptions for Service Sheet 4 are covered in through 8 154 HP IB Instrument Checkout in 8 63 thro
85. RANGE UPDATE DIGITAL READOUT SEND OUTPUT DATA MEASUREMENT TRIGGERED NOTES Remote lamp lit continuously when remote operation selected The dBm range and mode selected are indicated by sign decimal point position dBm and dB REL lamps Watts range and mode selected are indicated by decimal point position and W mW uW and nW Lamps IN RANGE or OUT OF RANGE STATUS indicated by under over range lamps digital readout may be blanked for various out of range indicatings input power level measured is clocked into digital readout If digital was blanked previously it will remain blanked Figure 8 14 Power Meter Operating Cycle 8 17 Service Model 436A TROUBLESHOOTING Standard Instrument Checkout cont d 4 Move the logic analyzer CLOCK probe Note cont d from A10TP10 to A9TP2 and observe the NO as specified below for verifying pro CLOCK indicators to verify that a 02 clock 15 gram execution applied to the Controller If either indicator is lit refer to Service Sheet 9 for information Logic Analyzer Input Connect to covering checkout and troubleshooting of the Clock Generator Circuits DATA INPUTS BIT 0 A10TP1 DATA INPUTS BIT 1 A10TP2 5 Return logic analyzer CLOCK probe to DATA INPUTS BIT 2 A10TP3 10 10 and set remaining logic analyzer DATA INPUTS BIT 3 10 4 controls as indicated below These controls DATA INPUTS BIT 4 10 5 select the triggering of the logic analyzer DATA INPUT
86. REGULATOR P 0 XU1 i t i 3 gt C5 j 10 5V KE 5000 VRI 6 2V Power Supply Rectifier and Regulator Circuit 436A 1451A NOTES 1826 0181 1 Unless otherwise indicated BOTTOM VIEW Capacitance in picofarads 2 RMS value shown for all AC voltages 3 0 75A fuse installed for 100VAC 120VAC line input 0 375A fuse installed for 220VAC 240VAC line input XUI ASSY A10 ASSY m J1 10 VRI 15 A9 A10 A11 Figure 8 48 Power Supply Rectifier and Regulator Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 195 8 196 Power Supply Rectifier and Regulator Assembly A9 A10 SERVICE SHEET 15 Model 436A Service P O W4P2 OR A1A3S1 11 2 OPT 022 OR 024 P 0 W3P2 P 0 W2P2 EO RERO on Sl REN P O W1P2 Figure 8 51 Top Internal View HP IB or BCD Interface Figure 8 49 Rear View of Front Panel Removed Figure 8 50 Top Internal View Standard Instrument 8 197 8 198 Major Assembly Locations p PACKARD SALES amp SERVICE OFFICES AFRICA ASIA AUSTRALIA ANGOLA Empresa T cnica de Quipamentos El ctricos SARL Barbosa Rodrigues 42 107 Cama Postal 6487 Luenda Tel 35515 6 Cable TELECTRA Luanda AUSTRALIA Hewlett Packard Australia Pty Ltd 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 Box 36 Doncaster East Victona 3109 Tel 89 6351 Telex 31 024 Cable HEWPARD Melbourne Hewlett Pac
87. RESISTOR 10 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F 1 12 0757 0346 RESISTOR 10 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F A1A3R13 0757 0346 RESISTOR 10 1 125W TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F A1A3R14 0757 0346 RESISTOR 10 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1080 1 15 0757 0346 RESISTOR 10 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F A1A3R16 2100 0600 1 RESISTOR VAR TRMR 5KOHM 10 C SIDE ADJ 32997 3059J 1 502M 51 3100 3318 1 SWITCH ROTARY 28480 3100 3318 A1A3 MISCELLANEOUS 0370 2774 1 KNOB CAL FACTOR 28480 0370 2774 2190 0016 3 WASHER LK INTL T 377 IN ID 507 INOD 78189 1920 02 2950 0043 1 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 3 8 32 THD 094 THK 73743 2X 28200 3050 0032 1 WASHER FL MTLC NO 10 189 IN ID 312 IN 28480 3050 0032 3050 0253 1 WASHER SPR CRVD 195 IN ID 307 IN OD 78189 3502 10 250 2541 A2 00436 60001 1 AC GAIN ASSEMBLY 28480 00436 60001 A2C1 0180 1746 8 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20VDC TA SOLID 56289 150D156X9020B2 A2C2 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20VDC TA SOLID 56289 150D156X9020B2 A2C3 0180 2206 3 CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 10 6VDC TA SOLID 56289 150D606X9006B2 A2C4 0180 0229 2 CAPACITOR FXD 33UF 10 10VDC TA SOLID 56289 150D336X9010B2 A2C5 0160 0160 4 CAPACITOR FXD 820PF 10 200WVDC POLYE 56289 292P82292 A2C6 0180 2206 CAPACITOR FXD 60UF 10 6VDC TA SOLID 56289 150D606X9006B2 A2C7 0180 0197 CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC TA 56289 150D225X9020A2 A2C8 0160 2290 5 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 8
88. Require Service SRQ EE SRQ Service Request Power Meter does not request service Status Byte SPE Serial Poll Enable Power Meter does not respond to a Serial Poll SPD Serial Poll Disable Status Bit PPQ No PP Parallel Poll Power Meter does not respond to a parallel poll IFC Interface Clear Power Meter stops talking or listening NOTE Complete HP IB capability as defined in IEEE Std 488 is AHI CO DC2 DTO LEO PPO RL2 SHI SRO T3 TEO 3 21 Operation Model 436A Table 3 2 Measurement Sequence MEASUREMENT SEQUENCE Event 1 controller talk and Power Meter listen Program Codes See controller manual Program codes to configure one or more of the Power Meter Listen address following Table 3 3 factory set to see Range and 2 2 2 Remote mode Watt dBm dB Ref e g CMD U 9D V 3 Cal Factor wrt 9D V 4 Measurement Rate and trigger Event 2 Response time for meter s digital operating program circuitry see Table 3 5 Figures 3 and 3 6 Event 3 Meter takes measurement data available Event 4 Additional delay to allow analog circuits to settle necessary only if on Range 1 most sensitive or if settling time measurement rates are not being used see Figure 344 Here are some suggestions 1 Load reading into controller event five and check data string for range look at character number 1 or check measured value If Power Meter is on Range
89. STANDBY POLARITY NORMAL LINE ON in Connect the equipment as shown i 5 3 Adjustments Model 436A ADJUSTMENTS 5 17 AUTO ZERO OFFSET ADJUSTMENT cont d 4 Verify that the Power Meter autoranges to the 10 uW range and remove the Power Meter top cover NOTE If specified indication cannot be obtained in next step perform DC Spike Balance Adjustment Then repeat this procedure 5 Press and hold the Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and adjust ZERO OFF potentiometer A3R47 so that the digital readout indicates 0 00 with blinking minus sign 5 18 SPIKE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE Service Sheets 7 and 8 DESCRIPTION A reference signal is applied to the Power Meter from the Range Calibrator to force the sensor zero circuit to its negative extreme The SENSOR ZERO switch is then held pressed while BAL potentiometer A3R65 is adjusted to center the sensor zero circuit output voltage range RANGE CALIBRATOR POWER METER SENSOR POWER METER Figure 5 3 Spike Balance Adjustment Setup EQUIPMENT Range Calibrator HP 11683A PROCEDURE 1 Set the Power Meter switches as follows CAL FACTOR 100 POWER REF off out MODE WATT RANGE HOLD off out LINE ON in 2 Set the Range Calibrator switches as follows FUNCTION CALIBRATE POLARITY NORMAL RANGE 100 uW
90. Serial Number Serial Prefix or Number Make Manual Changes 1447A 1451A 1503A 7 6 MANUAL CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS CHANGE A Page 6 3 Table 6 2 Delete diode A2CR3 Page 6 6 Table 6 2 Add A2R4 0757 0442 FXD RESISTOR 10K OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR Change A2R9 0757 0442 FXD RESISTOR 10K OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR Service Sheet 7 Figure 8 30 Change schematic as follows Remove diode A2CR3 from transistor Q1 Change resistor A2R9 to 10 0 Connect resistor A2R4 10k between U5B pin 6 and 15 VF supply point Add resistor A2R4 to REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS table CHANGE B Page 6 9 Table 6 2 Change A4C10 to 0160 3466 FXD 100 pF Change A4R5 to 0757 0465 FXD 100K OHM 1 125W Change A4U5 IC COUNTER 74192N PREFERRED PART Page 6 10 Table 6 2 Change A4U6 A4U 12 IC COUNTER 74192N PREFERRED PART 7 1 Manual Changes CHANGE B cont d Service Sheet 9 Figure 8 35 Change schematic as follows Change capacitor A4C10 to 100 pF Change resistor A4R5 to 100 CHANGE C Page 6 6 Table 6 2 Change A2R18 to 0698 3453 RESISTOR 196K 1 0 125W F TUBULAR Page 6 7 Table 6 2 Delete A2R81 Page 8 179 Change A2R18 to 196K Delete A2R81 connect R18 directly to VR2 and R20 7 2 Model 436A Model 4W36A Service SECTION VIII SERVICE 8 1 INTRODUCTION 8 2 This section provides principles of operation troubleshooting procedures and general service information for the Power
91. Service Sheet 8 DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the main counter is preset properly and that it can be counted down normally for the negative dBm ranges KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except for main counter preset and down counting refer to Service Sheet 9 DESCRIPTION This step verifies branching between various addresses in the Log Conversion Subroutine KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except for branching between Log Conversion Subroutine addresses listed below 999 dBm indication verifies the following address branches 163 165 dB Rel Subroutine 9 97 dBm indication verifies the following address branches 164 166 167 branch to dB Rel Subroutine from address 166 OVER RANGE indication verifies the branch from address 167 to the Over Range subroutine Model 436A Service Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 14 of 17 Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Test Description and Key Operating Sequence Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to DESCRIPTION This step verifies the capability of the Power 5 dBm then press Power Meter dB REF Meter tostorea dB reference level and to indicate input power MODE switch and hold for two seconds levels with respect to the stored reference Verify that dBm lamp goes out dB REL lamp lights and indication on Digital Read KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execu
92. Setup and Test Procedure 8 64 Model 436A Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 13 of 17 Readjust CAL control to obtain 10 00 dBm indication on Digital Readout Then set WATT MODE switch to on and ad just CAL ADJ control es required to obtain 10 00 mW indication After obtaining this indication set dBm MODE switch to on and adjust LFS potentiometer A3R48 to obtain 10 00 dBm indication NOTE Power Meter is now fully calibrated for both linear and log measurements Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 15 dBm Verify that UNDER RANGE indi cation is observed set RANGE HOLD Switch to off out and verify that Digital Readout indicates 15 00 0 50 dBm Then set Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to STANDBY press Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch return Range Cali brator FUNCTION switch to CALIBRATE when ZERO lamp goes out and verify that Digital Readout indication is 15 00 30 02 dBm Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 10 00 dBm and adjust Power Meter CAL ADJ control to obtain the following indications 9 99 dBm b 9 97 dBm c OVER RANGE blanked 0 _ _ After verifying indications readjust CAL control to obtain 10 00 dBm indication Test Description and Key Operating Sequence DESCRIPTION This step adjusts the slope of the Log Conversion Ramp KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except for A D Converter refer to
93. Since a 1 mW RF level is applied to the Power Sensor the status output should indicate an over range condition Error Cal factor enable programming command does not enable CAL FACTOR switch Description The Power Meter is program med to watt mode range 3 CAL FACTOR 96 switch enabled trigger with settling time Then a talk cyde is enabled and the calculator checks Power Meter data output Since CAL FACTOR switch is now enabled in the 85 position the data output should be 1 176 0 008 mW CAL ADJ control was previously adjusted to obtain a 1 000 mW indication with CAL FACTOR switch disabled Dis abling the switch is the same as setting it to 10096 when it is enabled Manually program Power Meter CMD U A5R Check Power Meter status output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 NOTE Power Meter status output is generated by buffer ing HOR and HUR outputs of over under range decoder and output of mode select logic For a description of circuit operation for this test re fer to Service Sheet 3 Block Diagram Description Mode Sdection and Linear Under Range Registration Manually program Power Meter CMD U D5R Check Power Meter status output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 NOTE Power Meter status output is generated by buffer ing HOR and HUR outputs of over under range decoder output of mode select logic For a description of circuit
94. TUBULAR 16299 C4 1 8 TO 1473 F A2R41 0757 0443 1 RESISTOR 11K 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1102 A2R42 1810 0151 NETWORK RES RK PIN SIP 28480 1810 0151 A2R43 0698 3136 RESISTOR 17 8K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 C4 1 8 TO 1782 F A2R44 0757 0280 10 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1001 A2R45 1810 0151 NITWORK RES RK PIN SIP 28480 1810 0151 A2R46 0757 0280 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1001 A2R47 0757 0280 RESISTOR 1K 1 125W TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1001 A2R48 0698 3450 RESISTOR 42 2K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 C4 1 8 TO 4222 F A2R49 0698 0084 RESISTOR 2 15K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 C4 1 8 TO 2151 F A2R50 0757 0289 RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W TUBULAR 19701 MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F A2R51 0757 0290 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W TUBULAR 19701 1 8 6191 A2R52 0698 3450 RESISTOR 42 2K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 4 1 8 4222 A2R53 0698 3150 RESISTOR 2 37K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 C4 1 8 TO 2371 F A2R54 0698 3159 RESISTOR 26 1K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 C4 1 8 TO 2612 F A2R55 0757 0460 5 RESISTOR 61 9K 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 6192 A2R56 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1002 A2R57 0757 0442 RESITOR 10K 1 125W TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1002 A2R58 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1002 A2R59 0757 0465 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1003 A2R60 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W TUBULAR 2
95. Tel 0734 78 47 74 Telex 847178 848179 ITALY Hewlett Packard Italiana S p A Via Amerigo Vespuca 2 Casella postale 3645 1 20100 Milano Tet 2 6251 10 lines Cable HEWPACKIT Milano Telex 32046 Hewlett Packard italiana S p A Via Pietro 40 ang Via Visentin 1 35100 Padova Tel 49 66 48 88 Telex 41612 Hewpacki Medical only Hewlett Packard Italiana S p A Via d Aghiardi 7 1 56100 Pisa Tel 050 2 32 04 Telex 32046 via Milano Hewlett Packard Italiana 5 Via G Armellini 10 1 00143 Roma Tel 06 54 69 6i Telex 61514 Cable HEWPACKIT Roma Hewlett Packard Italiana S p A Corso Giovanni Lanza 94 1 10130 Torino Tet 011 682245 659308 Medical Calculators Only Hewlett Packard italiana S p A Via Principe Nicola 43 G C 1 95126 Catania 095 37 05 04 Hewlett Packard Italiana 5 Via Amerigo Vespucci 9 1 80142 Napoli Tel 081 33 77 11 Hewlett Packard Italiana S p A Via E Masi 9 B 140137 ina Tel 051 30 78 87 KUWAIT Al Khaldiya Trading amp Contracting Co P O Box 830 Kuwait Tel 42 49 10 Cable VISCOUNT LUXEMBURG Hewlett Packard Benelux SA NV Avenue du Col Vert 1 1170 Brussels Tet 02 672 22 40 Cable PALOBEN Brussels Telex 23 494 MOROCCO Gerep 190 Brahim Roudani Casablanca Tel 25 16 76 25 90 99 Cable Gerep Casa Telex 23739 NETHERLANDS Hewlett Packard Benelux N V Van Heuven Goedhartl
96. The oscillator s output is held constant by an ALC loop made up of a peak detector CR2 and comparator U2 The comparator reference input is from a very stable 5V power supply composed of U1 VR2 and their associated components The LEVEL control R4 sels ihe comparator reference which controls the oscillator feedback level and thereby controls the A8 assembly POWER REF OUTPUT level The oscillator s frequency is set by adjusting the FREQ ADJ control L1 50 MHz Oscillator The oscillator circuit is made up of common emitter amplifier 01 and its associated components Resistors R12 R13 R14 and R15 bias Q1 for an emitter current of approximately 5 mA The r network tuned circuit C11 C138 C14 and 1 determines the operaling frequency The amplifier gain is set by the operaling circuit impedance across the tuned circuit and the emitter resistor R14 which is ac coupled to ground by C121 The positive feedback required to sustain oscillation 15 satisfied in this circuit Phase shift of 180 is a characteristic of both common emitter amplifiers and n network Luned circuits This feedback ts coupled through C9 and C10 back to the base of Q1 The FREQ ADJ control L1 sets the oscillator s frequency ALC Loop At the positive peak of each cycle current momentanly flows from the feedback loop through peak detector diode CR2 to CT The resultant stored charge is coupled as a dc input voltage to pin 3 of U2 The peak detector s output iscompare
97. With this signal reset the LRL output of the A D Control Gates is disabled thereby terminating the conver Sion b The LCNT instruction is also terminated to freeze the number in the Main Counter C AnLCOR instruction is generated to reset the outputs of the Over Under Range Decoder d If the measurement was taken on range 1 through 4 with Auto Ranging enabled an LCRU instruction is generated to count the Range Coun ter up one range then another measurement is taken This cyde is repeated until an in range measurement is obtained or the Range Counter is counted up to range 5 If the measurement was taken on range 5 or on ranges 1 through 4 with Auto Ranging disabled an LCRU instruction is not generated to count the Range Counter up Instead the Mode Qualifier Bits are checked to determine whether dBm dB REL or dB REF operation is selected If dBm operation is selected an LTC instruction is generated to transfer the output of the Sign Latch Model 436A Service CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 3 cont d to the front panel Sign Indicator via the Display Sign Latch to load the output of the Main Counter into the Display Register and to indicate to the Remote Interface Circuits that the measurement is completed If dB REL operation is selected an LCLR instruction is generated prior to the LTC instruction to set the output of the Main Counter to 0000 If dB REF operation is selected an LLRE instru
98. Zero Delay 8 20 When low enables Power Meter to automatically select most accurate measurement range When high causes Power Meter to hold last range selected either locally or remotely Main counter hundreds output BCD Least significant digit of main counter thousands output BCD Most significant digit of main counter thousands output BCD Model 436A 3 4 5 10 11 13 3 4 5 10 11 13 Service Table 8 2 Program Mnemonic Descriptions 2 of 5 Service Description Remote Initialize Measurement Relative dB Over Under Range Continue Measurement Linear Positive Conversion Linear Negative Conversion Log Conversion Power Up Remote Initialize Local Initialize Under Range YR2 YR3 only Over Range Display and Remote Talk Remote Initialize Delay Two bit code which selects measurement mode as follows YM2 Mode 1 1 dBm 0 1 dB Rel 1 0 Watts 0 0 dB Ref dB REF switch pressed A D converter output During measurement subroutine indicates whether A D input is above or below A D threshold YPLS high or low respectively During con version subroutines changes state when A D converter discharges through threshold Three bit code which selects measurement range as follows YR3 Y 0 2 Y Range 0 Remote only 6 Invalid Power Meter 7 automatically selects range 5 even if NAUTO high R 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
99. and Remote Talk Subroutine Between these two points in time a number of additional subroutines are executed to control circuit operation on a step by step basis Each step is a two way communication between the program and one or more circuits The talk lines are the outputs of the Instruction Decoder and the listen lines are the qualifier inputs to the Line Selector To effect the communication each step occupies two addresses to allow an either or decision and to select the next step refer to Program Execution Since the decisions are made in series each subroutine can be viewed as a sequential logic circuit charged with the responsibility of controlling one or more opera ting functions 8 89 For purposes of definition the Power Meter operating functions can be divided into two classes fixed and variable Fixed functions are basic to each measurement and are performed during each cycle Variable functions are associated with a particular mode measurement status etc They are performed only when a predetermined condition is detected during execution of the program cycle On Figure 8 15 Sheet 1 fixed functions are Model 436A Service CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 3 indicated by a singleline exit from a subroutine variable functions are indicated by multi line exits 8 90 For maintenance purposes it is convenient to think of each operating function as a window that can be opened or closed at some poi
100. can be verified per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 34 Error Power Meter incorrectly decodes GO TO line 1150 and use STEP key to manually execute test address data as device clear program line by line Check LPU output of device dear Description The Power Meter is pro decoder Service Sheet 11 for each ASCII character sent grammed to the dBm mode and a meas urement is triggered to load the mode select registers Then a number of ASCII characters are sent to the Power Meter to ensure that it will not erroneously de code these characters as a device dear command After the last character is 8 112 Model 436A Service Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 15 of 18 Ed Problem and Description sent the Power Meter is programmed to trigger immediate talk and the mode out put is checked to ensurethat the Power Meter is still operating in the dBm mode Error Power Meter doesnt go into hold after receiving device dear Description A device dear is sent to the Power Meter to select watt mode auto range operation Then a 200 ms delay is provided after which the Power Meter is programmed to the dBm mode range 3 trigger immediate Following these pro gramming commands a talk cyde is en abled and the calculator checks Power Meter output status range and mode data The purpose of this test is to verify that the device dear command causes the Power Meter to enter a hold condition while awaiting
101. capacitors A9C1 and A9C2 providing filtering for the rectified voltages The filtered dc voltages are applied to the A9TP2 and V A9TP1 inputs of the Dual Voltage Regulator A9U 1 The 15V A9TP4 and 15V A9TP3 outputs of the Dual Voltage Regulator track each other Fuses A9F 1 and A9F2 provide protection for the Power Transformer Diodes A9CR1 and A9CR2 provide full wave rectification of the voltage at A9TP6 to be applied to the 5V Regulator Fuse A9F3 provides protection for diodes ASCR1 and A9CR2 and the Power Transformer 5V Regulator The 45V Regulator U1 is mounted on the rear panel for heat sinking purposes Capacitors C1 and C2 provide filtering for the input voltage to pin 1 of U1 The 5 Vdc output voltage of U1 is applied to a 6 2 volt zener diode A10VR1 that provides over voltage protection for the 45V supply This protects the integrated circuits should the 45V supply go higher than 6 2 volts Power Reference Oscillator Assembly A8 SERVICE SHEET 14 Service TROUBLESHOOTING WARNINGS If this instrument is to be energized via an auto transformer for voltage reduction make sure the common terminal is connected to the earthed pole of the power source BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT the protective earth terminals of this instrument must be con nected to the protective conductor of the mains power cord The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet pro vided with a protective eart
102. conductor grounding 2 1 Installation Power Cable cont d 2 11 In accordance with international safety standards this instrument is equipped with a three wire power cable When connected to an appropriate ac power receptade this cable grounds the instrument cabinet The type of power cable plug shipped with each instrument depends on the country of destination Refer t Figure 23 for the part numbers of the power cable plugs available 8120 1378 8120 1351 8120 1369 8120 1689 Figure 2 2 Power Cable HP Part Numbers Versus Mains Plugs Available 2 12 Circuit Options 2 13 J umper options are available for selecting a filtered or unfiltered dc RECORDER OUTPUT for changing the TALK and LISTEN addresses when Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Option 022 is installed and for selecting the desired pro gramming of the SENSOR ZERO function when BCD Interface Option 024 is installed Table 2 1 lists the factory installed jumper connections and indicates how they may be reconnected to select the options 2 14 Interconnections 2 15 Power Sensor For proper system operation the Power Sensor must be connected to the Power Meter using either the Power Sensor cable supplied with the Power Meter or any of the optional Power Sensor cables specified in Section Each of these cables employs a sensitivity line to enable the Power Meter to determine the operating range of the Power Sensor and thus the true value of the inpu
103. counter operations without additional logic The counters are cascaded by feeding the terminal count up output to the count up dock input and terminal count down output to the count down dock input 8 44 The Terminal Count Up outputs of the decade and binary counters are low when their count up dock inputs are low and the counters are in state nine and fifteen respectively Similarly the Terminal Count Down outputs are low when their count down dock inputs are low and both counters are in state zero Thus when the decade counter is in state nine and the binary counter is in state fifteen and both are counting up or both are in state zero and counting down a dock pulse will change the counter s state on the rising edge and simultaneously clock the following counter through the appropriate active low terminal count output There are two gate delays per state when these counters are cascaded 8 45 The asynchronous Master Reset R input when high overrides all other inputs and clears the counters Master Reset R overrides Parallel Load C input so that when both are activated the counters will be reset Model 436A 8 46 Decoder There are two types of decoders used in the Power Meter a 3 line to 8 and a 4 line to 16 line decoder Operation of both decoders is identical except for the number of input and output lines Therefore only the operation of the 3 line to 8 line decoder is shown the truth table in Figure 8
104. dB REF mode range 3 trigger with settling time CMD U Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Check that 1 Mode select logic outputa dB REF mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 3 3 Range counter is preset to range 3 during Remote Initialize Subroutine Manually program Power meter to dB REF mode range 4 trigger with settling time CMD U C4T Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs dB REF mode 2 Range select logic outputa range 4 3 Range counter is preset to range 4 during Remote Initialize Subroutine Manually program Power Meter to dB REF mode range 5 trigger with settling time CMD U C5T Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs dB REF mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 5 3 Range counter is preset to range 5 during Remote Initialize Subroutine Manually program Power Meter to dB REF mode auto range trigger with settling time CMD U C9T Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs dB REL mode 2 Range select logic sets NAUTO output true 3 Range counter is
105. data D 9 digits ASSIGNMENT Test number and error number set to 6 600 IF THEN NO YES GO SUB print ERROR 6 stop E Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 10 of 25 Model 436A Service 610 GO TO line 630 WAIT 10 000 BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to WATT Mode trigger with settling time ASSIGNMENT set error number to 7 GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 680 IF THEN 2310 Subroutine print ERROR 7 stop 690 700 ASSIGNMENT Z incremented Z 2 5 error number set to 8 710 YES 730 GO SUB print ERROR 8 stop Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 11 of 25 8 80 Model 436A Service GO TO line 640 BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to trigger with settling time GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 760 IF THEN Zeroed NO YES Page 8 83 770 GO TO line 410 9 Peseta Page 3 77 REM remarks ASSIGNMENT set mode programming command M to 64 800 ASSIGNMENT increment M 65 68 810 FOR NEXT loop 6 times NEXT on
106. end and print out TESTS COMPLETE to indicate that the Power Meter is functioning properly 8 67 If the Power Meter does not function properly for any of the tests contained in the program the program will halt and print out an error number Table 8 4 Hescribes the specific problem associated with each error number the test background and rationale for the error and a logical procedure for isolating the error Specific programming statements and references contained in Table 8 4 are applicable to the HP 9830A Diagnostic Program only if an Hp 9820A Calculator is used for the checkout of the Power Meter it will be necessary to convert the programming statements and references to the 9820A equivalents The fault isolation procedure in turn is written in general terms and assumes an understanding of HP IB circuit operation and Power Meter operating program execution For information covering the Power Meter operating program refer td Figure 8 16 Table 8 3 and Tabld For information covering HP IB circuit operation refer to Service Sheet 4 NOTE A read byte subroutine is provided at the end of the diagnostic program to facilitate fault isolation When this subroutine is used the calculator display is two words behind the HP IB ROM output see Service Sheet 4 i e when the ROM is outputting word 2 word 1 is in the calculator s I O register and word is displayed 8 69 Service Model 436A Figure 8 16 HP IB Verif
107. for auto range enable output of range select gates and address 012 Q 0 of Remote Initialize Subroutine Description This test verifies that the Power Meter is capable of remote dBm operation and that an LCKM instruction is generated for a range 3 trigger with settling time measurement Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except as indicated below a Mode select gates provide dBm mode output b LCKM instruction is generated at address 017 0f Remote Initialize Subroutine and dBm output of mode select gates is loaded into mode register Description This test verifies that the Power Meter is capable of remote dB REL operation and that an LCKM instrudion is generated for a range 4 trigger with settling time measurement Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except as indicated below a Mode select gates provide dB REL output b LCKM instruction is generated at address 017 0f Remote Initialize Subroutine and dB REL output of mode select gate is loaded into mode register Description This test verifies that the Power Meter is capable of remote dB REF trigger immediate operation Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except as indicated below a Mode select gates provide dB REF mode output b The following display is observed with the logic analyzer con nected
108. form fill it out as shown on the sample fold it where shown and drop it in the mail If there are no blank DA Forms 2028 2 in the back of your manual use the standard DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms and forward to the Commander US Army Com munications and Electronics Materiel Readiness Command ATTN DRSEL ME MQ Fort Monmouth NJ 07703 In either case a reply will be furnished direct to you SERIAL NUMBER This manual applies directly to instruments with serial numbers prefixed 1606A 1611A and 1629A With changes described in section VII this manual also applies to instruments with serial numbers prefixed 1447A 1448A 1451A 1501A 1503A 1504A 1505A 1538 and 1550A For additional important information about serial numbers see INSTRUMENTS COVERED BY MANUAL in section I This manual is an authentication of the manufacturer s commercial literature which through usage has been found to cover the data required to operate and maintain this equipment Since the manual was not prepared in accordance with military specifications the format has not been structured to consider levels of maintenance Model 436A Section O 5 5 D 1 Scope wis jO 2lIndexes of Publications 4 Forms and Records 0 4 Reporting of ment ment Recommenda Prona 0 5 Administrative Storage 0 6 Destruction of Electronics
109. in strument may provide random outputs thereby causing the Power Meter to oper ate erratically KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Power Up Subroutine Refer to Table 8 6 Operating Program Descriptions Local Initialize Subroutine Branch to Auto Zero Subroutine Auto Zero Subroutine Refer to Table 8 6 Operating Program Descriptions Measurement Subroutine NOTE A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 should be stabilized at 0 316 0 080 Vdc at address 061 Load input voltage into A D Converter ramp amplitude at RMP test point A3TP2 is 2 24 0 57 Vp p Initiate linear positive conversion and branch to Linear Positive Conversion Subroutine Linear Positive Conversion Subroutine Detect YPLS Oat address 072 633 160 clock pulse 10 5 2 7 ms after address 071 Clear OVER and UNDER RANGE indications Branch to Display and Remote Talk Subroutine Display and Remote Talk Subroutine Display main counter output 316 80 and positive sign off Model 436A C Service Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 2 of 17 Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Turn Power Meter CAL ADJ control slightly clockwise and counterclockwise and verify that indication on Digital Readout increases and decreases Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 100 mW and adjust CAL ADJ control to obtain 100 1 indication on Digital Readout Turn Power Meter CAL ADJ control to obtain 100 0 mW
110. independent D type flip flops The information present at the data Dc input is transferred to the active high and active low outputs on a low to high transition of the dock C input The data input is then locked out and the outputs do not change again until the next low to high transition of the dock input 8 34 The set S and reset R inputs override all other input conditions when set S is low the active high output is forced high when reset R is low the active high output is forced low Although normally the active low output is the complement of the active high output simultaneous low inputa at the set and reset will force both the activelow and active high outputs to go high at the same time on some D type flip flops This condition will exist only for the length of time that both set and reset inputs are held low The flip flop will return to some indeterminate state when both the set and reset inputs are returned to the high state 8 35 Four Bit Bistable Latch The four bit bi stable latch shown in Figure 8 5 tonsists of four independent D type flip flops The flip flops FF1 and FF2 are controlled by the C1 dock input and the flip flops FF3 and FF4 are controlled by the C2 dock input Information present at a data D input is transferred to the active high and active low outputs when the associated clock input is high the outputs will follow the data as long as the dock remains high When the clock goes low t
111. indication then set CAL FACTOR switch in turn to each position Verify that the indications given on the following page are obtained Test Description and Key Operating Sequence DESCRIPTION The previous step verified program execution up to the first address of the Display and Remote Talk Subroutine This step verifies that the Power Meter CAL ADJ control is opera tional and that the program branches from the Display and Remote Talk Subroutine to the Local Initialize Subroutine and then con tinues to cycle KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation verified in previous step except as indicated below Display and Remote Talk Subroutine Branch to Local Initialize Subroutine Measurement Subroutine NOTE Voltage at DC test point A3TP4 should vary as CAL ADJ control is rotated Ramp amplitude at RMP test point A3TP2 changes in pro portion to voltage change at DC test point A3TP4 1 mV change at A3TP4 7 1 mV change in p p ramp amplitude DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the Power Meter is capable of properly displaying a WATT MODE Range 5 100 input power level KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below Measurement Subroutine Voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is adjustable to 1 001 0 003V Ramp amplitude at RMP test point A3TP2 is 7 1 Vp p Linear Positive Conversion Subroutine Detect YPLS 0 at address 074 2004 cloc
112. it takes for the Variable Low Pass Filter to respond to a full scale change in input signal level The response time of the Filter varies with the bandpass selected by the outputs of the ROM For ranges 5 4 and 3 the bandpass is 17 Hz For ranges 2 and 1 the bandpass is reduced by factors of ten to 1 7 Hz and 0 17 Hz respectively These bandpass values represent the optimum tradeoff between filter response time and signal to noise ratio On the higher ranges the gain of the Power Meter is relatively low and the 17 Hz bandpass enables the Filter to respond to a full scale change in input signal level in 0 1 second se Figure 3 T On the lower ranges the gain of the Power Meter increases and a higher noise level is present at the output of the Phase Detector Thus a narrower bandpass is required to maintain the desired signal to noise ratio at the input of the A D Converter The time required for the Filter to respond to a full scale change in input signal level is 1 second on range 2 and ten seconds on range 1 Model 436A Service CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 2 cont d h The DC Amplifier buffers the output of the Filter and applies it to the A D Converter for conversion to a BCD number The gain of the DC Amplifier is 1 when the CAL FACTOR switch is set to 100 The gain increases by approximately 1 for each lower numbered position The switch is normally set to the position specified on the Power Sensor s CAL FAC
113. kHz HP 1601L T Trigger Word 8 Bits Bit Input TTL Display Word 8 Bits P Performance Tests A Adjustments T Troubleshooting Traceable to the National Bureau of Standards 1 5 1 6 Model 436A Installation SECTION Il INSTALLATION 2 1 INTRODUCTION 2 2 This section provides all information neces sary to install the Power Meter Covered in the section are initial inspection power requirements line voltage selection interconnection circuit options mounting storage and repackaging for shipment 2 3 INITIAL INSPECTION 2 4 Inspect the shipping container for damage If the shipping container or cushioning material is damaged it should be kept until the contents of the shipment have been checked for completeness and the instrument has been checked mechanically and electrically The contents of the shipment should be as shown in Procedures for checking electrical performance are given in If the contents are incomplete if there is mechanical damage or defect or if the instru ment does not pass the electrical performance test notify the nearest Hewlett Packard office If the shipping container is damaged or the cushioning material shows signs of stress notify the carrier as well as the Hewlett Packard office Keep the shipping materials for the carrier s inspection 2 5 PREPARATION FOR USE 2 6 Power Requirements 2 7 The Power Meter requires a power source of 100 120 220 or 240 Vac 4596 0
114. not sent to external con troller reset high at end of talk cycle Hardwired low when BCD interface option installed Local Remote Branch Remote input When low selects local operation of Delay Power Meter when high selects remote operation of Display and Remote Talk Power Meter Display and Remote Talk Remote talk 1 0 transfer control signal associated with HP IB option refer to description and timing dia gram provided under Principles of Operation Hard wired low when BCD interface option installed Display and Remote Talk Remate talk enable input associated with option set low by external controller to request output data from Power Meter Hardwired low when BCD inter face option installed Relative dB Relative counter status output Goes low to indicate that contents of relative counter are equal to 0 INSTRUCTIONS Power Up Sets A D auto zero register thereby enabling A D con Local Remote Branch verter auto zero loop Remote Initialize Auto Zero Delay Display and Remote Talk Power Up Loads mode select bits into mode register Remote Initialize Local Initialize Model 436A Mnemonic LCLR LCNT LCOR LCRD LCRU LINP LLRA LLRE LPSC Service Table 8 2 Program Mnemonic Descriptions 4 of 5 Power Up Remote Initialize Auto Zero Measurement Over Under Range Continue Delay Power Up Remote Initialize Auto Zero Measurement Linear Positive Conversion Linear Ne
115. opem tion for this test re fer to Service Sheet 3 Block Diagram Description ModeSdection and Log Under Range Registration Manually program Power Meter CMD 0 A2R Check Power Meter status output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 NOTE Power Meter status output is genemted by buffer ing HOR and HUR outputs of over under range decoder and output of mode sd ect logic For a description of circuit operation for this test refer to Service Sheet 3 Block Diagram Description Mode Sdection and Linear Over Range Registration Manually program Power Meter CMD U R GO TO line 2200 and use STEP key to manually execute program line by line Check that the following indications are obtained a Line 2200 Cal Factor Disable output of Cal Factor Disable logic is set false by programming command front panel Digital Readout indication changes from 1 000 mW to 1 176 mW b Line 2220 2380 Power Meter outputs correct data charac ter Power Meter data character output can be verified per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Model 436A Service TROUBLESHOOTING 8 68 BCD Instrument Checkout 8 69 A procedure for checking the operation of a BCD equipped Power Meter is provided in Table 8 5 The procedure is structured identically to the operation it is possible that an address malfunction could inhibit execution of the program If this occurs it can be veri fied using the
116. or C8 in the ATM lann seeks ALC Loop and Power Supply Isolating problems in the ALC Loop and Power Supply cireuits may be quickly isolated by measur ing de voltages at the inputs and outputs of the integrated circuits Model 436A Figure 8 44 A8 Power Reference Oscillator Assembly Component Test Point and Adjustment Locations A8 ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT SIDE LEVEL P O A10 Mother Board Assembly 00436 60008 Power Reference Oscillator Assembly 00436 60011 wiPt w 15V a gt 9 oum 0 REF AND LEVEL ADJUST wawawan 4 5 3 o R D CRI 100k ei 2 V ot uF RG E 7500 R3 10K cw V RA a 190 7100 1 1 _ lt y ALCLOOP n mm 50 MHZ OSCILLATOR s CR2 R8 e 100K 100 FREQ WI C6 8 2 2 2 A C10 01 300 3 W R9 R11 8 100K 1000 2 6 C8 BN R12 R13 47 09 fuk 5110 810 N 5vF C12 a 01 pF VOLTAGE DVR 7 Reference designations within outline assem blies are abbreviated Full designation includes Assembly Number e g R1 of Assembly 1 is ATRT Designations of other components are complete as shown Service REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS NOTES 1 Unless otherwise indicated NO PREFIX 8 ASSY Resistance in ohms Capacitance in picofarads 32 ace W6 W10 2 Asteris
117. or vice versa Set Range Calibrator POLARITY switch toNORMAL and readjust Power Meter CAL control to ob tain 10 00 mW indication Then verify Power Meter operation per Perform ance Test of Section IV If any indi cation is abnormal adjust Power Meter as specified irj Section If indication is still abnormal after per forming adjustment procedure refer tb Table 8 6 for list of unverified in structions and to analog circuit troubleshooting information pro vided on Service Sheets 7 and 8 Test Description and Key Operating Sequence DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the Power Meter will de tect and display a negative power level OVER RANGE condition KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below a A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is greater than 1 200V Program branches from address 134 of Linear Negative Conversion Subroutine to Display and Remote Talk Subroutine DESCRIPTION This step verifies the capability of the Power Meter to reset a negative power level OVER RANGE condition when an in range negative power level is applied KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except for LCOR instruction asso dated with address 131 or 133 refer to step 39 DESCRIPTION This step verifies the last remaining address branch of the Linear Negative Conversion Subroutine KEY OPERATIN
118. provide buffering and signal level conversion for the A D Converter s control signals The A D Converter provides either a negative or positive linear or exponential ramp to the Comparator The Comparator s output YPLS at is either high or low if the A D Converter s threshold is above or below the de input signal level and is midway between high and low during the A D Converter s Auto Zero cycle Limiter and Variabie Low Pass Filter Circuits The Limiter circuit clips over range outputs from the Phase Detector to reduce the time for the Variable Low Pass Filter to recover from a greater than full scale change in the input signal level The response time of the Filter varies with the bandpass selected by the ROM s outputs D1 F1 and F2 For ranges 5 4 and 3 the bandpass is 17 Hz For ranges 2 and 1 the bandpass is SERVICE SHEET 8 cont d WER SENSING INPUT PHASE DEVICE AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER DETECTOR ee DC VA SERVO LEAD LAG AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER Auto Zero Feedback Path reduced by factors of 10 to 1 7 and 0 17 Hz respectively The bandpass values represent the optimum tradeoff between filter response time and signal to noise ratio On the higher ranges 3 4 and 5 the gain of the Power Meter is relatively low and the 17 Hz bandpass enables the Filter to respond to a full scale change in input level in 0 1 second see Figure 3 7 On the lower ranges 1 and 2 the gain of the Power Meter in
119. switch set to off Blank Digital Readout Count range counter down one range Branch to Auto Zero Subroutine Auto Zero Subroutine A D Converter input at DC test point A3TP4 stabilizes at 0 980 0 020 Vdc prior to branch to Measurement Subroutine DESCRIPTION This step verifies the capability of the Power Meter to auto range from range 4 to range 5 KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below Measurement Subroutine range 4 A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 rises to greater than 1 200V Over Range Subroutine Blank Digital Readout and light OVER RANGE indicator Count range counter up one range Branch to Auto Zero Subroutine Auto Zero Subroutine A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 stabilizes at 0 990 0 005V prior to branch to Measurement Sub routine NOTE As previously verified OVER RANGE indicator is reset and Digital Readout is unblanked in subsequent Linear PositiveConversion Subroutine Model 10 436A Service Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 6 of 17 Set Power Meter RANGE HOLD switch to on in and Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to STANDBY Adjust DC OFF potentiometer A3R2 as required to obtain 00 0 mW indication with blinking sign Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 100 mW and FUNCTION switch to CALI BRATE Adjust FREQ potentiometer A3R69 to obtain maximum indication on Digital
120. the Digital Readout indicates 1 000 mw REMOTE HEWLETT PACKARD INTERFACE BUS OPERATION Check Power Meter operation using the verification program provided in S etion VIII SERVICE Figure 3 2 Operator s Checks 10 of 10 3 15 Operation Model 436A OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS LOCAL OPERATION CAUTIONS BEFORE CONNECTING LINE POWER TO THIS INSTRUMENT ensure that all devices connected to this instrument are connected to the protective earth ground BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT ensure that the line power mains plug is connected to a three conductor line power outlet that has a protective earth ground Grounding one conductor of a two conductor outlet is not sufficient Figure 3 3 Operating Instructions 1 of 4 3 16 Model 486A Operation LOCAL OPERATION cont d 1 to 1 10 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT ensure that the power transformer primary is matched to the available line voltage the correct fuse is installed and safety precautions are taken See Power Requirement Line Voltage Selection Power Cables and associated warnings and cautions in Seetion H NOTE If Power Meter is equipped with BCD or Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Option either unplug data bus cable from connector 47 on rear panel or program Power Meter for Local operation as described under Operat ing Instructions paragraph Connect the Power Sensor to the Power Meter with the Pow
121. the Power Meter is addrassed to listen in the data mode also If the Power Meter is not addressed to Listen in the data mods both signals are set high so that they do not affect HP IB operation Figure 8 19 HP IB Listen Handshake Timing 8 151 Service Model 436A CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 4 cont d 8 120 Talker and Listener Addressing F actory installed jumpers select talk address M and listen address for the Power ser reconnecting the jumpers to change the talk listen addresses are provide in Sectich Installa tion it is shown that the binary code for both of these addresses is the same except for data bite 6 and 7 Thus when either of these addresses is present on the data lines the Address Decoder is enabled by data bits 1 5 and provides an Address Enabled output to the Listen and Talk Registers Discrimination between the addresses is accomplished by the Talk Decoder and the Listen Unlisten Decoder For talk address M the Talk Decoder is enabled by data bits 6 and 7 and generates a Talk Clock output in response to the HCLK input For listen address the Listen Unlisten Decoder is enabled by data bits 6 and 7 and generates a Listen Clock output in response to the HCLK input The data bits 1 through 5 inputs to the Listen Unlisten Decoder enable it to pro duce an Unlisten output when the Remote Inter face Controller generates a Universal Unlisten
122. the following indications are obtained 8 113 Service Model 436A Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 16 of 18 Problem and Description Corrective Action 36 1 The following display is obtained with the logic analyzer cont connected normally refer to troubleshooting example and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Subroutine address 10 001 010 1 11 000 010 5 00 001 011 2 01 000 100 6 00 001 101 3 01 000 100 7 01 000 001 4 01 000 100 8 2 The watt mode output of the mode select logic is loaded into the mode register during the Remote Initialize Subroutine Error Power Meter takes trigger immediate GO TO line 1530 and use STEP key to manually execute program measurement when programmed to trigger line by line Check that the following indications are obtained with settling time a Line 1530 Description The Power Meter is first pro 1 L HOLD output of measurement rate select logic is set grammed to watt mode range 2 trigger false by trigger immediate programming command immediate then a talk cyde is enabled to 2 Operating program branches from Local Remote Branch cause the Power Meter to enter the Remote Subroutine Hold Loop to Remote Initialize Subroutine Initialize Subroutine hold loop Following x s pec 3 The following display is observed with the logic analyzer ie connected normally refer to troubleshooting example programming command is sent
123. the logic analyzer on address 071g and check whether the A D Converter qualifier goes to logic 0 at 633 160 clock pulses later If no display can be obtained on the logic analyzer turn power on and off and verify program execution starting at the Local Initialize Subroutine If an erroneous display is observed use the logic analyzer and an oscilloscope to isolate the problem to the ROM containing the program the Instruction Register the A D Control Register and Gates the A D Converter or the Counters The TRIGGER OUT PUT of the logic analyzer can be used to sync the oscilloscope at any address If the conversion described in step d is proper check that an LCOR instruction is gener ated at address 0728 and that an LTC instruction is generated to load the Display Register at address 1778 If both of these instructions are generated properly use standard signal tracing techniques to isolate the problem to the Under Over Range Decoder the Main Counter or the Display Assembly 8 62 Example 2 Abnormal Indication is Ob served for Step 8 This example was chosen because it illustrates Power Meter autoranging during a program cyde When the RANGE HOLD switch is released for step 8 an LCRD instruction should be generated during the Under Range Sub routine to count the Range Counter down to range 4 then an LSOR instruction should be generated to blank the front panel digital readout refer to Service Sheet 3 Linear Under Ran
124. the output of the Main Counter to 0000 and to store a positive sign in the Sign Latch YSPL high NSPL low b The Controller then generates LAZ and LCNT instructions on the trailing edge of every 01 Clock Pulse while monitoring the Count Qualifier outputs of the Main Counter The instruc tions are processed by the U p Down Count 8 144 Control Logic as indicated in Table 8 7 to provide Up Clock outputs to the Main Counter The LAZ instructions are docked into the A D Control Register by the HPLS 2 dock thereby maintaining a continuous LAZO output to the A D Converter When the Count Qualifier outputs equal predetermined value stored in the operating pro gram the Controller terminates the LAZ and LCNT instructions and generates an LCLR instruc tion The LCLR instruction returns the output of the Main Counter to 0000 and stores a positive sign in the Sign Latch YSPL high NSPL low The absence of the LAZ instruction causes the HPLS 2 dock pulse to reset the LAZO output of the A D Control Register thereby terminating the Auto Zero function 8 102 A D Converter Measurement Function The Controller and the Main Counter operating cycle associated with the measurement function is the same as described before for the Auto Zero Func tion except that an LINP instruction is generated in lieu of an LAZ instruction The LINP instruc tion enables the LRIN output of the A D Control Register This output is then maintain
125. to listen and pro grammed to free run at maximum rate dB 2 Operating program branches from Display and Remote Talk REF mode Subroutine to Local Remote Branch Subroutine Program then continues to free run as previously verified for local operation b Line 190 3 Power Meter is addressed to talk and 1 Power Meter is addressed to listen and configured for remote calculator enters data Since local opera operation tion is enabled the Power Meter mode out 2 Measurement rate select logic stores programming command put should indicate the mode selected by and provides low H HOLD and high H FAST outputs the front panel switches 1 Power Meter is unaddressed to talk 2 HP Interface Bus is set to local to dis able remote operation of Power Meter 3 Mode Select logic stores programming command and pro vides dB REF mode output 8 99 Service Model 436A Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 2 of 18 Problem and Description Corrective Action 4 Operating program branches from Local Remote Branch Sub 7 routine to Remote Initialize Subroutine 5 The following display is observed with logic analyzer con nected normally refer to troubleshooting example and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initial ize Subroutine Address 001 010 01 000 011 001 011 000 011 001 101 000 011 000 001 000 011 000 010 000 011 000 011 000 011 000 011 000 011 000 011 000 011 6 Operating program branc
126. to read Replace cover plate removed i l above REASON To replace the cover plate Zone C 3 21 2 change 24 VDC to 5 REASON This is the output line of the 5 VDC power supply 24 VDC is the input voltage lt q am eee TYPED GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE NUMBER SSG I M DeSpiritof 999 1716 SIGN HERE 9279 2 2028 2 RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL MANUALS FROM YOUR UNIT S COMPLETE ADDRESS THEN JOT DOWN THE DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS FORM TEAR IT OUT FOLD IT AND DROP IT IN THE MAIL IN THIS SPACE TELL WHAT IS WRONG AND WHAT SHOULD DONE ABOUT IT TEAR ALONG DOTTED LINE i 1 FORN 2028 P S EAR you R OUTFIT CARBO FILL IN YOUR UNIT S ADDRESS FOLO BACK DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY POSTAGE AND FEES PAID DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY OFFICIAL BUSINESS 97 PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE 300 Commander US Army Communications and Electronics Materiel Readiness Command ATTN DRSEL ME MQ Fort Monmouth New Jersey 07703 FOLO BACK REVERSE OF DA FORM 2028 2 atit M n M M es ONO IV YUVAL Cu mmo ma a s Qm Q Qm ae RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL MANUALS SOMETHING WRONG wm vac FROM Y
127. to select the operating mode of the Power Meter These inputs are clocked into the Mode Register at the start of each program cycle by the LCKM output of the Instruction Decoder The resultant outputs of the Mode Register are then gated together for the duration of the program cycle to provide the following signals as required to implement the operating mode selected WATT dB REL dB REF dBm a Mode Qualifiers These outputs are coded as listed above to indicate the operating mode selected The y are accessed at various points in the program cycle to control program branching and or instruction generation b dBm Mode Selected When the dBm Mode is selected this output is active and lights the front panel dBm indicator c Log Mode and YLog These outputs are active when either the dBm dB REF or dB REL Mode is selected The Log Mode signal forms part of the address applied to the True Range Decoder The YLOG signal is gated with other inputs by the Up Down Count Control Logic to control the direction in which the Main Counter counts when enabled by the Controller d Mode Bits 1 and 2 Mode Bits 1 and 2 are coded as listed previously to indicate to the Remote Interface Circuits which operating mode is selected for the Power Meter Additionally the 2 signal is also applied to the Display Assembly to light the dB REL indicator when the dB Relative Mode is selected 8 98 When the front panel SENSOR ZERO
128. version function is selected to discharge C3 when the Power Meter is configured for dB operation This function is similar to a linear conversion except as noted below a The LRL input is activated to discharge C3 at an exponential rate so that the output of the counter indicates the RF input power level in dB b The LLGR input is activated to change the Comparator s threshold input to 0 71V so that an under range condition is detected if C3 charges to less than this value during the measurement function The negative linear conversion mentioned above serves to indicate high noise levels at the input to the Power Sensor Any true input power level will cause a positive dc input to be applied to the A D Converter c An over range conversion is detected if the A D qualifier does not change state before 1100 counts gt 1 26 Vdc input d The Controller may cause the Instruction Decoder to execute a dB relative conversion before updating the front panel Digital Readout indica tion During the dB relative conversion the output of the counter is changed to indicate the RF input power level with respect to a reference value stored previously refer to Service Sheet 3 8 84 True Range Decoder The function of the True Range Decoder is to indicate the power level represented by the dc voltage at A3TP4 DC and if the power level is to be displayed in dB to preset the Main Counter to the minimum threshold of the range selected
129. when the Listen Clock and Address Enable signals are active whilethe Remote Enable REN input is true low Thus to select remote opera tion of the Power Meter it is necessary to address the Power Meter to listen after the Remote Enable REN lineis set true The Remote Enable Logic will then remain set until the Remote Enable REN line is set false to terminate remote opera tion of all instruments on the HP Interface Bus NOTE When the Power Meter is addressed to talk it will output data after each meas urement regardless of whether it is con figured for local or remote operation Refer to Figure 8 15 Sheet 14 8 124 The remaining input to the Remote Enable Logic is the LPU signal generated by the Controller when the Power Meter is first turned on and by the Device Clear Generator when a Device Clear Command is detected This input is applied to the Remote Enable Logic in a WIRED OR configur ation and an RC network is used to discriminate between the signal sources When the Power Meter is first turned on the LPU output of the Controller is mainatined for approximately 500 ms thereby allowing the RC network to discharge to OV and reset the Remote Enable Logic When a Device Clear Command is detected the LPU output of the Device Clear Generator is equal in width to the HCLK input and does not discharge the RC net work Thus when the Power Meter is first turned on it is automatically configured for local opera ti
130. your equipment If you paid anyone other than BAMA for this manual you paid someone who is making a profit from the free labor of others without asking their permission You may pass on copies of this manual to anyone who needs it But do it without charge Thousands of files are available without charge from BAMA Visit us at http bama sbc edu
131. 0 0151 0757 0460 0757 0442 0698 3160 0757 0280 0698 3159 0757 0290 0757 0442 0757 0444 0757 0444 1820 1112 1820 1112 1820 1112 1820 1112 1820 0054 1820 0328 1820 1194 1820 1112 1820 1411 1820 0175 QTY TABLE 6 2 REPLACEABLE PARTS DESCRIPTION IC DGTL SN749192N COUNTER IC DGTL SN74192N CONUNTER IC DGTL SN74192N COUNTER IC DGTL SN7 192N COUNTER IC DGTL SN74192N COUNTER IC DGTL SN74192N COUNTER IC DGTL SN74192N COUNTER IC DGTL SN74LS 10N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 00 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS112 N FLIP FLOP DGTL SN74 74 N FLIP FLOP IC DGTL SN74 76N FLIP FLOP IC DGTL SN74LS 00 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 00 N GATE IC DGTL LSN74LS 20 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 04 N INVERTER CRYSTAL QUARTZ 240 KHZ A4 MISCELLANEOUS PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY DOES NOT INCLUDE A5U11 CAPACITOR FXD 2 20 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 4 70 10 35VDC CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100VDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 600 10 6VDC TA SOLID DIODE SWITCHING 2NS 30V 50MA TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300 FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ TRANSISTOR PN SI CHIP PD 300MW RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 1 96K 1 125W F TUBULAR NETWOR RES RK PIN SIP NETWOR RES RK PIN SIP RESISTOR 464K 1 125 TUBULAR RESISTOR 464K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR
132. 0 0698 0084 8 RESOSTOR 2 15K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 4 1 8 2151 A2R21 1810 0151 NETWORK RES RK PIN SIP 28480 1810 0151 A2R22 0698 3136 5 RESISTOR 17 8K 1 125W TUBULAR 16299 4 1 8 1782 A2R23 0757 0441 1 RESISTOR 8 25K 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 8251 A2R24 0811 3351 1 RESISTOR 11K 025 013W PWW TUBULAR 14140 1409 A2R25 0811 3348 2 RESISTOR 111 11 OHM 025 013W PWW 14140 1409 A2R26 1810 0158 2 NETWORK RES RK PIN SIP 28480 1810 0158 A2R27 0698 3136 RESISTOR 17 8K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 4 1 8 1782 A2R28 0698 3150 2 RESISTOR 2 37K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 C4 1 8 TO 2371 F A2R29 0698 3158 RESISTOR 23 7K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 C4 1 8 TO 2372 F A2R30 0757 0464 1 RESISTOR 90 9K 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 9092 A2R31 0698 3449 1 RESISTOR 28 7K 1 125W TUBULAR 16299 C4 1 8 TO 2872 F A2R32 0757 0290 3 RESISTOR 6 19K 1 125W F TUBULAR 09701 MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F A2R33 0698 3450 RESITOR 42 2K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 04 1 8 4222 A2R34 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1002 A2R35 0698 3136 RESISTOR 17 8K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 C4 1 8 TO 1782 F A2R36 0757 0289 8 RESISTOR 13 3 1 125W F TUBULAR 19701 MF4C1 8 TO 1332 F A2R37 0811 3348 RESISTOR 111 1 OHM 025 013W PWW 14140 1409 A2R38 0811 3350 1 RESISTOR 10K 025 013W PWW TUBULAR 14140 1409 A2R39 0811 3349 1 REISOTOR 1K 025 013W PWW TUBULAR 14140 1409 A2R40 0698 3452 2 RESISTOR 147K 1 125W F
133. 0 100 10 100 101 10 100 110 01 001 000 11 001 001 01 001 010 10 010 110 Service Model 436A Table 8 5 BCD Interface Option 024 Checkout 2 of 6 Step Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Test Description and Key Operating Sequence 3 Program Power Meter for remote operation Description This test verifies that the Power Meter is capable watt mode range 1 trigger with settling remote watt mode range 1 operation and that the operating time Then trigger a second measurement program enters the Display and Remote Talk Subroutine data and check that the Power Meter outputs the transfer pause loop after outputting data when programmed following data for triggered operation Status 0 In Range ENT Range ge Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera Mode 2 Watt or Q printer tion previously verified except as indicated below Sign 1 or 0 or a Mode select gates provide low remote enable LREM output Data Same as front panel digital readout along with Watt mode output Exponent 08 b Range select gates provide range 1 output c DACQ qualifier of measurement control circuit is set low by first trigger with settling time programming command then reset by HCLD instruction generated in Display and Remote Talk Subroutine d Operating program enters Display and Remote Talk Subroutine BCD hold loop 106s 110s e DACQ qualifier of measurement control circuit is set low by second tr
134. 0 5910 00 477 8077 4755 1121 5905 00 498 6062 0180 0078 28480 5910 00 827 9772 LM301AH 27014 5962 00 563 1929 0180 0100 28480 5910 00 752 4172 LM323K 27014 5962 00 626 0045 0180 0197 28480 5910 00 850 5355 SN74LSOO0N 295 5962 01 004 1272 0180 0218 28480 5910 00 255 3139 SN74LS138N 1295 5962 01 004 1270 0180 0228 28480 5910 00 719 9907 SN74LS20N 295 5962 01 038 3457 0180 0229 28480 5910 00 403 2449 SN74LS30N 1295 5962 01 047 7399 0180 0291 28480 5910 00 931 7055 SN7400N 295 5962 00 922 3138 0180 0374 28480 5910 00 931 7050 SN7402N 295 5962 00 103 0990 0180 1746 28480 5910 00 430 6036 SN7404N 295 5962 00 404 2559 0180 2206 28480 5910 00 879 7313 SN7405N 1295 5962 00 229 8500 0360 0270 28480 5940 00 159 1290 SN7414N 295 5962 00 277 0122 0360 1514 28480 5940 00 150 4513 5 74150 1295 5962 00 178 9225 0362 0192 28480 5999 00 103 1066 SN7438N 295 5962 00 936 3416 0683 2265 28480 5905 00 402 4242 SN7474N 1295 5962 00 106 4287 0698 0083 28480 5905 00 407 0052 SN7476N 295 5962 00 106 4285 0698 0084 28480 5905 00 974 6073 SR1358 4 4713 5961 00 496 7363 0698 0085 28480 5905 00 998 1814 SR1846 9 4713 5961 01 010 5805 0698 3136 28480 5905 00 891 4247 T8201 81640 5930 00 457 5582 0698 3150 28480 5905 00 481 1357 0160 0160 28480 5910 00 891 4207 0698 3154 28480 5905 00 891 4215 0160 0164 28480 5910 00 914 4427 0698 3156 28480 5905 00 974 6084 0160 0168 28480 5910 00 917 0668 0698 3157 28480 5905 00 433 6904 0160 2055 28480 5910 00 211 1611 0698 3158 28480 5905
135. 00 858 8927 0160 2199 28480 5910 00 244 7164 0698 3159 28480 5905 00 407 0053 0160 2204 28480 5910 00 463 5949 0698 3160 28480 5905 00 974 6078 0160 2207 28480 5910 00 430 5675 0698 3243 28480 5905 00 891 4227 0160 2255 28480 5910 00 430 5934 0698 3260 28480 5905 00 998 1809 0160 2261 28480 5910 00 430 5750 0698 3440 28480 5905 00 828 0377 0160 2437 28480 5910 00 431 3956 0698 3441 28480 5905 00 974 6076 0160 3036 28480 5910 00 138 1326 0698 3444 28480 5905 00 974 6079 Model 436A Manual Changes SECTION VII MANUAL CHANGES 7 1 INTRODUCTION 7 2 This section contains manual change instruc tions for backdating this manual for HP Model 436A Power Meters that have serial number prefixes that are lower than the prefix listed on the title page 7 3 MANUAL CHANGES 7 4 To adapt this manual to your instrument refer 7 1 and make all of the manual changes listed opposite your instrument s serial number or prefix The manual changes are listed in serial number sequence and should be made in the sequence listed For example Change A should be made after Change B Change B should be made after Change C 7 5 your instrument s serial number or prefix is not listed on thetitle page of this manual or in it may be documented in a yellow MANUAL CHANGES supplement For additional important information about serial number cover age refer to INSTRUMENTS COVERED BY MANUAL Section 1 Table 7 1 Manual Changes By
136. 000 time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output characters Check that checked 1 Mode select logic outputs Watt Mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 4 3 Range counter is preset to range 4 during Remote Initialize Subroutine 4 Thefollowing display is obtained with the logic analyzer connected normally refer to trouble shooting example and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Sub routine address 10 001 010 1 10 001 110 5 10 001 011 2 00 101 110 6 00 001 100 3 00 101 111 7 10 001 101 4 00 101 111 8 13 Error Power Meter range or mode output Turn power on and off to Power Meter Then manually character wrong program Power Meter to Watt Mode range 5 trigger with settling time CMD U 5 Description Power Meter programmed to Watt Mode range 5 trigger with settling Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per time Then Power Meter addressed to talk Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 and range and mode output characters checked Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs Watt Mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 5 3 Range counter is preset to range 5 during Remote Initialize Subroutine 14 Error Power Meter range or mode output Turn power on and off to Power Meter Then manually character wrong program Power Meter to Watt Mode auto range trigger with settling time CMD U A9T Des
137. 0071 21232834 Q13 16 18 19 1854 0414 20 2633 1826 0102 1920 0223 1926 0092 INTEGRATED CIRCUITS VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS REFERENCE PIN DESIGNATIONS 15 NUMBER U4 5 A10 Figure 8 33 A D Converter Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 181 a A D Converter Assembly A1A3 A3 4 SERVICE SHEET 8 oervice SERVICE SHEET 9 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS The circuits deseribed in Service Sheet 9 are covered on Service Sheets 1 and 3 and Trouble shooting in paragraphs 8 59 through 8 62 8 182 436A Model 400A service Hs Counter Relative Assetibly 00436 60003 5 a Sg y NDTE2 NOTES Sem wa 1 Unies otherwise indicated I wn Resistance in ohms i m a ea au i 10 Ws Capacitances in picafarads Po i 2 W4 omitted on Options 22 24 i me A MAIN COUNTER wama ae F Yu Options 22 241 For voltages and waveform shown LLRE 10 3 3 2 L REGISTER 5 VF A COUNTER N controls are set as follows 5 VF vUS RANGE 2 2 1mw l 4 CALFACTOR 100 v POWER REF QN vE Conmect POWER SENSOR ta POWER REF OUTPUT 1 Dn 15 5 Yos REFERENCE DESIGNATIDNS 1 FF 1 i see n
138. 026 for free run or if trigger is received to initiate new program cyde TAble 8 3 Step 2 Table 8 3 Step 2 Address 025 if trig Table 8 4 Errors ger is not recieved Local Initialize Sub routine Address 052 for local oper tion Address 022 for remote operation Address 022 if re mote listener not ready for data Address 045 if re mote listener ready for data Local Remote Branch Subroutine Address 045 if line set 4 and 4 5 HP IB Option N A for BCD Option Not Verified Table 8 4 8 HP IB Option N A for BCD Option rror 1 HP IB Option N A for BCD Option Not Verified Address 046 if line Table 8 4 Error reset HP IB 0 Table 8 5 BCD Option Program Execution Talk Cycle Measurement Rate Programming Re mote Qualifier Program Interface and Talk Cyde Program Execution Measurement Rate Programming Com mand Processing Measurement Rate Programming Re mote Qualifier Program Interface and Talk Cyde Program Execution Remote Enable General Description Program Execution Talk Cyde Measurement Rate Programming Re mote Qualifier Program Interface and Talk Cyde Program Execution Talk Cyde Measurement Rate Programming Re mote Qualifier Program Interface and Talk Cyde 8 139 Service Model 436A Table 8 6 Operating Program Description 11 of 11 Block Diagram Description Sub Routine Address Functio
139. 0WVDC POLYE 56289 292P1549R8 2 9 0160 2199 1 CAPACITORPFXD 30PF 5 300WVDC MICA 28480 0160 2199 A2C10 0160 0160 CAPACITOR FXD 8200PF 10 200WVDC POLYE 56289 292P82292 A2C11 0160 2290 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 80WVDC PLYE 56289 292P1549R8 A2C12 0160 0160 CAPACITOR FXD 8200PF 10 200WVDC POLYE 56289 292P82292 A2C13 0160 2290 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 80WVDC POLYE 56289 292P1549R8 A2C14 0160 0160 CAPACITOR FXD 82000F 10 200WVDC POYE 56289 292P82292 A2C15 0180 1746 CAPACITOR FXD 15UF 10 20VDC TA SOLID 56289 150D156X9020B2 A2C16 0160 2055 11 CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100WVDC CER 28480 0160 2055 A2C17 0160 2261 1 CAPACITOR FXD 15PF 5 500WVDC CER 0 28480 0160 2261 A2C18 0180 0229 CAPACITOR FXD 33UF 10 10VDC TA SOLID 56289 150D336X9010B2 A2C19 0160 0164 2 CAPACITOR FXD 039UF 4 10 6 200WVDC POYE 56289 292P39392 A2C20 0160 0164 CAPACITOR FXD 039UF 10 200WVDC POLYE 56289 292P39392 A2CR1 1901 0518 DIODE4 SCHOTKY 28480 1901 0518 A2CR2 1901 0518 SIODE SCHOTTKY 28480 1901 0518 A2CR3 1901 0040 7 DIODE SWITCHING 2NS 30V 50MA 28480 1901 0040 A2Q1 1854 0003 1 TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO 39 PD 800MW 28480 1854 0003 A2Q2 1855 0414 21 TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI 17856 2N4393 A2Q3 1855 0414 TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI 17856 2N4393 A2Q4 1854 0071 28 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A2Q5 1854 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI KKPD 300MW FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A2Q6 1854 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI KPD 300 FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A2Q7 185
140. 1 143 mW 1 155 mW 86 1 157 mW 1 169 mW 85 1 170 mW 1 182 mW POWER REFERENCE Pa 0 981 mW 1 019 mW 4 11 4 12 Model 436A Adjustments SECTION V USTMENTS 5 1 INTRODUCTION 5 2 This section describes the adjustments which will return the Power Meter to peak operating condition after repairs are completed 5 3 If the adjustments are to be considered valid the Power Meter must have a half hour warmup and the line voltage must be within 5 to 10 of nominal 5 4 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 5 5 Although this instrument has been designed in accordance with international safety standards this manual contains information cautions and warnings which must be followed to ensure safe operation and to retain the instrument in safe condition see and III Service and adjustments should be performed only by qualified service personnel Any interruption of the protective grounding conductor inside or outside the instrument or disconnection of the protective earth terminal is likely to make the instrument dangerous Intentional interruption is prohibited 5 6 Any adjustment maintenance and repair of the opened instrument with voltage applied should be avoided as much as possible and when inevit able should be carried out only by a skilled person who is aware of the hazard involved 5 7 Capacitors inside the instrument may still be charged even if the instrument has been discon nected from its source of sup
141. 1 from the VR source A3R37 LIN Linearity control is adjusted for a specific digital readout see Section V Adjustments Capacitor A8C12 is charged up to approximately 7 times the dc input voltage when the DC Input Enable is terminated A3C12 discharges at a rate of approximatley 8 5 mV elock pulse The output level at pin 6 of A3U1 should reduce to approximately 0 The output of is applied to the inverting input of A8U2 producing a high output if the threshold was below the dc input level or a low if it was above the input level The Enable Negative Ramp LRM causes FET A3Q15 CRAMP to conduct applying a positive input to A3U1 from the VR source The Enable Log Ramp LRL and the Log Enable Reference LLGR cause FET s A3Q18 and A3Q19 to conduct A3Q19 completes a path to apply a negative threshold voltage to pin 3 of A3U2 This is the Log Reference voltage As the output of discharges to the threshold level the output of the Comparator remains constant When the voltage at pin 2 of A3U2 reaches the threshold level the output of the Comparator switches to the opposite polarity AC Gain Assembly A2 SERVICE SHEET 7 Service SERVICE SHEET 8 cont d TROUBLESHOOTING General Before attempting to troubleshoot these circuits verify that the power supply is operating properly The voltages should be 5 15 Vdc and 15 If the de offset controls A3R2 A3R47 or A3R65 are inc
142. 10 0590 1 5000 9043 5040 6848 00436 60004 1500225X9020A2 150D475X9035B2 0160 2055 0160 2055 150D606X9006B2 1901 0040 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1853 0020 C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 1961 F 1810 0151 1810 0151 MF4C1 8 TO 4643 F MF4C1 8 TO 4643 F CB4755 1810 0151 C4 1 8 TO 5111 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F 1810 0151 1810 0151 1810 0151 C4 1 8 TO 6192 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 3162 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 2612 F MF4C1 8 TO 6191 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1212 F C4 1 8 TO 1212 F SN74LS74N SN74LS74N SN74LS74N SN74LS74N SN7400N SN7402N SN74LS193N SN74LS74N SN74LS75N SN7405N REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE DESIGNATION 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 ASVR1 5 011 NUMBER 1818 2244 1820 1199 1820 0640 1820 0495 1820 1197 1820 1202 1820 0054 1902 3070 1200 0553 5000 9043 5040 6851 QTY TABLE 6 2 REPLACEABLE PARTS DESCRIPTION ROM 4K CONTROLLER NOT SUPPLIED WITH A5 IC DGTL SN74LS 04 N INVERTER IC DGTL SN74 150 N MULTIPLEXER IC DGTL DECODER IC DGTL SN74LS 00N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 10N GATE IC DGTL SN74 00 N GATE DIODE ZNR 4 22V 5 DO 7 PF 4W TC SOCKET IC 28 PIN A5 MICELLANEOUS PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR MFR CODE 01295 01295 07263 01295 01295 01295 04713 28480 28480 MODEL 436A MFR PART NUMBER SN74LS04N SN74150N 9311DC SN74LS00N SN74LS10N SN7400N S
143. 1027 512927 Braby House Box 8947 Blue Star Ltd Yokogawa Hewlett Packard Ltd Cable NEGON Telex KR894 641 Ridge Road Tamuning 96911 Meeakshi Mandiran Tanigawa Building NEW ZEALAND Cable COOPERATOR Karachi OTHER AREAS NOT LISTED CONT 646 4813 1678 Mahatma Gandhi Rd 2 24 1 Tsuruya cho Hewlett Packard N Z Ltd Mushko amp Company Ltd Tel 88 7478 Hewient Packard Intercontinental Cable EARMED Guam Cochin 682 016 Kanagawa ku 38B Satellite Town Telex 6 7954 3200 Ave Tei 32069 32161 32282 Yokohama 221 P O 9443 Rawalpindi Palo Alto 94304 Telex 046 514 Tel 045 312 1252 Courtney Place Tel 41824 1415 493 1501 Cable BLUESTAR Telex 382 3204 YHP YOK Wellington Cable FEMUS Rawalpindi TWX 910 373 1267 m LN Cable HEWPACK Ti 5 E Cable HEWPACK Wellington 9 034 8300 ALBERTA BRITISH COLUMBIA MANITOBA NOVA SCOTIA ONTARIO QUEBEC FOR CANADIAN AREAS NOT LIS Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 11620A 168 Street EdmontonTSM 379 Tei 403 452 3670 TWX 610 831 2431 EDTH Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 915 42 Ave S E Sute 102 126 121 403 287 1672 Twx 610 821 6141 Hewtett Packard Canada Ltd 837 Cordova Street Vancouver 3R2 604 254 0531 TWX 610 922 5059 VCR Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 513 Century St St James Winn R3H OLG Tel 204 786 7581 TWX 610 671 3531 CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA ARGENTINA
144. 11 CABLE UNSHLD 16 COND 26AWG CABLE ASSY SENSOR INPUT INCL J1 OMIT ON OPTION 003 CABLE REF OSC OUTPUT INCL J2 OMIT ON OPTION 003 SEE INFORMATION FOLLOWING A11 CABLE UNSHLD 3 COND 18AWG CABLE SENSOR IN REAR INCL J6 OPTION 002 AND 003 CABLE REF OSC REAR INCL J5 OPTION 003 ONLY DATA CABLE OPTION 022 amp 024 CABLE ASSY FT OMIT ON OPT S 009 010 011 012 AND 013 CABLE ASSY SENSOR 10FT OPT 009 ONLY CABLE ASSY SENSOR 20 FT OPT 010 ONLY CABLE ASSY SENSOR 50 FT OPT 011 ONLY CABLE ASSY SENSOR 100 FT OPT 012 ONLY CABLE ASSY SENSOR 200 FT OPT 013 ONLY CABLE ASSY SENSOR MFR CODE 24931 78189 12697 24931 78189 12697 71785 28480 28480 28480 76854 28480 04866 04866 28520 28520 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 25480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 78553 28480 28480 72962 28480 27014 28480 28480 28480 08261 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 MODEL 436A MFR PART NUMBER 28JR 130 1 1920 02 20 4 13 28JR 130 1 1920 02 20 4 13 57 40500 375 1251 3283 0520 0128 1460 1345 1501 009 2360 0115 YELLOW PATCH YELLOW PATCH P 687 P 625 5001 0439 5020 8815 5020 8879 5040 7201 5040 7203 5060 9971 00436 00002 00436 00003 00436 00011 00436 00018 5020 8816 00436 00007 00436 00008 00436 00013 00436 00001 00436
145. 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 14B of 14 Service 8 51 Service Table 8 3 Standard m Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Connect Range Calibrator to Power Meter and set equipment controls as follows Range Calibrator FUNCTION CALIBRATE POLARITY NORMAL 30 mW ON Model 436A Instrument Checkout 1 of 17 Test Description and Key Operating Sequence NOTE the Power Meter is equipped with either remote interface option 002 or 024 remove both the A6 and A7 Assemblies before performing the standard checkout procedure DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the power supplies are oper Power Meter ating properly that the Power Meter powers up normally and that CAL FACTOR 100 the Power Meter is capable of displaying a WATT MODE range 5 POWER REF Off out 3096 input power level MODE WATT RANGE HOLD ON in LINE ON When power is first applied verify that digi tal readout is blanked Then wait two sec onds for display to stabilize and verify that a Power Supply outputs are 15 0 0 5 Vdc less than 0 01 Vac ripple and noise 15 0 0 5 Vdc less than 0 01 Vac ripple and noise 5 00 0 01 Vdc less than 0 01 Vac ripple and noise Digital Readout indicates 31 6 8 0 mW mW lamp is lit and all other front panel lamps are not lit NOTE If Power Supply outputs are not within specifications the ROMs used in the
146. 1583 SOCIALIST COUNTRIES NOT SHOWN PLEASE CONTACT Hewlett Packard Ges m b H Box 7 1205 Vienna Austria Tel 0222 35 16 21 to 27 Cable HEWPAK Vienna Telex 75923 hewpak MEDITERRANEAN AND MIODLE EAST COUNTRIES NOT SHOWN PLEASE CONTACT Hewlett Packard S A Mediterranean and Middie East Operations 35 Kolokotroni Street Platia Kefallariou GR Kifissia Athens Greece Tel 8080337 359 429 Telex 21 6588 Cable HEWPACKSA Athens FOR OTHER AREAS NOT LISTED CONTACT Hewlett Packard S A 7 rue du Bois du Lan Box CH 1217 Meyrin 2 Geneva Switzerland Tel 022 82 70 00 Cable HEWPACKSA Geneva Telex 2 24 86 Telex 21 63 032 hphh d UNITED STATES ALABAMA 8290 Whitesburg S E Box 4207 Huntsville 35802 Tel 205 881 4591 Medical Only 228 W Valley Ave Room 220 Birmingham 35209 Tel 205 942 2081 2 ARIZONA 2336 Magnolia St Phoenix 85034 Tel 602 244 1361 2424 East Aragon Rd Tucson 85706 Tel 602 294 3148 ARKANSAS Medical Service Only PO Box 5646 Brady Station Little Rock 72205 Tel 501 376 1844 CALIFORNIA 1430 East Srangethorpe Ave Fullerton 92631 Tel 714 870 1000 3939 Lankershim Boulevard North Hollywood 91604 213 877 1282 TWX 910 499 2671 6305 Anzona Place Los Angeles 90045 Tei 213 649 2511 TWX 910 328 6147 Los Angeles Tel 213 776 7500 3003 Scott Boulevard Santa 95050 Te 408 249 7000 TWX 910 338 05
147. 16R F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 SN74LS20N SN74LS02N SN74LS00N SN74LS30N SN74LS74N SN74LS74N SN74LS02N SN74LS74N SN7414N SN74LS04N SN74LS10N SN7438N SN74LS00N SN74LS112N SN74LS251N SN74LS03N SN74LS74N SN7414N SN74LS04N SN74LS00N SN74LS02N SN74132N SN74LS138N SN74LS10N SN74LS74N SN74LS03N 3VH20 13V5 079 REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE DESIGNATION Al 7 1 7 2 7 3 721 792 793 724 195 7 6 7 7 701 7 1 7 2 7 7 4 7 5 A7R6 A7R7 A7S1 A7U1 A7U2 A7U3 A7U4 705 706 707 708 709 5000 9043 5040 6849 00436 60012 0180 0197 0160 3879 0160 3879 1200 0507 1251 3283 1854 0071 1810 0151 1810 0151 1810 0136 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0442 1810 0136 3101 1213 1820 1298 1820 1194 1820 1298 1816 0614 1820 0621 1820 1298 1820 1198 1820 0621 1820 1298 0380 0643 1530 1098 00436 00010 5951 7587 QTY 0614 HENN TABLE 6 2 REPLACEABLE PARTS DESCRIPTION A6 MISCELLANEOUS OPT 022 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR P C BOARD HP INTERFACE BUS HP IB INPUT OUTPUT ASSY FOR OPTION 022 ONLY CAPACITOR FXD 2 2UF 10 20VDC TA CPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100WVDC CER SOCKET
148. 18 Ri rest Tel 714 446 6165 646 W North Market Blvd Sacramento 95834 Tet 916 929 7222 9606 Aero Drive P 0 23333 San Diego 92123 Tel 714 279 3200 COLORADO 5600 South Ulster Parkway Englewood 80110 Tet 303 771 3455 CONNECTICUT 12 Lunar Drive New Haven 06525 Tel 203 389 6551 TWX 710 465 2029 FLORIDA P O Box 24210 2806 W Oakland Park Blvd Ft Lauderdale 33311 Tel 305 731 2020 Jacksonville Medical Service Tei 904 498 0664 P O box 13910 6177 Lake Ellenor Dr Ortando 32809 Tel 305 859 2900 Box 12826 Pensacola 32575 Tel 904 476 8422 GEORGIA P O Box 105005 Atlanta 30348 Tei 404 955 1500 TWX 810 766 4890 Medical Service Only Augusta 30903 Tet 404 736 0592 Box 2103 Warner Robins 31098 Tel 912 922 0449 HAWAII 2875 So King Street Honolulu 96814 Tet 808 955 4455 Telex 723 705 ILLINOIS 5201 Dr Rolling meadows 60008 Tet 312 255 9800 TWX 910 687 2260 INDIANA 7301 North Shadeland Ave indianapolis46250 317 842 1000 TWX 810 260 1797 IOWA 1902 Broadway City 52240 Tel 319 338 9466 KENTUCKY Medical Only Atkinson Square 3901 Atkinson Dr Sure 207 Louisville 40218 502 456 1573 LOUISIANA P O Box 840 3229 39 Williams Boulevard Kenner 70063 Tel 504 443 6201 MARYLAND 6707 Whitestone Road Baltimore 21207 Tel 301 944 5400 TWX 710 862 9157 2 Choke Cherry Road Roc
149. 2 NOTE Operating program will hang up in Display and Remote Talk Subroutine data transfer pause loop addresses 1108 1068 is inhibit input is true while Power Meter is programmed for local operation Description This step verifies that the mode select gates provide a remote enable LREM output when the remote enable input is true and that the range select gates provide a master reset LPU output when the Power Meter is programmed to remote range 0 Key Operating Sequence a Mode select gates provide low remote enable LREM output b Range select gates provide low master reset LPU output c Master reset output of range select gates holds operating pro gram at starting address 0006 refer to Service Sheet 3 Block Diagram Description Program Initialization Description This step verifies that the Power Meter outputs a data message each time that it enters the Display and Remote Talk Subroutine while free running in the local mode Key Operating Sequence a Remote enable LREM and master reset CPU outputs of mode and range select gates go high when Power Meter program med for local operation b Operating program cydes to Display and Remote Talk Subroutine c The following display is observed with the logic analyzer cor rected normally refer to troubleshooting example and setup for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 1778 Display and Remote Talk Subroutine Address 11 111 111 010 010 010 00 010 O11 00 10
150. 2 SPECIFICATIONS Response Time 0 to 9996 of reading five time constants Range 1 most sensitive 10 seconds Range 2 lt 1 second Range 3 5 100 milliseconds Typical measured at recorder output Cal Factor 16 position switch normalizes meter reading to ac count for calibration factor or effective efficiency Range 85 to 100 in 1 steps Cal Adjustment Front panel adjustment provides capability to adjust gain of meter to match power sensor in use Recorder Output Proportional to indicated power with 1 volt corre sponding to full scale and 0 316 volts to 5 dB 1kQ output impedance BNC connector RF Blanking Output Open collector TTL low corresponds to blanking when auto zero mode is engaged Display Digital display with four digits 2096 over range capa bility on all ranges Also uncalibrated analog peak ing meter to see fast changes Power Consumption 100 120 220 or 240 V 590 10 48 to 440 Hz less than 20 watts 23 watts with Option 022 or 024 Dimensions 134 mm High 5 1 4 inches 213 mm Wide 8 3 8 inches 279 mm Deep 11 inches Net Weight 4 5 kg 10 Ibs lindudes sensor non linearity Add 1 5 1 0 on top range when using the 8481A 8482A or 8483A power sensors 2 Specifications are for within range measurements For accuracy add the range uncertainties Model 436A DESCRIPTION cont d overrange indicators Thereis a 20 percent
151. 2 Pozidriv Screwdrivers Many screws in the instrument appear to be Phillips but are not To avoid damage to the screw slots Pozidriv screw drivers should be used 8 13 Blade Tuning Tools For adjustment of the front panel CAL ADJ control a special tuning tool is provided HP Part Number 8710 0630 In situa tions not requiring non metallic tuning tools an ordinary small screwdriver or other suitable tool is sufficient No matter what tool is used never try to force any adjustment control in this instrument This is especially critical when adjusting variable inductors or capacitors 8 14 Part Location Aids T he locations of some chassis mounted parts and the major assemblies are shown on the last foldout in this manual The locations of individual components mounted on printed circuit boards or other assemblies are shown on the appropriate schematic diagram page or on the page opposite it The part reference designator is the assembly designator plus the part designator for example A2R9 is R9 on the A2 assembly For specific component description and ordering information refer to the parts list in Section VI Service 8 15 Servicing Aids on Printed Circuit Boards The servicing aids include test points transistor and integrated circuit designations adjustment callouts and assembly stock numbers 8 16 REPAIR 8 17 Factory Selected Components 8 18 Some component values are selected at the time of final checkout a
152. 2 VR1 and VR2 and their associated components are part of a shaping network which compensates for the non linear output of the Power Sensor s sensing device At RF inputs near the maximum power input 100 mW for Model 8481A the power sensing device is slightly more efficient and the hybrid amplifier s gain is reduced slightly to provide a linear overall response The combination of A2C5 R10 and R11 is one of three RC networks in the ac amplifiers which determine the high frequency cutoff 240 Hz of the 220 20 Hz bandpass 203 C4 and are line noise filters Attenuator and Second Amplifier Assemblies The Attenuator Networks and associated components on the A2 assembly form two separate attenuators and a variable low pass filter With high power RF inputs relatively high voltages are coupled to the attenuator inputs The higher the voltage the more it is attenuated thus allowing for greater sensitivity needed for low power measurements while providing the needed resolution for each range The various levels of attenuation permit five usable ranges whose values are determined by the Power Sensor being used The following table shows the individual and combined effects of the attenuators on the ac signal The attenuation resistors therefore the value of attenuation is selected by the outputs from the ROM A2U6 applied to the transistors A2Q21 through A2Q25 Network 1 Network 2 Total A2 R24 4 R25 A2R37 R
153. 21 of Over Under Range Continue Subroutine DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the reference register is cleared when the dB REF switch is pressed while an OVER RANGE condition exists KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except for address 050 YM 120 of Over Under Range Continue Subroutine Model 436A Service Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 16 of 17 Step Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 5 dBm and adjust Power Meter CAL ADJ control to obtain 5 00 indication on Digi tal Readout Then set Power Meter MODE WATT switch to on and Range Calibrator POLARITY switch to REVERSE Verify that Power Meter Digital Readout indi cates 3 16 6 3 mW Set Power Meter RANGE HOLD switch to on in and Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 10 mW Verify that Digital Read out indicates 10 2 mW and record indication Test Description and Key Operating Sequence DESCRIPTION Negative Watt readout capability is provided to enable detection of high noise conditions This step verifies that capability of the Power Meter to detect and indicate a 28 nega tive power level A negative WATT MODE measurement simulates a high noise condition at the input of the Power Sensor KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below Measurement Subroutine A D Converter input voltage
154. 2113 Sagita Sagita Quito Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 800 Windmill Road Box 9331 Dartmouth 82Y 326 Tel 902 469 7820 TWX 610 271 4482 EL SALVADOR Instrumentacion y Procesamiento Electronico de el Salvador Bulevar de las Heroes 11 48 San Salvador Tei 252787 GUATEMALA IPESA Avenida La Retorma 3 48 Zona 9 Guatemela Ci Tel 63627 6471 Telex 4192 Teletro Gu MEXICO Hewlett Packard Mexicana SA Torres Adalid No 21 1 Piso Co dei Valte Mexico 12 DF Te 905 543 42 32 Telex 017 74 507 Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 1020 Mornson Dr Ottawa K H 8K7 Tel 613 820 6483 TWX 610 513 1636 Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 6877 Goreway Drive Mississ 14 1M8 Tei 416 678 9430 TWX 610 492 4246 Hewlett Packard Mexicana SA deCV Ave Constituci n No 2184 Monterrey N L Tel 48 71 32 48 71 84 Telex 038 843 NICARAGUA Roberto Ter n G Apartado Postai 689 Edificio Teran Managua 25114 23412 23454 Cable ROTERAN Managua PANAMA Electr nico Balboa S Box 4929 Samuel Lewis Cuidad de Panama Tel 64 2700 Telex 3431103 Curunda Cana Zone Cable ELECTRON Panama Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd 275 Hymus Bivd Pointe Claire H9R 167 Tel 514 697 4232 TWX 610 422 3022 TLX 05 821521 HPCL PARAGUAY 2J Melamed S RL Division Aparatos y Equipos M dicos Divisi n Aparatos y Equipos Cient ficos y de investigaci n P 0 Box 676 Chile
155. 316 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 31 6K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 31 6K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 28 7K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 4 5K 1 F TUBULAR NOT ASSIGNED RESISTOR VAR TRMR 100KOHM 10 C RESITOR 2 15K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 13 3K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 121K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 196 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 750 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 100 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR TERMINAL SLDR STUD TERMINAL SLDR STUD TERMINAL SLDR STUD TERMINAL SLDR STUD TERMINAL SLDR STUD TERMINAL SLDR STUD IC LIN LM312H AMPLIFIER IC LIN LM301AH AMPLIFIER IC LIN LM312H AMPLIFIER IC LIN AMPLIFIER IC LIN AMPLIFIER DIODE ZNR 5 11V 5 DO 7 PD 4W TC DIODE ZENER 6 2V VZ 25W MAX PD DIODE ZNR 2 87V 5 DO 7 PD 4W TC 07 DIODE ZNR 8 25V 5 DO 7 PD 4W DIODE ZNR 8 25V 5 DO 7 PD 4W DIODE ZNR 4 25V 5 DO 7 PD 4W TC A3 MISCILLANEOUS PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR CRANGE COUNTER ASSEMBLY CAPACITOR VCD 2 2UF 10 VDC CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01 80 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 010 80 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100WVC CER CAPACITOR FXD 010 80 20 200WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 010 80 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000UF 10 1000WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000 10 1000WVDC CER SOCKET ELEC
156. 36K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 75K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 19 6K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 100 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 51 1K 1 RESISTOR 31 6K 1 125W F TUBULALR 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 147K 1 RESISTOR 825 OHM 125W F TUBULAR 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 464K 1 RESISTOR 21 5K 1 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR VAR TRMR 10KOHM 10 C RESISTOR 56K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 1K 15 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 460K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 100 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 51 1K 1 RESISTOR 464K 1 125W TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 75K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 31 6 OHM RESISTOR 19 6K 1 1 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR VAR TRMR 100KOH 10 C RESISTOR VAR TRM 5KOHM 10 C RESITOR 28 7K 1 RESISTOR 464K 1 6 8 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR MFR CODE 28480 28480 17856 17856 17856 17856 28480 17856 17856 17856 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 17856 17856 17856 17856 17856 17856 17856 17856 28480 16299 28480 24546 16299 28480 16299 24546 24546 24546 24546 28480 24546 24546 16299 24546 16299 19701 16299 24546 16299 24546 24546
157. 38 and R39 The bandpass of the ac amplifiers in the Power Meter is approximately 220 20 Hz The lower cutoff frequency 200 Hz is fixed by the combination of A2C8 with A2R24 and R25 also A2C11 with 2637 R38 and R39 Second Amplifier A2U1 and its associated components form an operational amplifier stage with variable voltage gain from 2 1 to 4 2 The front panel CAL ADJ gain control is set to compensate for differences in sensitivity of individual Power Sensors The gain is SERVICE SHEET 7 cont d determined by A2R28 R33 and the CAL ADJ control R16 Third Amplifier A2U2A and B and associated components are operational amplifiers with voltage gains of about 20 each Gain for A2 U2A is determined by A2R52 and R53 for A2U2B by 2 48 and R49 Bias current is provided for A2U2A by A2R50 The tuned amplifiers upper bandpass limit 240 Hz is set by the parallel RC network of A2C12 and R48 A2C14 and R52 also in conjunction with a parallel RC network in the First Amplifier Phase Detector The Phase Detector like the sampling gate circuit in the Power Sensor is driven by the 220 Hz Multivibrator drive signal The 220 Hz switching signal 0 to 10 Vdc is applied through the voltage divider A2R61 and R67 to the base of A2Q14 at a level of 0 to 0 6 Vdc This signal turns Q14 on and off and causes the collector voltage to vary from 0 to 15 Vdc The collector voltage from Q14 is applied to the base of A2Q13 through t
158. 3W 0520 0128 501 009 2 AN960 C2 00436 60008 ICN 143 S3W C4 1 8 TO 5111 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F REPLACEABLE PARTS MODEL 436A TABLE 6 2 REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE HP PART QTY DESCRIPTION MFR MFR PART NUMBER DESIGNATION NUMBER CODE 1 251 3101 1901 1 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON 9 STATION 28480 3101 1901 A1A2U1 1820 0175 2 IC DGTL SN74 05 N INVERTER 01295 SN7405N A1A2 MISCELLANEOUS 0370 2486 6 PUSHBUTTON SOLID GRAY 28480 0370 2486 0520 0128 SCEW MACH 2 56 PN HD POZI REC SST 300 28480 0520 0128 2190 0045 WASHER LK HL CL NO 2 088 IN ID 165 IN 76854 1501 009 00436 60027 1 CAL FACTOR SWITCH ASSEMBLY 28480 00436 60027 A1A3R1 0757 0346 15 RESISTOR 10 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F A1A3R2 0757 0346 RESISTOR 10 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F A1A3R3 0757 0346 REISTOR 10 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F A1A3R4 0757 0346 RESISTOR 10 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F A1A3R5 0757 0346 RESISTOR 10 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F A1A3R6 0757 0346 RESISTOR 10 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F A1A3R7 0757 0346 RESISTOR 10 OHM 1 amp 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C44 1 8 TO 1ORO F A1A3R8 0757 0346 RESISTOR 10 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 3 TO 10R0 F A1A3R9 0757 0346 RESISTOR 10 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 10R0 F A1A3R10 0757 0346 RESISTOR 10 1 125W TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 10 0 A1A3R11 0757 0346
159. 4 0071 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 825R F 140 1 20 1002 F 3006P 1 102 SP41 C4 1 8 TO 7501 F C3 1 8 TO 1003 G C4 1 8 TO 1003 F C3 1 8 TO 1003 G C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 5111 F C4 1 8 TO 75R0 F C4 1 8 TO 1331 F MF4C 1 0360 1514 0360 1514 1826 0013 LM301AH 1N827 52 10939 98 1806 00 1333 14101 30 2360 0209 2580 0002 HN100 11 2 7100 1204 00436 60006 39D507G030FL4 39D507G030FL4 SR1846 9 SR1846 9 SR1358 4 SR1358 4 SR1358 4 SR1358 4 REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE DESIGNATION 9 1 A9F2 A9F3 9 1 9 2 9 9 4 9 5 9 6 901 10 1091 1092 1093 1094 A10VR1 A10XU1 10 02 10 03 10 04 10 05 10 05 10 06 11 W3P1 W3P2 W7 W7P1 C1 C2 C4 c5 F1 F1 J1 92 NUMBER 2110 0012 2110 0012 2110 0010 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 1826 0283 1205 0294 2110 0269 2200 0103 5000 9043 5040 6845 00436 60009 1200 0508 1200 0507 1251 3898 1251 3898 1902 0551 1251 1365 1251 1365 1251 1365 1251 1365 1251 1626 1251 1365 2190 0007 2360 0195 0960 0444 00436 60023 1251 3537 1251 3897 1251 0512 00436 60024 1251 3537 1251 3897 0180 2221 0360 0270 2680 0128 0180 0078 0180 0197 0160 2437 2190 0009 2580 0002 0160 2437 2190 0009 2580 0002 0160 2437
160. 4 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300 FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A2Q8 1854 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300 FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A2Q9 1855 0414 TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI 17856 2N4393 A2Q10 1855 0414 TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI 17856 2N4393 A2Q11 1855 0414 TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI 17856 2N4393 A2Q12 1855 0414 TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI 17856 2N4393 A2Q13 1854 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A2Q14 1853 0020 TRANSISTOR PNP SI CHIP PD 300MW 28480 1853 0020 A2Q15 NOT ASSIGNED 6 5 REPLACEABLE PARTS MODEL 436A TABLE 6 2 REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE HP PART QTY DESCRIPTION MFR PART NUMBER DESIGNATION NUMBER CODE A2Q16 1854 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A2Q17 1854 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A2Q18 1854 0071 TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ 28480 1854 0071 A2Q19 1853 0020 TRANSISTOR PNP SI CHIP PD 300MW 28480 1853 0020 A2Q20 1853 0020 TRANSISTOR PNP SI CHIP PD 300MW 28480 1853 0020 A2Q21 1853 0020 TRANSISTOR PN SI CHIP PD 300MW 28480 1853 0020 A2Q22 1853 0020 TRANSISTOR PNP SI CHIP PD 300MW 28480 1853 0020 A2Q23 1853 0020 TRANSISTOR PNNP SI CHIP PD 300MW 28480 1853 0020 A2Q24 1853 0020 TRANSISTOR PNP SI CHIP PD 300MW 28480 1853 0020 A2Q25 1853 0020 TRANSISTOR PNP SI CHIP PD 300MW 28480 1853 0020 A2Q26 1853 0020 TRANSISTOR PNP SI CHIP PD 300MW 28480 1853 0020 A2Q27 1853 0020 TRANS
161. 4 2896 input signal ranges to range 4 decimal point moves level is applied one placeto right mW lamp remains lit KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below a A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 rises to greater than 1 200V within 0 10 second after level is changed b Range counter is counted up to range 4 during Over Range Subroutine program branching and instructions previously verified C A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is stabilized at 0 316V by end of Auto Zero Subroutine Set Power Meter RANGE HOLD switch DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the Power Meter can be to on in and Range Calibrator FUNC configured for dBm M ODE measurements TION switch to STANDBY Then set dBm MODE switch to on in and veri KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit fy that indication changes as follows operation previously verified except as indicated below a UNDER RANGE lamp remains lit Local Initialize Subroutine Mode Register loaded b mW lamp goes out and dBm lamp lights Measurement Subroutine A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is Digital Readout blanks 0 0 000 0 002V Main counter is preset to 0000 Sign is preset positive UNDER RANGE indicator is lighted Digital Readout is blanked Branch to Under Range Subroutine 8 61 Service Model 436A Table 8 3 Standard Instr
162. 40 40 Cable TELEMATION Istanbul Telex 23609 Medical only Muhendislik Kollektif Sirketi Adakale Sokak 41 6 TR Ankara Tel 175622 Analytical only Yitmaz Ozyurek Milli Mudataa Cad No 16 6 Kizilay TR Ankara Tei 25 03 09 Telex 42576 Ozek tr UNITED KINGDOM Hewlett Packard Ltd King Street Lane GB Winnersh Wokingham Berks RG11 SAR Tel 0734 78 47 74 Cable Hewpie London Telex 847178 9 Hewlett Packard Ltd Trafalger House Navagation Road Altrincham Cheshire WA14 1NU Tel 061 928 6422 Cable Hewpie Manchester Telex 668068 Hewlett Packard Ltd Lygon Court Hereward Rise Dudley Road Halesowen West Midlands B62 850 Tel 021 550 9911 Telex 339105 Hewlett Packard Ltd Wedge House 799 London Road GB Thornton Heath Surrey 6XL Tel 01 684 0103 8 Telex 946825 Hewlett Packard Ltd cio Makro South Serviceholesale Centre Wear Industrial Estate Washington GB New Town County Durham Washington 464001 ext 57 58 Hewlett Packard Ltd 10 Wesley St GB Castleford West Yorkshire WF10 1AE Tel 09775 50402 Telex 557355 Hewlett Packard Ltd 1 Wallace Way GB Hitchin Herts Tel 0462 52824 56704 Telex 825981 USSR Hewlett Packard Representative Office USSA Pokrovsky Boulevard 4 17 KW 12 Moscow 101000 Tel 294 2024 Telex 7825 hewpak su YUGOSLAVIA Iskra standard Hewlett Packard Miklosiceva 38 VII 61000 Tel 31 58 79 32 16 74 Telex 3
163. 4546 4 1 8 1002 A2R61 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TKUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1002 A2R62 0757 0465 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1003 A2R63 0698 3154 2 RESISTOR 4 22K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 4 1 8 4221 A2R64 0757 0200 2 RESISTOR 5 62K 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 5621 A2R65 0757 0460 RESISTOR 61 9K 1 125W TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 6192 6 6 REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE DESIGNATION A2R66 A2R67 A2R68 A2R69 A2R70 A2R71 A2R72 A2R73 A2R74 A2R75 A2R76 A2R77 A2R78 A2R79 A2R80 A2R81 A2TP1 A2TP2 A2TP3 A2TP4 A2TP5 A2TP6 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 A2VR1 A2VR2 A3 1 1 A3C2 A3C3 4 5 6 A3C7 A3C8 A3C9 10 1 12 A3C13 A3C14 A3C15 A3C16 A3C17 A3CR1 A3CR2 A3CR3 A3CR4 A3CR5 A3CR6 A3CR7 A3Q1 A3Q2 A303 A304 305 306 307 308 309 3010 PART 0757 0401 0757 0465 0757 0460 2100 2514 0698 3154 0698 3441 0698 3441 0698 3441 0757 0279 0757 0200 0757 0280 0757 0422 0698 0085 0698 3446 0698 0085 0757 0288 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 1820 0223 1826 0092 1820 0174 1826 0161 1826 0092 1816 0615 1818 2245 1820 0223 1902 3002 1902 3002 5000 9043 5040 6847 00436 60002 00436 60010 0180 1746 0180 1746 0180 1746 0160 2290 0180 1745 01
164. 480 28480 28480 27014 28480 01295 27014 28480 27014 0713 04713 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 56299 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 84411 28480 56289 25140 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 MODEL 436A MFR PART NUMBER C4 1 8 TO 101 F C4 1 8 TO 1003 F C4 1 8 TO 6192 F ET50x203 C4 1 8 TO 4221 F C4 1 8 TO 215R F C4 1 8 TO 215R F C4 1 8 TO 215R F C4 1 8 TO 3161 F C4 1 8 TO 5621 F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 909R F C4 1 8 TO 2611 F C4 1 8 TO 383R F C4 1 8 TO 2611 F C4 1 8 TO 9091 F 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 LM301AH 1826 0092 SN7404N LM324N 1826 0092 LM301AH SZ 10939 2 SZ 10939 2 5000 9043 5040 6847 00436 60002 00436 60010 150D156X9020B2 150D156X9020B2 150D156X9020B2 292P1549R8 150D155X9020A2 150D156X9020B2 150D105X9035A2 292P10492 HEW 238T 0160 2055 150D154X9035A2 HEW863UW 150D106X9020B2 150D105X9035A2 150D105X9035A2 292P1549R8 150D156X9020B2 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0179 1901 0179 1853 0020 1853 0020 1853 0020 1853 0020 1853 0020 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE DESIGNATION A3Q11 A3Q12 A3Q13 014 015 016 017 018 A3019 3020 A3Q21 A3Q22 3023 024
165. 482 Edificio Victoria Asunci n Tel 91 271 91 272 Cable RAMEL PERU Compania Electro M dica 5 Los Flamencos 145 San tsidro Casilla 1030 Lima 1 Tel 41 4325 ELMED Lima PUERTO RICO Hewlett Packard Inter Americas Puerto Rico Branch Ottice Calle 272 No 203 Urb Country Ciud Carolina 00924 Tel 8091 762 7255 Telex 345 0514 Contact Hewlett Packard Canada Ltd Mississauga URUGUAY Pabio Ferrando S A Comercial e Industrial Avenida 2877 Casilla de Correo 370 Montevideo Tel 40 3102 Cable RADIUM Montevideo VENEZUELA Packard de Venezuela PO Box 50933 Caracas 105 Los Ruices Norte 3a Transversal Edificio Segre Caracas 107 35 00 11 20 lines Telex 25146 HEWPACK Cable HEWPACK Caracas FOR AREAS NOT LISTED CONTA Hewlett Packard Inter Americas 3200 Hillview Ave Pato Alto Calilornia 94304 Tel 1415 493 1501 TWX 910 373 1260 Cable HEWPACK Pato Allo Telex 034 8300 034 8493 EUROPE NORTH AFRICA AND MIDDLE EAST AUSTRIA Hewlett Packard Ges m b H Handelskai 52 PO box 7 A 1205 Vienna el 0222 351621 to 27 ble HEWPAK Vienna Telex 75923 hewpak BELGIUM Hewiett Packard Benelux SANV Avenue de Col Vert 1 1170 Brussels e 02 672 22 40 ble PALOBEN Brussels 23 494 paloben bru CYPRUS Kypronics 19 Gregonos amp Xenopoutos Rd PO Box 1152 CY Nicosia Tel 45628 29 Cable KYPRONICS PANDEHIS Telex 3018
166. 5 A3R66 A3R67 A3R68 A3R69 A3R70 A3R71 A3R72 A3TP1 A3TP2 A3TP3 A3TP4 A3TP5 A3TP6 301 302 A3U3 304 A3U5 A3VR1 A3VR2 A3VR3 A3VR4 A3VR5 A3VR6 A4 4 1 4 2 A4C3 4 4 A4C5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 4 10 421 401 4 1 A4R2 A4R3 A4R4 4 5 A4R6 A4TP1 4 2 4 401 402 403 404 405 PART 0757 0465 0698 3158 0757 0401 0757 0465 0757 0460 0698 3158 0698 3444 0698 3160 0698 3160 0757 0465 0757 0438 0698 7880 0698 6799 2100 2516 0698 0084 0757 0289 0757 0467 0757 0280 0698 3440 0757 0420 0757 0401 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 1826 0102 1820 0223 1826 0102 1826 0092 1826 0092 1902 0041 1902 0680 1902 3024 1902 3139 1902 3139 1902 3070 5000 9043 5040 6852 00436 60003 0180 0197 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 3456 1200 0507 1854 0071 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0442 0698 3260 0757 0438 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 1820 1411 1820 1411 1820 1411 1820 1411 1820 0546 QTY NENN TABLE 6 2 REPLA DESCRIPTION RESISTOR 100K 1 RESITOR 23 7K 1 CEABLE PARTS 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 100 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 1000 1 125W TUBULAR RESISTOR 61 9K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 23 7K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR
167. 5 digit in parentheses 0 5 Remarks sect a Reference Code This code refers to the ap propriate item in section I1 column 6 b Remarks This column provides the required explanatory information necessary to darify items appearing i 0 GROUP NUMBER 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 SECTION MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART 2 COMPONENT ASSEMBLY Power Meter TS 3793 U HP 436A 6625 01 033 5050 AlAl Display Assembly 1 2 Pushbutton Switch Assembly AC Gain Assembly A2 A D Converter Assembly Converter Assembly A4 Controller Assembly A5 Power Reference Oscillator Assembly 8 Power Supply Assembly A9 FOR POWER METER TS 3793 U HP 436A 4 3 MAINTENANCE CATEGORY MAINTENANCE FUNCTION Inspect Test Service Repair Overhaul Test Replace Repair Test Replace Repair Test Replace Repair Test Rep lace Repair Test Replace Repair Test Replace Repair Test Rep lace Repair Test Replace Repair TM 11 6625 2969 14 amp P 6 REMARKS TM11 6625 2969 14 amp P TOOL OR TEST EQUIPMENT REF CODE 3 2 MAINTENANCE CATEGORY H H SECTION III AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER METER TS 3793 U HP 436A NOMENCLATURE DIGITAL VOLTMETER AN USM 451 POWER METER AN USM 260A HP 432A THERMISTOR MOUNT HP 478A H75 COUNTER AN USM 459 HP 532BA OPT E42 SXCILOSCOPE AN USM 281C DOGIC ANALYZER HP 1601L T
168. 58 SZ 10939 158 SZ 10939 74 5000 9043 5040 6852 00436 60003 150D225X9020A2 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 3456 0160 3456 ICN 163 S3W 1854 0071 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 1002 F MF4C1 8 TO 4643 F C4 1 8 TO 5111 F 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 SN74LS75N SN74LS75N SN74LS75N SN74LS75N SN74192N REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE DESIGNATION A4U6 407 408 409 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4 1 5 5 1 5 2 A5C3 5 4 5 5 ASCR1 501 502 503 504 505 506 5 1 5 2 5 ASR4 ASRS A5R6 A5R7 A5R8 A5R9 A5R10 5 11 5 12 A5R13 ASR14 5 15 A5R16 A5R17 A5R18 5 19 A5R20 A5R21 A5R22 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 5010 PART 1820 0546 1820 0546 1820 0546 1820 0546 1820 0546 1820 0546 1820 0546 1820 1202 1820 1197 1820 1212 1820 0077 1820 0076 1820 1197 1820 1197 1820 1204 1820 1199 0410 0590 5000 9043 5040 6848 00436 60004 0180 0197 0180 0100 0160 2055 0160 2055 0180 2206 1901 0040 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1853 0020 0757 0280 0698 0083 1810 0151 1810 0151 0698 3260 0698 3260 0683 4755 1810 0151 0757 0438 0757 0442 1810 0151 1810 0151 181
169. 7 0 014 8 350 0 014 Turn Power Meter CAL ADJ control clockwise as required to obtain OVER RANGE indication i e Digital Read out is blanked and OVER RANGE indicator is lit DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the Power Meter is capable of detecting and indicating an OVER RANGE indication KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below Measurement Subroutine A D Converter Input Voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is adjustable to greater than 1 200V Ramp amplitude at RMP test point A3TP2 is greater than 8 4 Vp p Linear Positive Conversion Subroutine Branch from address 075 to Over Range Subroutine 2403 clock pulses 33 4 ms after start address 071 Over Range Subroutine Light OVER RANGE indicator and blank Digital Readout mi Branch to Over Under Range Continue Subroutine Over Under Range Continue Subroutine Branch to Display and Remote Talk Subroutine 8 54 Model 436A Service Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 4 of 17 Instrument Setup Test Procedure Test Description and Key Operating Sequence Turn Power Meter CAL ADJ control DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the Power Meter is capable counterclockwise until OVER RANGE of detecting the end of an over range condition and resetting the lamp goes out and indication appears front panel display accordingly on Digital Readout KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE
170. 8 4586 2B 150D225X9020A2 0160 2437 1333 0160 2437 0160 2437 1333 2580 0002 0160 2437 1333 2580 0002 AGC 3 4 AGC 3 8 1251 3362 00436 20014 0590 0011 REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE DESIGNATION J3 24 95 J6 97 97 MP1 MP2 MP3 MP4 MP5 MP6 MP7 MP8 MP9 MP10 MP11 MP12 MP13 MP14 MP15 MP16 MP17 MP18 MP19 MP20 MP21 MP22 MP23 MP24 MP25 MP26 P1 P10 S1 T1 TB1 1 1 W2 W3 w4 5 W6 W7 W8 179 1110 wil W12 W12 W12 W12 W12 W12 W12 HP PART NUMBER 1250 0083 2190 0016 2950 0001 1250 0083 2190 0016 2950 0001 1251 0087 1251 3283 0520 0128 1460 1345 2190 0045 2360 0115 2360 0334 2510 0192 6960 0024 6960 0027 5001 0439 5020 8815 5020 8879 5040 7201 5040 7203 5060 9971 00436 00002 00436 00003 00436 00011 00436 00018 5020 8816 00436 00007 00436 00008 00436 00013 00436 00001 00436 00004 00436 20017 5040 6927 0362 0192 00436 60028 00436 60014 0510 0067 2200 0105 9100 0647 2360 0139 0590 0025 5020 8122 1826 0181 0626 0002 8120 0629 8120 0617 8120 1733 00436 60025 00436 60029 8120 1378 00436 60032 00436 60033 00436 60022 00436 60026 8120 2263 8120 2264 8120 2265 8120 2260 8120 2261 8120 2262 QTY m PRPOBRENNN rererere PRPRPAN N m m rererere TABLE 6 2 REPLACEABLE PARTS DESCRI
171. 80 1746 0180 0291 0160 0168 0160 0970 0160 2055 0180 0218 0160 4272 0180 0374 0180 0291 0180 0291 0160 2290 0180 1746 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0040 1901 0179 1901 0179 1853 0020 1853 0020 1853 0020 1853 0020 1853 0020 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 1854 0071 QTY TABLE 6 2 DESCRIPTION RESISTOR 100 OHI RESISTOR 100K 1 RESISTOR 61 9K RESISTOR VAR RESITOR 4 22K 1 RESISTOR 215 OHI RESISTOR 215 RESISTOR 215 RESISTOR 3 16DK RESISTOR 5 62K RESISTOR 1K 1 RESISTOR 909 OHI RESISTOR 2 61K RESISTOR 383 1 RESISTOR 2 61K RESISTOR 9 09K TERMINAL SLDR TERMINAL SLDR TERMINAL SLDR TERMIAL SLDR S TERMINAL SLDR TERMINA SLDR S IC LIN SM301AH IC LIN AMPLIFIE IC DGTL SN 74 0 ACEABLE PARTS M 1 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR 1 125W F TUBULAR TRMR 20K OHM 10 C 125W F TUBULAR M 1 125W F TUBULAR M 1 125W F TUBULAR M 1 125W F TUBULAR 1 125W F TUBULAR F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR M 1 125W F TUBULAR 1 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR 1 125W F TUBULAR 1 125W F TUBULAR STUD STUD STUD TUD STUD TUD AMPLIFIER R 4 N INVERTER IC LIN LM324N AMPLIFIER IC LIN AMPLIFIE PROM RANGE ROM 4K DECODER IC LIN LM301AH R AMPLIFIER DIODE ZNR 2 37V 5 DO 7 PD 4W TC DIODE ZNR 2 37V 5 DO 7 PD 4W TC A2 MISCELLANEOU PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR RED A D CONVERTER A AUTO ZERO ASSEMI CAPACI
172. 905 00 493 0783 901 0040 5905 00 420 7155 901 0159 5905 00 904 4412 901 0179 5905 00 858 8868 901 0200 5950 00 961 9600 901 0518 5935 00 481 4141 902 0041 5935 00 804 5144 1902 0551 FSCM 28480 28480 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 5935 00 043 4067 59835 00 3172 1963 5910 00 104 0144 5910 00 421 8346 5910 00 936 1522 5910 00 064 7658 5910 00 235 2356 5910 00 177 2581 5910 00 807 7253 5910 00 722 4117 5910 00 177 4300 5910 00 879 7313 5905 01 008 5978 5905 01 023 2780 5962 00 138 5248 5962 00 420 1677 5962 00 138 5250 5962 00 404 2559 5962 00 229 8500 5962 00 614 5251 5962 00 009 1356 5962 00 247 9568 5962 01 008 4826 5961 00 904 2540 5961 00 990 5369 5961 00 137 4608 5961 00 464 4049 5961 00 965 5917 5961 00 496 7363 5961 00 853 7934 5961 00 994 0520 5961 00 430 6819 5961 00 858 7312 5961 00 483 6600 TM11 6625 2969 14 amp P PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE INDEX NATIONAL NATIONAL PART STOCK PART STOCK NUMBER FSCM NUMBER NUMBER FSCM NUMBER CB0565 1121 5905200 931 1066 0160 3878 28480 5910 00 348 2617 CB2265 1121 5905 00 402 4242 0160 3879 2848
173. A 0 Converter Assembty 00436 80002 O O III I I I I OI a L L SSO LLO METER eS LIMITER mr Mase ein R2 1775 diem 10K 415 VF 77744 OC Off 2 Offset Adj bt amm CAL FACTOR SELECT wam 100K 1 1 amp 100 NOTE 5 1 1 1 I 1 i 1 pum SERVO AMPL mm pow R4 6 l 3610 E y Q 1 1 1 P LEAD LAG b TF ras AMPLIFIER s lt 19 6 3 I ie VU UN eun deg p oe 1000 lt a 18 VE 218 VE V DIGITAL GND Y Fo om Oe 65 L R2t R25 828 sy ZERO 40K 10K 10K t 1 e n 15 VF ma b O aq ql 237 47 7 qe fl 100K HE Le F2 VOLTAGE PT REFERENCE ENF 11 1363 lt CAL FACTOR DISABLE Nan FILTER DECODER INPUT mmm 610 lt TRANSISTOR DRIVERS n To p EC RAT O FR 15 VF 18 vF R33 I eu pm 1 1 1 19 6K LAIN a 24 aN J 1 10 RIIB i710 j a FS Log CHASSIS 2 CA lt UT t l cl L4 3 35 i 1 2 ANALOB GND Gy EVF Ven m waa RAMP u Va nampe Va L0G a 1 i t 1 i 40 04 05 K IAT Ley 2 i 1 Boe Ag US N N d h 19 6K L 25 R14 R20 R 9 l lt 19 8K fS 1 6K 19 6K Es WP 4 E lt 100 10 V EH Sai 3 i azo qu i nS AUTO ZERO INPUT
174. ABLE input is active the Auto Zero Switch is closed and a feedback loop is configured from the output of the Comparator to the positive input of the Ramp Generator Loop stability is achieved when capacitor C1 charges such that the output of the Comparator is 2 00 Vdc When the Auto Zero Enable input is terminated the Auto Zero Switch is opened and the charge on C1 holds the output of the Comparator at 2 00 Vdc which is the appro priate mid range value for initiating the measure ment function 8 80 A D Converter Measurement Function The measurement function is initiated when the Con troller activates the Load DC INPUT This input is then maintained active for approximately 33 ms The Controller enables the Main Counter when the input is activated and terminates the input when the output of the Main Counter reaches 2000 While the input is active the DC Input Switch is closed to allow C3 to charge to 7 times the DC Input level When the input is terminated the DC Input Switch is opened and the Controller enables a linear or log conversion to discharge C3 8 81 A D Converter Linear Conversion A linear conversion function is selected to discharge C3 when the Power Meter is configured for WATT MODE operation During the conversion C3 is discharged at the rate of 3 mV per dock pulse and the Main Counter is counted up from 0000 on 8 125 Service Model 436A ENABLE LOG RAMP LOG CONVERSION ENABLE POSITIVE SLOPE GENERATOR
175. ANCE VERY HIGH OUTPUT IMPEDANCE VERY LOW OUTPUT IMPEDANCE VERY LOW D GAIN R1 R2 V OUTPUT R2 INPUT INPUT IMPEDANCE R2 OUTPUT IMPEDANCE VERY LOW V2 IF A IS LARGE VA V fly 81 M Vg V t Bh vy 2 IF V 0 9 THEN 3 IF V4 0 57 THEN Figure 8 3 Operational Amplifier Functional Circuits 8 8 Model 436A Digital Integrated Circuits and Symbols cont d that the signal which initiates the change returns to its opposite state f The inhibiting input indicator symbol indicates that the output is prevented from going to its indicated state as long as the inhibiting input remains high If an inhibiting input indicator and a polarity indicator symbols are used together the output will be inhibited as long as the inhibiting input remains low The inhibiting input symbol is used mainly with three state logic devices to allow the use of the wired OR connection of the outputs NOTE The term binary coded decimal BCD refers to four bit binary circuits that range from decimal 0 to 9 in an 8421 code The term binary when applied to four bit binary circuits refers to circuits that range from decimal 0 to 15 in an 8421 code Table 8 1 Logic Levels and Power Requirements vo in rm eine MOS 8 33 Dual D Type Flip Flop The dual D type flip flop shown in Figure 8 4 onsists of two Figure 8 4 Dual D Type Flip Flop Service
176. AV do 7 s 221 HIDAV 1 T 1 i ee a dene nm 3 ra Figure 8 24 HP IB Option 022 Circuit Block Diagram 8 173 HP IB Option 022 Circuit Block Diagram A6 A7 SERVICE SHEET 4 Dervice SERVICE SHEET 5 BLOCK DIAGHAM CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS The Block Diagram Circuit Descriptions for Service Sheet 5 are covered in through 8 163 and BCD Instrument Checkout in 8 67 through 8 69 and in 8 174 Model 436A 5 r Model 436A Service AB BCD Interface Control Assembly Option 024 Yut 100A Yu2 1008 YU4 109 YU8 1000 1 P O A7 BCD Interface YD1 101A Input Output Assembly YD2 1018 t Option 024 YD4 toc LOPT 024 Abd 234 SIGN AND MAIN COUNTER OUTPUT a 9 2 MEASURED VALVE AND SIGN ss YH2 1028 I YH4 102 YH8 1020 E 103 YK2 103B YK4 103 1 NSPL SIGN 1 LINE 1 YR BUFFERS BIT 1 234 RANGE SELECT YR2 BIT 2 RELATIVE RANGE 3 3 YR BIT3 1 3 4 Z MODE BIT 1 NM1 BITI PX 79 MODE 2 BIT2 2 3 46 3 4 SENSOR AUTO ZERO STATUS I 3 4 OVER UNDER RANGE STATUS 3 2 r 4 24 TRUE RANGE EXPONENT TRUE RANGE EXPONENT 077074 3 DATA TO BCD P O A7 INTERFACE P O J RANGE SELECT BIT2 YRR2 REMOTE RANGE SELECT 3 YRR3 MASTER RESET LPU l R REMOTE ENABLE AUTO RANGE 3
177. Address 063 Table 8 3 S A D Converter to A D converter for Measurement 2000 counts LINP Function LCNT NOTE Ramp charges to 7 09 times dc input Clear main counter LCLR Check mode selected Address 065 for Table 8 3 Step 1 Mode Selection Load outputs for true WATT mode range decoder into sign detector and main EM Address 066 for 8 3 Step 24 A D Converter ter if dBm dB REF or dBm dB REF dBm mode Log Conversion dB REL mode selected dB REL mode Step 32 dB REF mode Step 10 2 3 A D Converter Linear Conversion ramp has changed to Conversion negative or positive Subroutine dc input Address 076 for Load outputs of true negative dc input range decoder sign 0000 count into sign Linear Positive Table 8 3 detector and main coun Conversion Sub ter LPSC if dc input routine Address was negative indicating 071 for positive negative power noise dc input input c Enable A D ramp posi tive conversion slope LRMP is dc input was positive Check whether dc input Under Range Sub 8 3 A D Converter is under range A D routine Address Log Conversion ramp input slope does not 174 if dc input exceed log threshold under range lamp LSUR and blank Kai gn 34 Table 8 3 display LSOR if dc input under range if dc input not unde range 8 133 Service Model 436A Table 8 6 Operating Program Descript
178. BCO interface Control Circuits Option 024 36 14514 Reference designations within outline asem biies are abbreviated Full designation includes Assembly Number e g R1 of Assembly AT is Designations of other components are complete as shown I 7 024 LI 7 HE 1 RANGE 11 11 lt art RANGE 12 pire RANGE 36 14 E sC ga c m STATUS 40 18 lt A MODE att MODE BIT 2 GND NOTES 1 Unless otherwise indicated Resistance in ohms Capacitance in picofarads 2 Normal connection shown Optional Connaction allows sensor auto zero function to be selected remotely regardless of the state of the remote enabie input REFERENCE CESIGNATIONS ND PREFIX ASSY 10 ASSY m INTEGRATED CIRCUIT VOLTAGE AND GROUND CONNECTIONS REFERENCE i DESIGNATIONS PIN NUMBER U17 9 18 Ua TRANSISTOR AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT PART NUMBERS REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS PART NUMBER t 1853 0020 UTA 89 11 1820 1201 02 14 16 1820 1188 03 13 1820 1197 1820 1112 1820 1298 1820 1198 1820 0521 13 A686 A7 A10 Figure 8 43 BCD Interface Control Option 024 Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 191 SERVICE SHEET 14 General The A8 assembly provides a 50 5 MHz output at 1 mW 0 7
179. BLED LALO RANGE AND FILTER GAIN SELECT 2 aa comer TRANSISTOR n DRIVERS YR3 gt G i gu wam AMPLIFIER wama DEMODULATER t 5 i DEMO ww SAMPLED AC INPUT First AC eDET L 220 Hz Amplifier 3 3 DISPLAY SIGN LSLO i ATTENUATOR ATTENUATOR PHASE I DETECTOR i MOUNT FEEDBACK LP LEAL ADI ADJ Fitrer Second ewes Third Amplifier a 220 Hz REFERENCE N DISPLAY aisPLAY COUNT x pet Zam 4 i 3 P STROBE L Metar Driver Amplifier Posse E EET F mi RECORDER we L OUTPUT LTC LE 1777734 DISPLAY YHE DRIVER 1 VARIABLE x F i U LOW PASS Cal Factor Switch Assy ES FILTER CALFACTOR 51 0 T SELECT CALFACTOR Lead Leg BALANCE o Amplifier DRIVE M CAL FACTOR DISABLE Y REIN E100 E I Serva LINEAR 108 106 SENSOR AUTO ZERO ENABLE NAZAJ 2 6070 Braue reno 99 OFFSET AMA ADJ 1 ADJ LAIN LOAD DC INPUT 1 EIN Fi DIGIT SELECT A D CONVERTER CONTROL AD DRIVERS CONVERTER nevera m y LAM TRANSISTOR ENABLE NEGATIVE LINEAR RAMP VER I I I I i L BLANK H 0 es 3 N BLANK I 3 3 4 56 COUNTER OUTPUT DIGIT SELECT 1h 1
180. BROUTINE SUBROUTINE SUBROUTINE SHEET 8 SHEET 9 SHEET 10 SHEET 11 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 7A of 14 8 34 Model 436A Service MEASUREMENT SUBROUTINE 104 SHEET 5 1 057 5 6 05 0 1 22 LINP LCNT LINP LCNT 22 05 G gt 5 22 LINP LCNT TO 076 SHEET 9 d 0 107 17 17 17 emer ee I 071 TO 174 TO 136 L SHEET 8 SHEET 11 SHEET 10 E ee Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 7B of 14 8 35 Service 8a FROM MEASUREMENT SUBROUTINE SHEET 7 ENABLE LINEAR POSITIVE CONVERSION ENABLE LINEAR POSITIVE CONVERSION RAMP COUNT ENABLE LINEAR POSITIVE CONVERSION RAMP 100 COUNTS OR MORE DISABLE RAMP EXTINGUISH OVER UNDER RANGE LEDS DISABLE RAMP EXTINGUISH OVER UNDER RANGE LEDS DISABLE RAMP EXTINGUISH OVER UNDER RANGE LEDS Model 436A 8 36 TO UNDER RANGE TO DISPLAY ANO TO OVER RANGE SUBROUTINE REMOTE TALK SUBROUTINE SHEET 11 SUBROUTINE SHEET 12 SHEET 14 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 8A of 14 Model 436A Service re POSITIVE CONVERSION SUBROUTINE FROM 037 SHEET 7 TO 174 SHEET 11 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 8B of 14 8 37 Service 9a al EAR NEGATIVECONVERSION SUBROUTINE t L 8 38 FROM MEASUREM
181. Bit 2 Range Bit 3 When high enables local operation of Power Meter via front panel controls When low enables remote operation of Power Meter via programming commands listed below NOTE When equipped with the BCD Option 024 the Power Meter generates a Print command and provides valid output data after each measure ment for both Local and Remote operation Select Power Meter measurement range when Remote Enable input is low Pin 24 Pin25 Pin23 X 0 or 1 Standby range Power Meter operating program is held at Power Up address 000 Selects Power Meter triggering when remote enable input is low Pin 10 Pin 47 Pin 49 Hold X 0 or 1 0 X 0 or 1 Trigger Intermediate 0 0 Positive to negative transition Trigger with Delay 1 Free Run Fast 0 X 0 or 1 Free Run with Delay 1 X 0 or 1 Cal Factor J7 35 When low disables front panel CAL FACTOR switch same as Disable 100 position When high enables switch Mode Bit 1 Mode Bit 2 SENSOR J7 46 Zero Select Select mode when remote enable input is low dB REF 0 0 dB REL 1 0 WATT 0 1 dBm 1 1 When low enables power sensor auto zero circuit NOTE When programming this function allow the cir cuit about 7 seconds to settle before applying input power to Power Sensor If RF input power is applied while ZERO lamp is on it will introduce an offset that will affect future measurements 3 41 Operation Model 436A CALCULATING MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY
182. CKS LOCAL OPERATION 20 BEFORE CONNECTING LINE POWER TO THIS INSTRU MENT ensure that all devices connected to this instrument are connected to the protective earth ground BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT ensure that the line power mains plug is connected to a three conductor line power outlet that has a protective earth ground Ground ing one conductor of a two conductor outlet is not sufficient Figure 3 2 Operator s Checks 1 of 10 3 6 Model 436A Operation OPERATOR S CHECKS LOCAL OPERATION cont d 1 BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT ensure that the power transformer primary is matched to the available line voltage the correct fuse is installed and the safety precautions are taken See Power Requirements Line Voltage Selection Power Cables and associated warnings and cautions in Seetion H NOTE If Power Meter is equipped with BCD or Hewlett Packard Interface Bus option unplug data bus cable from connector J7 on rear panel before performing this procedure When data bus cable is unplugged Power Meter is automatically configured for Local operation via front panel controls 2 Connect the Power Sensor to the Power Meter with the Power Sensor Cable 3 Connect the Power Sensor to the POWER REF OUTPUT connector 4 Connect the Power Cable to the power outlet ana Line Power Module receptacle and set the LINE switch to ON in 5 Set the remaining Power Meter switches as follows
183. CLE INITIATED AS LISTED FOR ta AND 16 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 2 of 14 Model 436A Model 436A FLOW CHART ARRANGEMENT CONTENTS OF STATE REGISTER IN OCTAL n XX QUALIFIER SELECT CODE QUALIFIER MNEMONIC XX INSTRUCTION OR XX INSTRUCTION OR YRMT SELECT CODE YRMT SELECT CODE NOTE 2 M INSTRUCTION OR YRMT INSTRUCTION OR YRM SELECT MNEMONIC SELECT MNEMONIC T4 1 NEXT ADDRESS NOTES T4 1 NEXT ADDRESS SELECT BITS 1 DECISION BLOCK LEFT BLANK WHEN ROM IS SELECT BITS PROGRAMMED TO PROVIDE SAME OUTPUT FOR EITHER 1 OR 0 QUALIFIER STATE 2 WHEN YRMT SELECT CODE IS GENERATED AT T INSTRUCTION REGISTER IS DISABLED AND STATE OF YRMT LINE AT T2 DETERMINES NEXT ADDRESS QUALIFIER SELECT CODES INSTRUCTION CODES 15 Y 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 Owes OH Oso YRMT 1 MULTIPLEXED QUALIFIER LINE INSTRUCTION CODE SELECTS OUTPUT OF MULTIPLEXER 5 x gt 0g 1g 28 3g 48 5g 68 78 108 YR lg YR2 12g YR3 138 NAUTO 1g 158 YM2 168 YRMT 178 gt lt e lt co lt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SAME AS ABOVE EXCEPT LCNT ALSO GENERATED TO CLOCK MAIN COUNTER YRM
184. Communications and Electronics Materiel Readiness Command and Fort Monmouth ATTN DRSEL ME MQ Fort Monmouth NJ 07703 A reply will be furnished directly to you 0 5 ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE Administrative storage of equipment issued to and used by Army activities shall be in accordance with TM 740 90 1 0 6 DESTRUCTION OF ARMY ELECTRONICS MATERIEL Destruction of Army Electronics materiel to prevent enemy use shall be in accordance with TM 750 244 2 1 0 General Information POWER METER TUNING TOOL POWER SENSOR CABLE POWER CABLE Figure 1 1 HP Model 436A Power Meter and Accessories Supplied Model 436A Model 436A General Information SECTION GENERAL INFORMATION 1 1 INTRODUCTION 1 2 This manual provides information pertaining to the installation operation testing adjustment and maintenance of the HP Model 436A Power Meter 1 3 Figure 1 1 shows the Power Meter with accessories supplied 1 4 Packaged with this manual is an Operating Information Supplement This is simply a copy of the first three sections of this manual This supplement should be kept with the instrument for use by the operator Additional copies of the Operating Information Supplement may be ordered through your nearest H ewlett Packard office The part numbers are listed on the title page of this manual 1 5 On the title page of this manua
185. D CIRCUIT REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS PART NUMBERS paca WtP2 4 W2P2 1890 0434 WPL WIP 1 101 1853 0020 ATATIA 1820 0174 1820 0175 M1 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT VOLTAGE U1 4 610 AND GROUND CONNECTIONS REFERENCE oesignarions NUMBER ATUT ATUA 5 VF 16 W 8 ATuE ATUTQ 5 VF 3 14 ATAIU5 5 14 ATA2U w 1 W3P2 3 TAL Switch Assembly 00436 60008 _ _ __ 10 _ 14 i 5 VF SIF c OFF BO PD pg 180 gt anal wrz Y win w R ERG B 19 REF WKF 49 LALO t 4 i Note3 n 10 Q SENSOR i 11 eit ZERQ 13 x LALO uir gt 10 11 13 5 5110 3 5 vF sin RAN6E voto i Gig 5 VF 1 10 57 4E0910 11 13 I i Reference designations within outline azam 2200 J blies are abbreviated Full designation includes Assembly wa H T Md id t Number 2 9 RT of Assembly AT is ATRT Designations of 1 he woo 13 other components are complete as shown gt 2 als I I 0 11 13 v 6 A3 ATA A1A2 A10 Figure 8 28 Front Panel Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 177 SERVICE SHEET 7 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS General The RF input power applied to the Power Sensor is dissipated by the load impedance of the power sensing device The dc ou
186. E LEOS TO OVER RANGE SUBROUTINE SHEET 12 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 10A of 14 Model 436A Model 436A Service LOG CONVERSION SUBROUTINE 07 23 3 LCOR LRMP LCNT LRMP REL dB 11 BEEN 07 03 lt gt XD 07 23 03 03 LCOR LRMP LCNT LRMP LRMP w 07 04 NE lt gt Can CD NEM 0 MI gt Qm qu CEPS PESE ucc MEER COND ONNERT 2 2 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 10B of 14 Service Model 436A 10c LOG CONVERSION SUBROUTINE Cont d FROM PRECEEDING PAGE TO 147 SHEET 12 TO 170 REL dB SHEET 11 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 10C of 14 8 42 Model 436A Service This page is intentionally left blank 8 43 Service Model 436A FROM LOG CONVERSION SUBROUTINE SHEET 10 RELATIVE dB SUBROUTINE ___ r mo tac dau Ec Mee me ee ps LOAD CONTENTS OF REFERENCE REGISTER LOAD CONTENTS OF ITO RELATIVE COUNTER COUNT MAIN COUNTER INTO RELATIVE COUNTER REFERENCE REGISTER DOWN 1 COUNT COUNT RELATIVE COUNTER DOWN 1 COUNT CLOCK MAIN COUNTER RELATIVE BORROW uec Rd EIER ur DEM 5 TO DISPLAY AND REMOTE TA
187. ECT LOGIC ww HREM LPU 11 4 1188 8 43 8 1 i Service N TES Y Linas otherwige indicated Resistance in ohms Capacitance in picofarads P O Mather Assembly INTEGRATED CIHCUIT RCFERENCE DESIGNATIONS PIN NUMBFR VOLTAGE AND GROUND CONNECTIONS 00436 60002 _ _ ue REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS ASSY A ASSY HEED 6 10 gt i p C1 18 11 7 cnt 1 n 51 81 17 1 TEL a U1 76 10 ASSY x 7X8 7 kc PREFIX 1 i ki wit CAL 14 a EG 8 FACTOR DISABLE TRANSISTOR AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT PORT NUMBERS EP T REFERENCE Fa DESIGNATIONS PART 01 1530020 pod 10 i 1620 1204 42 7 2 1820 1144 i HE P 1 s gt meJ 03 13 20 1820 1197 4 1820 1207 amp 18211112 7 25 i ug 18 1820 1053 Un 19 1820 1199 11 24 1820 1202 1820 0521 4 1820 1212 ver 18201298 I U18 28 1820 11988 22 1820 1056 5 10 23 1820 1216 I x i i 2 1 13 15 22 2426 U14 23 other components are complete as shown Reference designations within outline assem blies are abbreviated Full desgination includes Assembly Sumber e g H1 of Assembly Al is 1 Designations of 11 10
188. ED ws w 24 832 R450 1450 1 1 13 gt 014 19 28 1853 0020 4 14 7K i 5110 178K 29098 6190 147K ig Tk S 10K 10 i 01 8 1820 0223 f amp v 28 T is BEES n gt v 415 VF 18 1820 0174 J i DIGITAL GND 1 one V 18 D us 1816 0615 n 18 U7 1818 2248 AS SHOWN GUARD a SS 1 connections MTBESSTOR 12 13 ASH 813 R31 Rat Deak 8250 C 28 7K m eG r CONNECTOR 13 1 my v A muse A1A3 A2 A10 En bur EN FT a eo do uL 1 Figure 8 29 A2 AC Gain Assembly Component Test Point and Adjustment Locations AC Gan Circum 4264 Figure 8 30 AC Gain Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 179 SERVICE SHEET 8 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS General The Phase Detector s output signal is applied to the Meter Amplifier and Limiter circuits The input signal passes through the Limiter and Variable Low Frequency Filter circuits before being amplified by the DC Amplifier The gain of the DC Amplifier is controlled by the setting of the CAL FACTOR switch A182 The output of the DC Amplifier is applied to the Cal Factor Select circuit Lead Lag Amplifier RECORDER OUTPUT connector and the A D Converter The Meter Amplifier provides the necessary drive for the front panel meter M1 It also provides an unfiltered signal for
189. ENT SUBROUTINE SHEET 7 ENABLE LINEAR NEGATIVE CONVERSION RAMP 0 CONVERTER ENABLE LINEAR NEGATIVE CONVERSION R CLOCK MAIN COUNTER ENABLE LINEAR NEGATIVE CONVERSION RAMP DISABLE RAMP EXTINGUISH OVER UNDER RANGE LEDS DISABLE RAMP EXTINGUISH OVER UNDER RANGE LEDS DISABLE RAMP EXTINGUISH OVER UNDER RANGE LEDS TO UNDER RANGE TO DISPLAY AND TO OVER RANGE SUBROUTINE REMOTE TALK SUBROUTINE SHEET 11 SUBROUTINE SHEET 12 SHEET 14 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 9A of 14 Model 436A Model 436A Service a EAR NEGATIVE CONVERSION SUBROUTINE AR NEGATIVE CONVERSION SUBROUTINE S L J FROM 065 7 076 077 2 lt DUNTERS SHEET 11 COUNTER 21200 SHEET 12 SHEET 14 4 2 al Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 9B of 14 8 39 Service 10a 8 40 DISABLE RAMP EXTINGUISH OVER UNDER RANGE LEDS TO RELATIVE dB SUBROUTINE SHEET 11 FROM MEASUREMENT SUBROUTINE SHEET 7 ENABLE LOG CONVERSION RAMP ENABLE LOG CONVERSION RAMP CLOCK MAIN COUNTER ENABLE LOG CONVERSION RAMP DISABLE RAMP EXTINGUISH OVER UNDER RANG
190. ERTER AND LINEAR METER ADJUSTMENT cont d 2 10 11 12 Set the Range Calibrator switches as follows FUNCTION STANDBY RANGE mW POLARITY NORMAL LINE ON in Connect the equipment as shown i Remove the Power Meter top cover and set the DVM to the 1000 mV range Press the Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and wait for the display readout to stabilize Then release the SENSOR ZERO switch and wait for ZERO led to go out before proceeding to the next step Set the Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to CALIBRATE and adjust the Power Meter front panel CAL ADJ control to obtain a 1 000 Vdc indication on the DVM Adjust the Power Meter LIN potentiometer A3R37 so that the digital readout in dicates 1 000 mW Set the Power Meter MODE and RANGE HOLD switches to dBm and on in respectively NOTE The next step sets the A D log threshold When the speci fied indication 10 00 dBm is obtained the digital read out should be just on the verge of blanking i e the readout may randomly alternate between 10 00 and UNDER RANGE 1 Set the Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 10 dBm and adjust the power meter LZR A3R59 for 10 dBm Set the Power Meter RANGE HOLD switch to off out and the Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 1 mW Adjust Power Meter LFS potentiometer A3R48 so that the digital readout indi cates 0 00 Set the Power Meter MODE switch to WATT and adjust MT
191. FLOP IC DGTL SN74LS 02N GATE IC DGTL SN 74LS 74 B FLIP FLOP IC DGTL SN74 14 N SCHMITT TRIGGER IC DGTL SN74LS 04 N INVERTER IC DGTL SN74LS 10N GATE IC DGTL SN74 38 N BUFFER IC DGTL SN SN74LS 00N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS112 N FLI FLOP IC DGTL SN74LS251 N DATA SELECTO IC DGTL SN74LS 03 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 74 N FLIP FLOP IC DGTL SN74 14N SCHMITT TRIGGER IC DGTL SN74LS 04N INVERTER IC DGTL SN74LS 00N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 01N GATE CI DGTL SN74 132 N COUNTER IC DGTL SN74LS138 N DECODER IC DGTL SN74LS 10N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 74 N FLIP FLOP IC DGTL SN74LS 03 N GATE NOT ASSIGNNED CONNECTOR PC EDGE 20 CIBTL DIP SOLDER MFR CODE 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 16299 24546 16299 16299 24546 16299 16299 216299 24546 24546 24546 28480 28480 28480 28480 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01298 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 05574 MODEL 436A MFR PART NUMBER 00436 60005 150D225X9020A2 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3878 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3878 0160 0574 0160 0574 0160 0574 0160 3878 0160 3878 1901 0040 1853 0020 C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 1001 F C4 1 8 TO 316R F C4 1 8 TO 3
192. FXD TOR FXD DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY LED V LED V LED V LED V LED V UU UU UJ UJ UJ LED V LED V LED V LED V LED V n n w UU UJ UJ UJ E 5 5 L L Fd Pd Pd d d AAA d FC FC 5 PIN 2 2UF 10 220 10 LY CHAR CHAR CHAR CHAR CHAR IN IN IN IN IN CO KNOB JADE 20VDC HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH GREY TA 16 CONT KIP SLDR TERM IC 16 CONT DIP SLDR TERM T TRANSISTOR PNP SI CHIP PD 300MW NETWORK RES RK IN SIP 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 1 RESISTOR 2 RESISTOR 2 RESISTOR 2 RESISTOR 2 RESISTOR 2 NOT ASSIGN NOT ASSIGN NOT ASSIGN NOT ASSIGN IC DGTL SN 1 1 MISCE SOCKET L SCCKFT SLOCKET E SOCKET EL NOT ASSIGN p pd L SOCKET F SOCKFT SOCKFT SOCKET SOCKET pd E SCREW MACH WASHER L 00 15 15 15 15 15 1 M M M M M WASHER FL NM NO WASHER FL MTLC NO PUSHBUTTON SWITC ASSEMBLY SICKET ELEC RESISTOR 5 11K 1 RESISTOR 10K 1 RESISTOR 10K 1 RESISTOR 10K 1 1 1 1 1 oe oo 74 04 N INVERTER 6 4 125W F TUBULALR 125W F TUBULAR 15VDC TA SOLID LLANEOUS EC IC 16 CONT DIP SLDR TERM EC
193. G SEQUENCE Refer to step 39 Model 436A Service TROUBLESHOOTING 8 64 HP IB Instrument Checkout 8 65 Test programs for verifying the operation of an HP IB equipped Power Meter are provided in and 8 17 The test program provided Figure 8 16 15 written for use on an HP 9830A Calculator and the program in Figure 8 17 is written for use on an HP 9820A Calculator The two programs are functionally identical their only differences are in the specific programming statements required for each calculator 8 66 The test programs are designed to check out both the operation of the HP IB circuitry and that portion of the Power Meter operating program associated with remote operation After the program is loaded into the calculator memory it is executed by pressing the RUN and EXECUTE keys in sequence If the Power Meter functions properly the program will pause three times Each pause will be indicated by a printout directing that the CAL ADJ control be adjusted to obtain a spedfic front panel indication The first pause also directs that the Power Sensor be connected to the POWER REF OUTPUT When the proper indications are obtained for the first two pauses the program will automatically continue For the third pause the operator must press the CONT and EXECUTE keys to restart the program after the CAL ADJ and CAL FACTOR controls are adjusted to obtain the specified indication The test program will then cycle to the
194. GNATION A6 6 1 A6C2 A6C3 6 4 6 5 A6C6 6 7 A6J1 A6J2 A6J6 A6J7 A601 A6R1 A6R2 A6R3 A6R4 A6R5 A6TP1 A6TP2 A6TP3 601 A6U2 A6U3 604 A6U5 A6U6 A6U7 A6U8 A6U9 A6U10 A6U11 A6U12 A6U13 6014 6015 6016 7 NUMBER 00436 60013 0180 0197 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 1200 0507 1251 2955 1853 0020 1810 0151 1810 0151 0757 0442 0757 0438 1810 0151 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 1820 1201 1820 1199 1820 1197 1820 1201 1820 1201 1820 1201 1820 1112 1820 1298 1820 1201 1820 1201 1820 1201 1820 1198 1820 1197 1820 1199 1820 0621 1820 1199 5000 9043 5040 6849 00436 60031 0520 0129 0590 0106 1251 0087 00436 00017 QTY Nw PRR TABLE 6 2 REPLACEABLE PARTS DESCRIPTION BCD INTEFACE BUS CONTROL ASSEMBLY FOR OPTIN 024 ONLY CAPACITOR FXD 2 20 10 20VDC TA CAPACITOR FXD 010 80 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 010 80 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 80 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 8020 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 8020 100WVDC CER SOCKET ELEC IC 16 CONT DIP SLDR TERM NOT ASSIGNED CONNECTOR PC EDGE 25 CONT DIP SOLDER TRANSISTOR PNP SI CHIP PD 300MW NETWORK RES RK PIN SIP 10K OHM NETWOR RES RK PIN SIP 10K OHM RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TUBULAR NETWOR RES RK
195. IR WITH 10 SHOULD BE GROUNDED P O TWISTED PAIR WITH 9 NEAR TERMINATION 4 pio TWISTED PAIR WITH 8 SHIELD CONNECT TO ATN GROUND OF OTHER WIRE OF NDAC TWISTED PAIR P O TWISTED PAIR WITH 7 NRFD P O TWISTED PAIR WITH 6 DAV REN 01 0108 0104 0107 D103 D106 0102 0105 0101 57 MICRORIBBON CONNECTOR Logic Levels The Hewlett Packard Interface Bus logic levels are TTL compatible i e the true 1 state is 0 0 Vdc to 0 4 Vdc and the false 0 state is 42 5 Vdc to 45 0 Vdc Programming and Output Data Format Refer Section Operation Mating Connector HP 1251 0293 Amphenol 57 30240 Mating Cables Available HP 10631A 1 0 metre 3 ft HP 10631B 2 0 metres 6 ft HP 10631C 4 0 metres 12 ft HP 10631D 0 5 metre 1 5 ft Cabling Restrictions 1 A Hewlett Packard Interface Bus System may contain no more than 1 8 metres 6 ft of connecting cable per instrument 2 The maximum accumulative length of connecting cable for any Hewlett Packard Interface Bus System is 20 0 metres 65 6 ft Figure 2 3 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Connection 2 6 Model 436A Installation 10 A lt om 1098 lt 10 A lt 10 8 10A lt 1028 lt 10A lt 1038 lt O GO FB N SIGN Of measured value MEASUREMENT RATE gt t e RANGESTATUSBIT1 lt RANGESTATUSBIT2 lt MODE BIT 1 MODE BIT 2 STATUS UNDER RANGE lt OVER RANGE a lt
196. ISTOR PNP SI CHIP PD 300MW 28480 1853 0020 A2Q28 1853 0020 TRANSISTOR PNP SI CHIP PD 300MW 28480 1853 0020 A2R1 0698 3450 5 RESISTOR 42 5K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 4 1 8 4222 A2R2 0698 3156 2 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 4 1 8 1472 A2R3 0683 2265 1 RESISTOR 22M 5 25W CC TUBULAR 01121 CB2265 A2R4 NOT ASSIGNED A2R5 0757 0459 1 RESISTOR 56 2K 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 5622 A2R6 0698 3159 3 RESISTOR 26 1K 1 125W TUBULAR 16299 C4 1 8 TO 2612 F A2R7 0698 3450 RESISTOR 42 2K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 4 1 8 4222 A2R8 1810 0151 NETWORK RES RK PIN SIP 28480 1810 0151 A2R9 0698 3441 RESISTOR 215 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 215R F A2R10 0757 0444 3 RESISTOR 12 1K 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 C4 1 8 TO 1212 F A2R11 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1002 A2R12 0757 0465 9 RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1003 A2R13 0698 3156 RESISTOR 14 7K 1 0 125W F TUBULAR 16299 4 1 8 1472 A2R14 0698 3160 4 RESISTOR 31 6K 1 125W TUBULAR 16299 4 1 8 3162 A2R15 0698 3158 4 RESISTOR 32 7K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 4 1 8 2372 A2R16 0757 0438 RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 5111 A2R17 0698 0083 2 RESISTOR 1 96K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 C4 1 8 TO 1961 F A2R18 0698 3243 1 RESISTOR 178K 1 125W F TUBULAR 16299 4 1 8 1783 A2R19 0757 0442 RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR 24546 4 1 8 1002 A2R2
197. IT FILL IN YOUR UNIT S ADDRESS FOLD BACK DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY POSTAGE AND FEES PAID 3 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 205 314 US MAIL OFFICIAL BUSINESS PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE 300 Commander US Army Communications and Electronics Materiel Readiness Command ATTN DRSEL ME MQ Fort Monmouth New Jersey 07703 FOLD BACK REVERSE OF DA FORM 2028 2 G2LLOG ONOTV AVAL wee i ee By Order of the Secretary of the Army Official 7 C PENNINGTON Major General United States Army The Adjutant General Distribution Active Army TSG 1 USAARENBD 1 USAINSCOM 2 TRADOC 2 DARCOM 1 TECOM 2 OS Maj Comd 2 USACC 2 HISA FT Monmouth 21 Armies 1 USASIGS 10 Colleges 1 Ft Richardson CERCOM Ofc 1 Ft Carson 5 Ft Gillem 10 WSMR 1 ARNG None USAR None For explanation of abbreviations used see AR 310 50 E C MEYER General United States Army Chief of Staff USAERDAA 1 USAERDAW 1 Army Dep 1 except LBAD 10 SAAD 30 TOAD 14 SHAD 3 USA Dep 1 Sig Sec USA Dep 1 Units org under fol TOE 1 copy each unit 29 134 29 136 2 copies each unit 29 207 29 610 PIN 044937 000 KAXL s This manual is provided FREE OF CHARGE from the BoatAnchor Manual Archive as a service to the Boatanchor community It was uploaded by someone who wanted to help you repair and maintain
198. If value is above thres hold program branches to line 5 wait 10 seconds then go to line 1 continue 3 22 Model 436A Table 3 3 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Input Program Codes Program Codes ASC Il DECIMAL Range Least sensitive 53 52 51 50 Most sensitive 49 Auto 5 MODE Watt 65 dB Rel 66 dB Ref 67 dBm 68 Sensor auto zero 69 CAL FACTOR 43 45 Disable 100 Enable front panel switch setting Measurement Rate Hold Trigger with set ling time Trigger immediate Free Run at maxi mum rate Free Run with set ling time sired range as well as for selection of the autorange function 3 26 Programming the Mode Remote mode pro gramming is similar to Local mode selection The sequence shown in Example 1 is recommended for taking dB Rel readings from a dB Ref reference 3 27 Programming Auto Zero The Power Meter is remotely zeroed the same way it is zeroed in local Example 2 ahown on the next page outlines the EXAMPLE 1 dB Rel dB Ref 1 controller talk and Power Meter listen CT 2 controller talk and Power Meter listen BT 3 4 controller talk and Power Meter listen T 5 Operation program steps that should be written Specific examples are provided later in this Section Refer tol Tables 33 and 3 4 for Power Meter input and output strings Refer to controller manual for programming syntax 3 28 Programming Cal Factor While the setti
199. LE PARTS DESCRIPTION POWER REFERENCE OSCILLATOR ASSEMBLY CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 5000PF 80 20 200WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 5000PF 680 20 200WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 300PF 5 300WVDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 100PF 5 300WVDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 4 70 10 35VDC CAPACITOR FXD 8 2PF 25 500WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 33PF 5 300WVDC MICA CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 36PF 5 300WVDC GL CAPACITOR FXD 200PF 5 300WVDC GL DIODE SCHOTTKY DIODE SCHOTTKY DIO VVC 82PF 5 C2 20 2000000 MIN CONNECTOR RF SMC M PC COIL VARIABLE COIL FXD RF XHOKE 4 7UH 10 COIL 3 1 2 TURNS TRANSISTOR NPN SI TO39 PF 1W FT 800MHZ TRANSISTOR NPN SI PD300 MW FT 200MHZ RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 825 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 05W PWW TUBULAR RESISTOR VAR TRMR 1KOHM 10 C SIDE ADJ RESISTOR 7 10K OHM 1 0 0 50W WW RESISTOR 7 5K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 100K 2 05W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 100K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 100K 2 05W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESITOR 1K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 5 11K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 75 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 1 33K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 50 5 OHM 1 B0 125W F TUBULAR TERMINAL SLDR STUC 28480 TERIMINAL SLDR STUD IC LIN AMPLIFIER IC LIN
200. LINE ON in 5 4 Model 436A Adjustments ADJUSTMENTS 5 18 SPIKE BALANCE ADJUSTMENT cont d 3 Remove the Power Meter top cover and adjust the front panel CAL ADJ control so that the digital readout indicates 100 0 uW 4 Press and hold the Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and adjust BAL poteni ometer A3R65 so that the display readout indicates 60 0 0 2 uW NOTE The Power Meter sensor zero circuit must be re zeroed as described in the following steps before valid power measurements can be made 5 Set the Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to standby Then press the Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and wait for the digital readout to stabilize 6 Release the Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and wait for the ZERO lamp to go out 5 19 MULTIVIBRATOR ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE Service Sheet 7 DESCRIPTION FREQ potentiometer A2R69 is adjusted to set the reference frequency of the multi vibrator which drives the phase detector and the FET power sensor RANGE POWER CALIBRATOR METER COUNTER TO 2 5 SENSOR POWER METER Figure 5 4 Multivibrator Adjustment Setup EQUIPMENT Range Calibrator 11683A Counter 52451 PROCEDURE 1 Set the Power Meter switches as follows CAL FACTOR 926 100 POWER REF out MODE WATT RANGE HOLD out LINE in 5 5 Adjustments Model 436A ADJUSTME
201. LINEAR RAMP LINEAR POSITIVE amp SWITCH AD ENABLE NEGATIVE CONVERSION SLOPE CONVERTER LINEAR RAMP SEDAN SLOPE CONTROL FROM ROM LOAD DC INPUT CONTROLLER LINEAR NEGATIVE GENERATOR CONVERSION SLOPE A D CONVERTER GENERATOR amp SWITCH OUTPUT FROM INI DC INPUT SWITCH AMPLIFIER COMPARATOR DEMODULATOR LOG M DIRCUIT THRESHOLO AUTO ZERO ENABLE A 0 CONVERTER FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM B LINEAR POSITIVE CONVERSION WAVEFORMS CONVERSION SLOPE NOTE Linear positive conversion ramp is shown Negative conversion ramp slopes are similar but polarity is reversed 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 0000 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 CLOCK PULSES C LOG CONVERSION WAVEFORMS LOG THRESHOLD 0 5 CONVERSION SLOPE 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 0000 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 CLOCK PULSES Figure 8 18 Analog to Digital Converter Simplified Diagram and Waveforms 8 126 Model 436A Service CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 2 cont d every other clock pulse Thus the Main Counter is incremented each time that C3 is discharged by 7 mV Since C3 was charged to 7 times the dc input level during the measurement function each count represents a 1 mV dc input level When is fully discharged then the output of the Main Counter is equal to the original dc input in milli volts As stated previously this number represents the RF input
202. LK SUBROUTINE SHEET 14 FROM MEASUREMENT SUBROUTINE SHEET 7 LINEAR POSITIVE CONVERSION SUBROUTINE SHEET 8 LINEAR NEGATI VE CONVERSION SUBROUTINE SHEET 9 ENDE E his B i n e 4 LIGHT UNDER RANGE LED AUTO RANGING ENABLED BLANK DISPLAY COUNT RANGE COUNT RANGE DOWN 1 DOWN 1 Eu ee as LLL e eee TO OVER UNDER RANGE CONTINUE SUBROUTINE SHEET 12 TO AUTO ZERO SUBROUTINE SHEET 6 TO DELAY SUBROUTINE SHEET 13 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 11A of 14 8 44 Model 436A RELATIVE dB SUBROUTINE UNDER RANGE SUBROUTINE r LOG CONVERSION SUBROUTINE 051 SHEET 7 SHEET 10 067 SHEET 8 077 SHEET 9 TO 177 SHEET 14 SHEET 1 12 SHEETS TO 036 SHEET 13 2 LREL LCNT TO 177 SHEET 14 Y O Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 11B of 14 Service 8 45 Service 12a 8 46 FROM POSITIVE LINEAR CONVERSION SUBROUTINE SHEET 8 NEGATIVE LINEAR CONVERSION SUBROUTINE SHEET 9 LOG CONVERSION SUBROUTINE SHEET 10 K OVER RANGE SUBROUTINE 147 AUTO RANGING ENABLED NO YES LIGHT OVER LIGHT OVER RANGE LED RANGE LED
203. LM301AH AMPLIFIER DIODE ZENSER 6 2V VZ 25W MAX PD DIODE ZNR 5 11V 5 DO 7 PD 4W TC A8 MISCELLANEOUS WASHER LK EXT T NO 6 IN ID 32 IN WASHER LK INTL T NO 8 168 IN ID 34 IN WASHER LK INTL T NC 10 195 IN ID 311 SCREW MACH 6 32 PN HD POZI REC SST 300 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 8 32 THD 085 THK 25 NUT HEX DBL CHAM 10 32 THD 067 THK 25 WASHER FL NM NO 2 094 IN ID 188 IN OD CAN RECT 2 00 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY CAPACITOR FXD 5000 75 10 30VDC AL CAPACITOR FXD 5000 75 10 30VDC AL DIODE PWR RECT 100V 1 5A DIODE PWR RECT 100V 10 5A DIODE PWR RECT 400V 750MA DIODE PWR RECT 400V 750MA DIODE PWR RECT 400V 750MA DIODE PWR RECT 400V 750MA MFR CODE 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 56289 28480 28480 2480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 04713 98291 28480 24226 28480 28480 28480 24546 2546 20940 32997 54294 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 024546 24546 19701 28480 28480 28480 27014 03877 04713 78189 73734 24931 28480 28480 24931 23050 28480 28480 56289 56289 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 MODEL 436A MFR PART NUMBER 00436 60030 0160 3879 0160 3036 0160 3036 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 2207 0160 2204 150D475X9035B2 0160 2255 0160 3878 0160 2150 0160 3879 0160 4006 0160 4007 1901 0518 1901 0518 SMV389 299 50 051 0109 00436 80001 10 471 00436 80002 1854 0247 185
204. LON Settling Multivibrator Adjustment Setup L Tine for Digital Circuitry 327 A D Converter and Linear Meter 3 6 Operating Program Simplified Flow Chart Adjustment Setup Model 436A ILLUSTRATIONS Cont d Figure Page Figure 56 Power Reference Oscillator Frequency 8 3 AC Gain Assembly Schematic Diagram Adjustment Setup 1 5 8 8 31 1 CAL FACTOR 96 Switch Assembly Power Reference Oscillator Level Component Locations Adjustment Setup 5 9 8 32 A3 A D Converter Assembly 161 Cabinet Parts 8 1 Schematic Diagram Notes 8 2 Front Panel Removal 8 3 Operational Amplifier Functional Circuits 8 4 D Type Flip Flop 8 5 Four Bit Bistable Latch 86 1 Dual J K Master Slave Flip Flop and Gate Pulse Timing Y 8 7 Dual J K Edge Triggered Flip Flop Ue 8 8 Programmable Counters 189 3Line to 8 Line Decoder EP 8 10 8 Input Data Selector Multiplexer S11 LED Display Driver amp 12 Numeric Display 8 13 MOS and TTL ROMs amp 14 Power Meter Operating Cycle 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 8 16 HP IB Verification Program 9830A Calculator 8 17 HP IB Verification Program HP 9820A Calculator P 8 18 Analog to Digital Converter Simplified Diagram and Waveforms e 8 19 Listen Handshake Timing 8 20 Data Valid Status Generator Timing Block Diagram AC Gain A D Converter and Display Circuits Block Diagram 8 23
205. Ltd Kimura Building 3rd Floor 20 2 Tsukuba Kumagaya Saitama 360 Tel 0485 24 6563 KENYA Technical Enqineering Services Box 18311 Nairobi Tel 557726 556762 Cable PROTON Medical Only International Aeradio E A Ltd P O Box 19012 Nairobi Airport Nairobi Tei 336055 56 Telex 22201 22301 Cable INTAERID Nairobi KOREA Samsung Electronics Co Ltd 20th FI Dongbang 8100 250 2 C P O Box 2775 Taepyung Ro Chung Ku Seoul Tel 23 6811 Telex 22575 Cable ELEKSTAR Seoul MALAYSIA Teknik Mutu Sdn Bhd 2 Lorong 13 6A etaling Jaya Sela Tel 54994 54916 Telex MA 37605 Protel Engineering 0 1917 Lot 259 Satok Road Kuching Sarawak Tel 24i Cable PROTEL ENG MOZAMBIQUE A N Goncalves 162 1 Apt 14 Av D Luis Hewlett Packard N Z Ltd Pakuranga Professional Centre 267 Pakuranga Highway Box 51092 Pakuranga Tel 569 651 Telex NZ 3839 Cable HEWPACK Auckland Anatyticat Medical Only Medical Supplies NZ Ltd Scientific Division 79 Carlton Gore Rd Newmarket PO Box 1234 Auckland 75 289 Telex 2958 MEDISUP Cable OENTAL Auckland Analytical Medical Only Medical Supplies N 2 Ltd P Q Box 1994 147 161 Tory St Wellington Tet 850 799 Telex 3858 Cable DENTAL Wellington Analytical Medical Only Medical Supplies N Z Ltd Box 309 239 Stanmore Road Christchurch Tet 892 019 Cable DENTAL Christchurch Analytical Medica
206. M qualifier low the rate programming input is then accessed by the operating program in the Remote Initialize Subroutine to enable an immediate Rate high or delayed measurement Rate low b When the Inhibit input to the Measure ment Control Circuit is programmed low to pre vent free run operation the output of a flip flop is gated with the Print signal to control the state of the DACQ qualifier see Service Sheet 13 This flip flop is held reset during each program cyde while the Print signal is high thereby causing the DACQ qualifier to be held high When the Print signal is set low by the LSDAV instruction the flip flop is allowed to respond to the Trigger input Until a negative going trigger is applied to the Power Meter a hold loop address 110 and 106 is enabled by the high DACQ qualifier After a Trigger input is received the set output of the flip flop and the low Print signal cause the DACQ qualified to go low thereby enabling the operating program to continue as previously described 8 165 Service SERVICE SHEET 1 BLOCK DIAGRAM CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS The Block Diagram Circuit Descriptions for Service Sheet 1 are covered paragraphs 8 71 through 8 74 Troublshooting in through 8 62 and Standard Instrument Checkout in Table 8 3 8 166 Model 436A Model 436A SENSOR COUNT QUALIFIER BITS REMOTE POUND INTERFACE clack CIRCUITS GENERATOR HEWLETT PACKARD INTERFACE OPTION 022 BCD INTERFACE
207. Model 436A Table 1 1 Specifications Frequency Range 100 kHz to 18 GHz depending on power sensor used Power Range display calibrated in watts dBm and dB relative to reference power level With 8481A 8482A or 8483A sensors 50 dB with 5 full scale ranges of 20 10 O 10 and 20 dBm 10 uW to 100 mW With 8481H or 8482H sensors 45 dB with 5 full scale ranges of 0 10 20 30 and 35 dBm 1 mW to 3W With 8484A sensor 50 dB with 5 full scale ranges of 60 50 40 30 and 20 dBm 1 nW to 10 Accuracy Instrumentation Watt mode 30 594 dBm mode 30 02 dB 20 001 dB C dB REL mode 30 02 dB 30 001 dB C Zero Automatic operated by front panel switch Zero set 30 596 of full scale on most sensitive range typical 1 count on other ranges Zero carry over 30 296 of full scale when zeroed on the most sensitive range Noise typical at constant temperature peak change over any one minute interval 20 pW 8484 40 nW 8481A 8482A 8483A 4 uW 8481H 8482 Drift 1 hour typical at constant temperature after 24 hour warm up 20 pW 8484A 10 nW 8481A 8482A 8483A 1 0 uW 8481H 8482 H Power Reference Internal 50 MHz oscillator with Type N Female connector on front pane or rear panel Option 003 only Power output 1 00 mW Factory set to 30 796 traceable to the National Bureau of Standards Accuracy 1 2 worst case 30 996 rss for one year 0 C to 55 C 1
208. N CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR J FET TRANSISTOR J FET TRANSISTOR NPN SI TRANSISTOR J FET TRANSISTOR J FET TRANSISTOR J FET TRANSISTOR MPN SI TRANSISTOR PNP SI TRANSISTOR NPN SI TRANSISTOR NPN SU TRANSISTOR NPN SI TRANSISTOR J FET TRANSISTOR J FET TRANSISTOR J FET TRANSISTOR J FET TRANSISTOR J FET TRANSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI N CHAN D MODE SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ N CHAN D MODE SI N CHAN D MODE SI N CHAN D MODE SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ CHIP PD 300MW PD 300MW FT 200MHZ OD 300MW FT 200MHZ PD 300MW FT 200MHZ N CHAN D MODE SI N CHAN D MODE SI N CHAN D MODE SI N CHA D MODE SI N CHAN D MODE SI N CHAN D MODE SI TRANHSISTOR J FET N CHAN D MODE SI TRANSISTOR J FET TRANSISTOR NPN PD RESISTOR 19 6K 1 N CHAN D MODE SI 300MW FT 200MHZ 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR VAR TRMRM 100KOHM 10 C RESISTOR 100K 1 RESISTOR 2 61K 1 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR NETWORK RES RK PIN SIP RESISTOR 19 6K 1 RESISTOR 121K 1 RESISTOR 121K 1 RESISTOR 121K 1 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 75K 1 125W F TUBULAR NETWORK RES PK PIN SIP RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESITOR 100 OHM 1 RESISTOR 19 6K 1 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 17 8K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR VAR TRMR 5KOHM 10 C RESISTOR 19 6K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 19
209. ND statement md READ HETER n 3 Ge RERDIHG Ti Legs NOTE See subroutine listing on 8 22 Insert the subroutine where shown just before the END statement PHR DL iu o Cu DISE AKEN WRIT Pay D 1 SS DUT PM Input special instructions L or parameters 2 21 Zero the Power Meter GOTO the Auto Zero subroutine Ss DVT Configure the signal source and or device under test Take a power measurement GOTO Power Meter read subroutine Process measured data m 9825 STATEMENTS HPL It may be necessary or desirable to specify frequencies levels ranges etc each time the program is run Other wise these parameters are included in the applicable program statements Refer to the controller operating and programming manual 4 113 7 opps Donnet d NOTE See subroutine listing on phge S 38 Insert the subroutines where shown just before the END statement F Di in 4 FA hop gn M If the source and or device under test are programmable refer to the opera ting and programming manual If not it might be a good idea to have the program stop at this point to allow manual configuration n taker rap ts dee dit Laas NOTE See subroutine listing on p Insert the subroutines where shown just before the END statement
210. NTS 5 19 MULTIVIBRATOR ADJUSTMENT cont d 2 Set the Range Calibrator switches as follows FUNCTION CALIBRATE POLARITY NORMAL LINE ON in 3 Connect the equipment as shown i 4 Remove the Power Meter top cover adjust FREQ potentiometer A2R69 to obtain maximum indication on the digital readout and verify that the counter indicates 220 16 Hz 5 Perform the Instrument Accuracy Test described im Section IM to verify overall Power Meter accuracy If all indications are obtained as specified the adjustment is complete If any indication cannot be obtained as specified perform the A D Converter and Linear Meter Adjustment 5 20 A D CONVERTER AND LINEAR METER ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE Service Sheets 7 and 8 DESCRIPTION The A D converter circuit is adjusted to obtain the specified digital readout accuracy and the meter circuit is adjusted for a corresponding indication RANGE CALIBRATOR POWER METER DIGITAL VOLTMETER A RECORDER POWER METER Figure 5 5 A D Converter and Linear Meter Adjustment Setup EQUIPMENT Range Calibrator HP 11683A Digital Voltmeter DVM HP 3490A PROCEDURE 1 Set the Power Meter switches as follows CAL FACTOR 100 POWER REF off out MODE WATT RANGE HOLD off out LINE ON in 5 6 Model 436A Adjustments ADJUSTMENTS 5 20 A D CONV
211. Number Column 1 lists group numbers the purpose of which is to identify components assemblies subassemblies and mod ules with the next higher assembly b Column 2 Component Assembly Column 2 contains the noun names of components assem blies subassemblies and modules for which main tenance is authorized c Column 3 Maintenance Functions Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in column 2 When items are listed without maintenance functions it is solely for purpose of having the group numbers in the MAC and RPSTL coincide d Column 4 Maintenance Category Column 4 specifies by the listing of a worktime figure in the appropriate subcolumn s the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in column 3 This figure represents the tive time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated category of maintenance If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different maintenance categories appropriate worktime figures will be shown for each category The num ber of task hours specified by the worktime figure represents the average time required to restore an item assembly subassembl y compo nent module end item or system to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions This time includes preparation time troubleshoot ing time and quality assurance quality control time i
212. OOL KIT TK 105 COMMON TOOLS NECESSARY TO THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS MAINTENANCE FUNCTION ARE AVAILABLE TO MAINTENACE PERSONNEL FOR THE MAINTENANCE CATEGORY LISTED NATIONAL NATO STOCK NUMBER 6625 00 006 7638 6625 00 006 7638 4931 01 005 3865 6625 01 061 8928 6625 00 106 9622 6625 00 595 7642 5180 00 610 8177 TOOL NUMBER RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL MANUALS SOMETHING WRONG mm FROM YOUR UNIT S COMPLETE ADDRESS Commander Stateside Depot AMIN AMSTA US Stateside N J 07705 DATE TITLE Wege IN THIS SPACE TELL WHAT IS WRONG b AND WHAT SHOULD BE ABOUT IT THEN JOT DOWN THE DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS FORM TEAR IT OUT FOLD IT AND DROP IT IN THE MAIL procedure be changed throu specify a 2 IFF Recommend that the installation antenna alignment antenna lag rather than 19 v REASON Experience has shown that with only a 1 lag I the antenna servo sy ig too sensitive to wind gusting in excess o knots and has a tendency to rapidly accelerate elerate as it hunts causing strain to the drive Hunting is minimized by adjusting the lag to 2 without degradation of operatio Item 5 Fune column Change 2 db to REASON ustment procedure for the TRANS POWER FAULT indica calls for a 3 db 500 watts adjust ment to light the TRANS POWER FAULT indicator TEAR ALONG DOTTED LINE Ad step f 1
213. OR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACIOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD 2 ONLY 2 2UF_ 10 01UF 10 01UF 20 01UF 20 O1UF 20 1 01UF 20 1000PF 20 01UF 20 CONTROL ASSEMBLY 20VDC TA 100WVDC CER 100WVDC CER 100WVC CER OOWVDC CER 100WVDC CER 100WVDC CER 200WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100WVC CER CAPACITOR FXD 01UF 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 022UF 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 022UF 20 100WVDC CER 99 99 CAPACITOR FXD 022UF 4 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100WVDC CER CAPACITOR FXD 1000PF 20 100WVDC CER oe oe DIODE SWITCHING 2NS 30V 50MA TRANSISTOR PNP SI CHIP PD 300MW RESISTOR 316 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 1K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 316 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 316 OHM 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 316 OHM RESISTOR 316 OHM RESISTOR 316 OHM RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR 125W F TUBULAR 1 1 1 125W F TUBULAR 1 oe RESISTOR 10K 1 125W F TUBULAR TERIMINAL SLDR TUD TERMINAL SLDR STUD TERIMNAL SLDR STUD TERMIANL SLDR STUD IC DGTL SN74LS 20 N GATE IC DGTL SN 74LS 01 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 00N GATE ICC DGTL SN 74LS 30N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 74 N FLIP FLOP IC DGTL SN74LS 74 N FLIP
214. OUR UNIT S COMPLETE ADDRESS THEN JOT DOWN THE DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS FORM TEAR IT OUT FOLD IT AND DROP IT IN THE MAIL PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TM 11 6625 2969 14 amp 9 May 80 BE EXACT PIN POINT WHERE IT IS IN THIS SPACE TELL WHAT IS WRONG AND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT TABLE NO FIGURE NO TEAR ALONG DOTTED LINE TYPED NAME GRADE OR TITLE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER SIGN HERE i FORM AUG 74 2028 2 5 YOUR OUTFIT WANTS TO KNOW ABOUT YOUR MANUAL FILL IN YOUR UNIT S ADDRESS FOLD BACK DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY POSTAGE AND FEES PAID DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY OFFICIAL BUSINESS 000 314 PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE 300 Commander US Army Communications and Electronics Materiel Readiness Command ATTN DRSEL ME MQ Fort Monmouth New Jersey 07703 G2LLOG YUVAL FOLD BACK REVERSE OF DA FORM 2028 2 TEAR ALONG DOTTED LINE IDA t 2028 7 RECOMMENDED CHANGES EQUIPMENT TECHNICAL MANUALS SOMETHING WRO NG WITH THIS MANUAL FROM YOUR UNIT S COMPLETE ADDRESS THEN JOT DOWN THE DOPE ABOUT IT ON THIS FORM TEAR IT OUT FOLD IT AND DROP IT IN THE MAIL PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE BE EXACT PIN POINT WHERE IT IS IN THIS SPACE TELL WHAT 15 WRONG cua AD d PD C C AND WHAT SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT
215. OUT 436A WILL NOT TALK OR 436A DATA TRANSFER BAD Figure 3 7 Test of HP IB Operation Flowchart Model 436A Model 436A Operation 436A QUICK PROGRAMMING GUIDE This guide will help set up and program simple HP IB instrumentation systems thereby freeing you from making an in depth study of system design and BASIC or HPL programming languages I THE SYSTEM DEVICE UNDER 436A POWER TEST DUT METER PM SIGNAL SOURCE SS HPIB CABLE COMPUTING CONTROLLER 9825 OR 9830 HP IB cables shown with dotted lines are used only if the Source and Device under test are programmable Signal Source and Device under Test may be the same e g checking Sig Gen Flatness THE PROGRAM If the power meter is the only part of the system to be programmed use the program statements in the order given For more complex systems or programs include statements derived from the information in the optional dashed line flow chart boxes When it is necessary to write more statements refer to Table 3 2 START 9830 STATEMENTS BASIC C staat 9825 STATEMENTS HPL Initialize Variables Insure Bus is in the REMOTE ENABLED state Figure 3 8 436A Quick Programming Guide 1 of 5 3 31 Operation Model 436A 436A QUICK PROGRAMMING GUIDE Cont d 9830 STATEMENTS BASIC 118 1 138 146 5 15 See subroutine listing on page 8 34 Insert the subroutines where shown just before the E
216. P 120 Howard Place Cape Province 7450 Pine Park Center Forest Drive Pinelands Cape Province 7405 Tet 53 7955 thu 9 Telex 57 0006 Service Department TAIWAN Hewlett Packard Far East Ltd Taiwan Branch 39 Chung Shiac West Road Sec 1 7th Floor Taipei Tei 3819160 4 Telex 21824 HEWPACK Cable HEWPACK TAIPEI Hewlett Packard Far East Ltd Taiwan Branch 68 2 Chung Cheng 3rd Road Kaohsiun 07 3493 18 Kaohsiung Analytical Only San Kwang Instruments Ltd No 20 Yung Sui Road Taipei 3715171 4 5 lines Telex 22894 SANKWANG Cable SANKWANG TAIPEI TANZANIA Medical Only International Aeradio E Lid PO Box 861 Dar es Salaam Tet 21251 Ext 265 Telex 41030 THAILAND UNIMESA Co Ltd Elcom Research Building Bangjak Sukumvit Ave Bangkok 932387 930338 Cable UNIMESA Bangkok UGANDA Medical Only International Aeradio E Ltd 2577 Kampala Tel 4388 Cable INTAERIO Kampala ZAMBIA RJ Tilbury Zambia Ltd Box 2792 3 Cable ARJAYTEE Lusaka Hewlett Packard South Africa GUAM lore 560 025 Nakamo Building Caixa Postal 107 Oosman Chambers Mledea Pocket Calculators Only 1835666 24 Sasayma cho Lourenco Marques Abdullah Haroon Road Guam Medical Supply toc 20 Nakamura ku Nagoya 450 27091 27114 Karachi 3 Overport Durban 4067 Jay Ease Building Room 210 Cable BLUESTAR 052 571 5171 Telex 6 203 NEGON Mo 51
217. PIN SIP TERMINAL SLDR TUD TERMINAL SDR STUD TERMINAL SLDR STUD IC DGTL SN74LS 08 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LD 04 N INVERTER IC DGTL SN74LS 00 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 08 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 08 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 08 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 74 N FLIP FLOP IC DGTL SN74LS251 N DATA SELCTOR IC DGTL SN74LS 08 N GATE IC DGTLSN74LS 08 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 08 N GATE3 IC DGTL SN74LS 03 N GATE IC DGTL SN74LS 00 N GATE IC DGTLSN74LS 04 N INVERTER IC DGTL SN74 38N BUFFER IC DGTL SN74LS 04 N INVERTER A6 MISCELLANEOUS OPT 024 PIN P C BOARD EXTRACTOR EXTRACTOR P C BOARD BCD INTERFACE BUS INPUT OUTPUT ASSY FOR OPTION 024 ONLY A7 MISCELLANEOUS OPT 024 SCREW MACH 2 56 PN HD POZI REC SST300 NUT HEX PLSTC LKG 2 56 THD 141 THK 25 CONNECTOR 50 CONT FEM MICRO RIBBON COVER PLATE BCD MFR CODE 28480 56289 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 06776 05574 28480 28480 28480 24546 24546 28480 28480 28480 28480 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 28480 28480 28480 28480 72962 71785 28480 MODEL 436A MFR PART NUMBER 00436 60013 150D225X9020A2 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 0160 2055 ICN 163 S3W 3KH25 21JV12 079 1853 0020 1810 0151 1810 0151 C4 1 8 TO 1002 F C4 1 8 TO 5111 F 1810 0151 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 SN74LS08N SN74LS04N SN74LS00N SN74L
218. PTION CONNECTOR RF BNC FEM SGL HOLE FR WASHER LK INTL T 377 IN ID K 507 IN OD NUTHEX DBL CHAM 3 8 32 THD 094 THK 5 CONNECTOR RF BNC FEM SGL HOLE RF WASHER LK INTLT 377 IN ID 507 IN OD NUT HEX DBL CHAM 3 8 32 THD 094 THK 5 REFERENCE OSC CONNECTOR REAR P O W10 MOUNT CONNECTOR REAR PART OF W9 BCD INTERNAL CONNECTOR OPT 024 ONLY PART OF A7 HP IB INTERNAL CONNECTOR OPT 022 ONLY MCHANICAL PARTS SCREW MACH 2 56 X 25 PAN HD POZI REC SPRING WIREFORM 3 LG SST WASHER LOCK SPR 2 088 ID SCREW MACH 6 32 PAN POZI REC SST 300 SCREW MACH 6 32 100 DEG FL HD PZI REC SCREW MACH 8 32 10 DEG FL HD POZI REC PLUG HOLE 688 ID OMIT ON OPT 002 amp 003 PLUG HOLE STANDARD HD 625 DIA NYLON OMIT ON OPTION 003 TRIM SIDE FRONT FRAME FRONT STUT CONRNER FEET TRIM STRIP COVER PERFORANTED BOTTOM SUPPORT RIGHT HAND SUPPORT LEFT HAND COVER PLATE BLANK COVER TOP UPPER PERFORATED FRAME REAR PANEL REAR SHIELD POWER SUPPLY COVER TRANSFORMER SUB PANEL FRONT PANEL FRONT LOWER WINDOW FRONT STRIP TERIMINAL CRP QDISC FEM 0 046 TAB POWER SWITCH ASSEMBLY POWER SWITCH CONNECTOR ROD NUT SHEETMETAL U 4 40 THD 21 WD STL SCREW MACH 4 40 PAN HD POZI REC SST 300 TRANSFORMER SCREW MACH 6 32 PAN HD POZI REC SST 300 NUT HEX PLSTC LKG 3 32 THD 172 THK LINE VOLTAGE SELECTOR CARD IC LIN LM323K REGULATOR SCREW TPG 6 20 PAN CABLE ASSY CABLE UNSHLD 16 COND 26AWG SEE INFORMATION FOLLOWING A
219. Packard Argentina Av Leandro N Alem 822 12 1001Buenos Aires Tel 31 6063 4 5 6 and 7 Telex Public Booth N 9 Cable HEWPACK ARG BOLIVIA Stambuk 4 Mark Bolia Ltda Av Mariscal Santa Cruz 1342 La Paz Te 40626 53163 52421 Telex 3560014 Cable BUKMAR BRAZIL Hewlett Packard do Brasil Ltda Avenida Rio Negro 980 00 Barueri Sao Tel 429 2148 9 429 2118 9 Hewlett Packard do Brasil leC Rua Padre Chagas 32 90000 P rto Alegre AS Tel 0512 22 2998 22 5621 Cable HEWPACK Alegre Hewlett Packard do Brasil Lttda Rua Siquerra Campos 53 Copacabana 20000 Rio de Janeiro 257 80 94 000 021 Tetex 391 212 1905 HEWP 8R Cable HEWPACK Rio de Janeiro CHILE y Metcalte Ltda Alameda Of 807 Casilla 2118 Sa jo i Tel 398613 Telex 3520001 CALMET Cable CALMET Santiago COLOMBIA Instrumentaci n Henrik A Langebaek amp Kier S A Carrera 7 48 75 Apartado A reo 6287 Bogota D t Tel 69 88 77 Cable AARIS Bogot Telex 044 400 COSTA RICA Cientifica Costarncense S Calle Central Avenidas 1 y 3 Apartado 10159 San Jose Tel 21 86 13 Cable GALGUR San Jos ECUADOR Medical Only AF Viscaino Compatla Ltda Av Rio Amazonas Nc 239 Box 2925 Quito 242 150 247 033 034 Cable Astor Quito Calculators Onty Computadoras y Electr nicos P 0 Box 2695 990 Toledo iy Cordero Quito 525 982 Telex 02
220. R LISTEN CONTROL GATES EGISTER LISTEN 13 12 5 8 m Hs 3 8 TALR REGISTER TRANSFER w ONTROL GATES pum TALK um DECODER 125 11 Hig M 106 HBEM x f I CUN CT ION DECODER emma 5 Xoy 18 AUTO ZERO DISABLE CLOCK MODE ENABLE 4 Ur 2005 0138 B d uo Sb a d S d e or AUTO ZERO ENABLE CLOCK d amp JM j Wy 023 1 4 CET GAL FACTOR DISABLE CLOCK PC 2 1 i M AUTO RANGE ENABLE CLOCK 3 0070 5 i x LPH 3 4 Ley En HREM 510 Pid 1 1 LTC 8 9300 i 1 1 1 EE i PDOA _ _ 1 i 1 i i REMOTE 1 1D 419 WLED Am QUALIFIER m 1 MULTIPLEXER r t 1 P O R70 F O 3000 gl tv pese HEWLETT PACKARD JNTERFACE BUS OPT 022 i 74 1171 18 HOET tes DATA VALID m STATUS GENERATOR A AUTO ZEAG ENABLE 5 ney 1 Ly LPL 1 4 4 nior FF H bog A 1 1 102 C 1 8 c U1 B LL 18 VF 70 s a RANGE b LEGIE S HREM n 12 DISABLE LOGIC mamen 415 VF HREM g E a 8 UN 4 10K LGG ww SEL
221. R potentiometer 17 so that the pointer is aligned half way between the last two marks on meter face 5 7 Adjustments Model 436A ADJUSTMENTS 5 21 POWER REFERENCE OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE DESCRIPTION EQUIPMENT PROCEDURE 5 8 NOTE Adjustment of the Power Reference Oscillator fre quency may also affect the output level of the oscillator Thus after the frequency is adjusted to 50 0 0 5 MHz the output level should be checked as described ili Section IV A procedure for adjust ing the output to the specified level is provided in the next paragraph Service Sheet 14 Variable inductor A8L1 is adjusted to set the power reference oscillator output fre quency to 50 0 0 5 MHz POWER METER COUNTER Figure 5 6 Power Reference Oscillator Frequency Adjustment Setup Counter 52451 1 Set Power Meter LINE switch to ON in and POWER REF switch to off out Set up the counter to measure frequency and connect the equipment as shown in Set the Power Meter POWER REF switch to ON in and observe the indication on the counter If it is 50 0 0 5 MHz no adjustment of the power reference oscillator frequency is necessary If it is not within these limits adjust the power reference oscillator frequency as described in steps 4 through 9 Remove the Power Meter top cover CAUTION Take care not to ground the 15V or 15V inputs to the powe
222. ROOKLYN NY ST LOUIS MO ELK GROVE VILLAGE IL UNION NJ CHICAGO IL CINCINNATI OH SANOWICH IL CRYSTAL LAKE IL MOUNT ATNSIDE NJ ELGIN IL CLEVELAND OH MT KISCO NY ELIZABETH NJ FOLCROFT PA OGALL ALA NE SAN JOSE CA CHICAGO IL MAMARONECK NY BURBANK CA 6 19 TM11 6625 14 amp P PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER CROSS REFERENCE INDEX NATIONAL NATIONAL PART STOCK PART STOCK NUMBER FSCM NUMBER NUMBER FSCM NUMBER 1902 0680 28480 5961 00 008 7041 1902 3070 28480 5961 00 931 0989 1902 3135 28480 5961 00 494 4848 1906 00 78189 5310 00 754 4399 1920 02 78189 5310 00 262 0359 2100 2489 28480 5905 01 105 1774 2100 2514 28480 5905 00 828 5431 2100 2516 28480 5905 00 131 3379 2100 2522 28480 5905 00 476 5797 2100 3154 28480 5905 00 615 811l 2100 3274 28480 5905 01 017 0083 2110 0012 28480 5920 00 898 0400 2110 0063 28480 9920 00 451 3110 2110 0269 28480 5999 00 333 9620 250 12 30 210 71785 5935 00 093 8278 252 22 30 300 71785 5935 00 372 1963 2950 0001 28480 5310 00 450 3324 3006P 1 102 32997 5905 00 107 4881 3050 0032 28480 5365 00 988 8118 3101 1213 28480 5930 00 237 1160 39D507G030FL4 56289 5910 00 763 3868 4586 2B 56289 8910 00 827 9712 50 051 0109 98291 5935 00 858 8794 57 40500 375 71785 5935 00 043 4067 8120 1378 28480 6150 00 008 5075 9140 0144 28480 5950 00 837 0029 TM11 6625 2969 14 amp P PART NUMBER 0698 3446 0698 3449 0698 3450 0698 3452 0757 0180 0757 0199 0757 0200 0757 0279
223. RROR 5 is detected 8 103 Service Model 436A Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 6 of 18 Problem and Description Corrective Action Error Power Meter status output does not indicate auto zeroing range 1 Description The Power Meter was pro grammed to auto zero on range 1 for the previous test For this test the Power Meter is programmed to the Watt Mode and a measurement is triggered Then the Power Meter output status is checked to ensure that the auto zero timer circuit Service Sheet 10 holds the Power Meter in an auto zero loop for a period of ap proximately four seconds after the auto zero function is terminated Error Power Meter status output does not indicate measured value valid Description For this test the Power Meter was programmed to the Watt Mode and a measurement was triggered 10 sec ends were allowed for the auto zero loop to clear then the Power Meter was ad dressed to talk and the output status character was checked Since range 1 was previously programmed the Power Meter should output status character P indicating that a valid measurement was taken For Watt Mode range 1 an UNDER RANGE indication is not gen erated during the Under Range Subroutine 8 104 B Remote Initialize Subroutine address branching is as follows 10 001 010 1 00 001 111 5 00 001 O11 2 10 011 001 6 10 001 101 3 00 011 110 7 00 001 110 4 01 010 111 8 C Range counter Se
224. S A TRANSISTOR t designations within ouiling asem A Co pe VoU DRIVERS 212 blies are abbreviated Full designation includes Assembly CONNECTOR 4 4 i Number R1 of Assembly At is ATH Designations of ASSY BODY I LI REB R8F R34 Ra2F E AD 255 1 other components are complete as shown i 8 1DK 10k 10k 10K TOK HK Ves 45 15 i r 1 27 AT ASSY INPUT 15 boos I I 14 2 VEE i Je x 128 N TE R45F R55 we x Ua gap 185199 22 lg k ACINPUT fi A INTEGRATED CIRCUIT i 15 DAG ors GROUND CONNECTIONS j 8 i 7 RQA SRH 318 SRA 1 MOUNT Nt 10 1000 1000 2 1000 ni x QD REFERENCE IN NUMBER FEEDBACK 10 39 2 Yawm rsr RANGE AND FILTER CONTROL l DESIGNATIDNS MOUNT ua A Ut H5 VE 7 aurD 2EnO L Senso perd i 1 8 INTEGRATER CIRCUIT YE 8 69 PART NUMBERS is REFERENCE S E 2H 7 SENSOR SENSITIVITY DETECTOR waarfsFs 255 409 DESIGNATIONS PART NUMBER P SE S H DRIVE 35 01 1854 0003 H i E v x 3 lt tiv 15 ee a 02 3 9 12 1855 0414 x d EE Y j 048 3 1854 0071 MOUNT 13 _ nesistor K 2 BI 2 mig 27 g ROG nad 20 18 H
225. S BIT 5 10 6 are adjusted as required to verify Power Meter DATA INPUTS BIT 6 A10TP7 program execution DATA INPUTS BIT 7 A10TP8 DATA INPUTS GND A10TP11 CLOCK INPUT A10TP10 DELAY SET 00000 SAMPLE MODE REPET TRIGGER MODE START DISPLAY 2 Set the logic analyzer controls as indi TRIGGER WORD switch settings specified select cated below NOTE Unless otherwise indicated the logic analyzer controls are always se as specified bdow for verifying program execution DISPLAY CLOCK _ THRESHOLD TTL MARK OFF COLUMN BLANKING to display Bits 0 BYTE 3 BIT through 1 3 Observe the logic analyzer NO CLOCK indicators to verify that a 91 clock input is applied to the Controller If either indicator is lit refer to Service Sheet 9 for information covering checkout and troubleshooting of the Clock Generator Circuits Service Sheet 1 indicates that Program Clocks are applied to the Controller from the Counter and Clock Generator Circuits and that a detailed block diagram of these circuits is provided on Service Sheet 3 Service Sheet 3 in turn indicates that a schematic of the Clock Generator Circuits is provided on Service Sheet 9 8 18 address 0528 qualitifer 21 or 0 BIT 0 LO BIT 1 HI BIT 2 LO BIT 3 HI 052 address BIT 4 LO BIT 5 HI BIT 6 LO BIT 7 OFF lt gt qualifier 6 If the operating program is cycling normally the NO TRIG indicator will be off and the logic a
226. S08N SN74LS08N SN74LS08N SN74LS74N SN74LS251N SN74LS08N SN74LS08N SN74LS08N SN74LS03N SN74LS00N SN74LS04N SN7438N SN74LS04N 5000 9043 5040 6849 00436 60031 0520 0129 22NM 26 57 40500 375 00436 00017 REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE DESIGNATION A8 8 1 8 2 A8C3 8 4 A8C5 A8C6 A8C7 8 8 8 9 8 10 8 11 8 12 A8C13 8 14 8 1 A8CR2 A8CR3 A8J1 811 812 A8L3 801 802 A8R1 A8R2 A8R3 A8R4 A8R5 A8R6 A8R7 A8R8 A8R9 A8R10 A8R11 A8R12 A8R13 A8R14 A8R15 A8R16 A8TP1 A8TP2 801 802 A8VR1 A8VR2 A9 9 1 9 2 A9CR1 A9CR2 A9CR3 A9CR4 A9CR5 A9CR6 HP PART NUMBER 00436 60030 0160 3879 0160 3036 0160 3036 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 2207 0160 2204 0180 0100 0160 2255 0160 3878 0160 2150 0160 3879 0160 4006 0160 4007 1901 0518 1901 0518 0122 0299 1250 1220 00436 80001 9140 0144 00436 80002 1854 0247 1854 0071 0757 0442 0757 0421 0811 3234 2100 3154 0811 3381 0757 0440 0698 7284 0757 0465 0698 7284 0757 0280 0757 0280 0757 0442 0757 0438 0757 0398 0757 0317 0698 8581 0360 1514 0360 1514 1826 0013 1820 0223 1902 0680 1902 0041 2190 0008 2190 0009 2190 0124 2360 0209 2580 0002 2950 0078 3050 0079 7100 1204 00436 60006 0180 1985 0180 1985 1901 0200 1901 0200 1901 0159 1901 0159 1901 0159 1901 0159 QTY TABLE 6 2 REPLACEAB
227. SEE SERVICE SHEET 10 6 11 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 4B of 14 Service Model 436A 5a FROM LOCAL REMOTE BRANCH SUBROUTINE SHEET 4 AUTO RANGING ENABLED NO YES COUNT RANGE RANGE YES COUNTER DOWN TO RANGE 5 NO CLEAR MAIN COUNTER 4 FAST LOAD RANGE COUNTER SLOW s YES 40R5 NO LOAD MODE SELECT WATTS REGISTER RANGE YES dB 20R3 LOAD MODE SELECT A LOAD MODE REGISTER AD MO REGISTER LOAD MODE TARE SELECT REGISTER 1 RANGE 3 20R3 AUTO ZERO A D LOAD MODE CONVERTER SELECT 2 1000 COUNTS REGISTER AUTO ZERO A D CONVERTER 1000 COUNTS CLEAR MAIN COUNTER uum qM DE ee EUN TO MEASUREMENT TO DELAY TO AUTO ZERO E SUBROUTINE SUBROUTINE SUBROUTINE SHEET 7 SHEET 13 SHEET 6 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 5A of 14 8 30 Model 436A xd cd ode a a ee d ccr E 2 lt a a a VU e s sF 21 LAZ LCNT 2 e e 15 21 LCLR LAZ LCNT TO 061 SHEET 7 11 lt Q Gay Service eer e ye et S TO 036 SHEET 13 4 Figure
228. SIN 9004 West Lincoln Ave West Allis 53227 Tel 414 541 0550 FOR U S AREAS NOT LISTED Contact the regional office nearest you Atlanta Georgia North Hollywood California Rockville Maryland Rolling Meadows Illinois Their complete addresses are listed above Service Only 4 77 DA Pam 310 4 DA Pam 310 7 IM 750 244 2 11 6625 2969 148 APPENDIX A Index of Technical Manuals Technical Bulletins Supply Manuals Types 7 8 and 9 Supply Bulletins and Lubrication Orders US Army Equipment Index of Modification Work Orders The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Procedures for Destruction of Electronics Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use Electronics Command 11 6625 2969 14 amp P APPENDIX B COMPONENTS OF END ITEM LISTING ICOEIL 1 each Power Meter TS 3793 U 6625 01 033 5050 BIIL Technical Manual TM 11 6625 2969 A amp P AAL N A ES amp ML N A B 1 TM 11 6625 2969 14 amp P APPENDIX D MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION Section I INTRODUCTION D 1 General This appendix provides a summary of the main tenance operations for the TS 3793 U It authorizes categories of maintenance for specific maintenance functions on repairable items and components and the tools and equipment required to perform each function This appendix may be used as an aid in planning maintenance opera tions D 2 Maintenance Function Maintenance
229. T MFG CO INC EDISON ELEK DIV MCGRAW EDISON CORNING GL WK ELEC CMPNT DIV SIL ICONIX INC MEPCO ELECTRA CORP MICRO OHM CORP PRODUCT COMPONENT CORP GOWANOA ELECTRONICS CORP CORNING GLASS WORKS BRADFORD SPEC IALTY CONNECTOR CO I NC EKEK COMPONENTS GLOBE NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP MOLE X PRODUCTS CO HEWLETT PACKARD CO CORPORATE HQ HEYMAN MFG CO BOURNS INC TRIMPOT PROD DI V CUTL ER HAMMER INC SHALLCROSS MFG CO SPRAGUE ELECTR IC CO ST IMPSON EDWIN B CO INC BUSSMAN MFG DIV OF MCGRAW EDISON CO ELEK COMPONENTS CINCH DIV ELASTIC STOP NUT DIV OF AMERACE FEDERAL SCREM PRODUCTS CO FISCHER SPECIAL MFG CO CTS KNIGHTS INC OAK IND INC SW DIV PALNUT CO UNITEO CARR DIV TRW INC ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC SHAKEPROOF TINNERMAN PRODUCTS I NC ICK MFG CO SCHNITZER ALLOY PRODUCTS CO CONTROLS CO OF AMER CONT SWITCH DI V TRW CAPACITOR DIV CONNOR SPRING amp MFG CO MALCO MFG CO INC SEALECTRO CORP INTERNATIONAL ELEK RESEARCH CORP Replaceable Parts Table 6 3 Code List of Manufacturers Zip Code ANY SUPPL OF USA MILWAUKEE WI DALLAS TX WAKEFIELD MA PHOENIX AZ TROY MI CHATS WORTH NEW ALBANY IN MOUNTAIN VIEW CA GARDEN GROVE CA DOVER NH MANCHESTER NH RALEIGH NC SANTA CLARA CA MINERAL WELLS TX EL MONTE CA MT VERNON NY GOWANDA NY BRADFORD PA INDIANAPOLIS IN DAYTON OH SANTA CLARA CA DOWNERS GROVE It PALO ALTO CA WORTH NJ RIVERSIDE CA SELMA NC NORTH ADAMS MA B
230. T SELECT CODES 0 DISABLE SELECT LDAV 31g AS YRMT QUALIFIER SELECT LTALK 328 SELECT HMDT 33g SELECT LRFD0 348 SELECT LFAST 358 SELECT LHOLD 36g SELECT LREMOTE 37g Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 3 of 14 Service 3 8 27 Service Model 436A 4a POWER ON POWER UP SUBROUTINE em ET i eR ERN 4 GENERATE MASTER RESET BLANK DISPLAY CLEAR MAIN COUNTER AND SET SIGN LATCH LOAD CONTENTS OF MAIN COUNTER INTO REFERENCE REGISTER CLEARS REGISTER DISPLAY COUNT 0 AND SIGN OFF SET RANGE TO 00 AND AUTO ZERO A D CONVERTER 8000 COUNTS SET RANGE TO 05 AND LOAD MODE SELECT REGISTERS lt 4 FROM DISPLAY AND REMOTE TALK SUBROUTINE SHEET 14 OCAL REMOTE BRANCH SUBROUTINE REMOTE SELECTED A D CONVERTER 1 COUNT AUTO ZERO u TO LOCAL INITIALIZE TO REMOTE INITIALIZE SUBROUTINE SHEET 6 SUBROUTINE SHEET 5 Figure 8 15 Operating Program Flow Chart 4A of 14 8 28 Model 436A Service 4b POWER UP SUBROUTINE LOCAL REMOTE BRANCH SUBROUTINE 035 SHEET 4 024 045 112 SHEET 14 REMOTE TO 052 SHEET 6 NOTE 1 ADDRESS 0000 WILL BE HELD UNTIL END OF LPU PULSE
231. TM 11 6625 2969 14 amp P TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS POWER METER TS 3793 U HEWLETT PACKARD MODEL 436A NSN 6625 01 033 5050 HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 9 MAY 80 Y SAFETY STEPS TO FOLLOW IF SOMEONE IS THE VICTIM OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK DO NOT TRY TO PULL OR GRAB THE INDI VIDUAL IF POSSIBLE TURN OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER IF YOU CANNOT TURN OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER PULL PUSH OR LIFT THE PERSON TO SAFETY USING A WOODEN POLE OR A ROPE OR SOME OTHER INSULATING MATERIAL SEND FOR HELP AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER THE INJURED PERSON IS FREE OF CON TACT WITH THE SOURCE OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK MOVE THE PERSON A SHORT DISTANCE AWAY AND IMMEDIATELY START ARTIFICIAL RESUSCITATION OW This manual includes copyright material reproduced by permission of the HEWLETT PACKARD Company TM 11 6625 2969 14 amp P TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY No 11 6625 2969 14 amp P WASHINGTON DC 9 May 1980 OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS POWER METER TS 3793 U HEWLETT PACKARD MODEL 436A NSN 6625 01 033 5050 REPORTING OF ERRORS You can improve this manual by recommending improvements using DA Form 2028 2 located in the back of the manual Simply tear out the self addressed
232. TOR j OVER UNDER RANGE fu GE STATUS TE F um RANGE AND FILTER CONTROL i P UR LED REMOTE REMOTE ENABLED LALO RANGE AND FILTER GAIN SELECT 2 aa comer TRANSISTOR n DRIVERS YR3 gt G i gu wam AMPLIFIER wama DEMODULATER t 5 i DEMO ww SAMPLED AC INPUT First AC eDET L 220 Hz Amplifier 3 3 DISPLAY SIGN LSLO i ATTENUATOR ATTENUATOR PHASE I DETECTOR i MOUNT FEEDBACK LP LEAL ADI ADJ Fitrer Second ewes Third Amplifier a 220 Hz REFERENCE N DISPLAY aisPLAY COUNT x pet Zam 4 i 3 P STROBE L Metar Driver Amplifier Posse E EET F mi RECORDER we L OUTPUT LTC LE 1777734 DISPLAY YHE DRIVER 1 VARIABLE x F i U LOW PASS Cal Factor Switch Assy ES FILTER CALFACTOR 51 0 T SELECT CALFACTOR Lead Leg BALANCE o Amplifier DRIVE M CAL FACTOR DISABLE Y REIN E100 E I Serva LINEAR 108 106 SENSOR AUTO ZERO ENABLE NAZAJ 2 6070 Braue reno 99 OFFSET AMA ADJ 1 ADJ LAIN LOAD DC INPUT 1 EIN Fi DIGIT SELECT A D CONVERTER CONTROL AD DRIVERS CONVERTER nevera m y LAM TRANSISTOR
233. TOR S CHECKS LOCAL OPERATION MODE wart onem QAAE SENSOR comm m e E ace li SAPE that the Digital Readout blanks 1 dBm Digital 26 Set the 6 0 P owER REF switch to ON in and adjust CAL control so that the dicta Readout indictes 2 00 dBm 25 Set the REF switch to off out Verify that the UNDER RANGE lamp lights and Figure 3 2 Operator s Checks 5 of 10 3 10 Model 436A Operation OPERATOR S CHECKS LOCAL OPERATION cont d 27 Press the dB REF Mode switch and verify that the dBm lamp goes out the dB REL lamp lights and the Digital Readout changes to 0 00 This step verifies that the Power Meter can store a dB reference value and indicate input power levels in dB with respect to the stored reference Set the WATT Mode switch to on in and readjust the CAL ADJ control so that the Digi tal Readout indicates 1 000 mW REMOTE BCD OPERATION CAUTIONS BEFORE CONNECTING LINE POWER TO THIS INSTRUMENT ensure that all devices connected to this instrument are connected to the protective earth ground BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT ensure that the line power mains plug is connected to a three conductor line power outlet that has a protective earth ground Grounding one conductor of a two conductor outlet is not sufficient Connect the Power Sensor to the Power Meter with the Power Sensor Cabl
234. TOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR O 47 CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD CAPACITOR FXD DIODE SWITCHING DIODE SWITCHING DIODE SWITCHING DIODE SWITCHING DIODE SWITCHING DIODE SWITCHING DIODE SWITCHING TRANSISTOR PNP TRANSISTOR KPNP TRANSISTOR PNP TRANSISTOR PNP TRANSISTOR PNP TRANSISTOR NPN TRANSISTOR NPN TRANSISTOR NPN TRANSISTOR NPN TRANSISTOR NPN S EXTRACTOR SSEMBLY BLY 15UF 10 20VDC TA SOLID 15UF 10 20VDC TA SOLID 15UF 10 20VDC TA SOLID 15UF 10 80WVDC POLYE 1 5UF 10 20VDC TA 15UF 10 20VDC TA SOLID 19 10 35VDC TA SOLID 10 10 200WVDC POLYE 47F 10 80WVDC POLYE 01UF 80 20 100WVDC CER 150 10 35VDC UF 50VDC POLY 10UF 10 20VDC TA SOLID 10 10 35VDC TA SOLID 19 10 35VDC TA SOLID 150UF _ 10 80WVDC POLYE 15UF 10 20VDC TA SOLID 2NS 30V 50MA 2NS 30V 50MA 2NS 30V 50MA 2NS 30V 50MA 2NS 30V 50MA 750PS 15V 50MA 750PS 15V 50MA SI CHIP PD 300MW SI CHIP PD 300MW SI CHIP PD 300MW SI CHIP PD 300MW SI CHIP PD 300MW PD 300MW FT 200MHZ SI PD 300 FT 200MHZ SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ SI PD 300MW FT 200MHZ MFR CODE 24546 24546 24546 19701 46299 16299 16299 16299 24546 24546 24546 24546 16299 16299 16299 16299 28480 28480 28480 28
235. TOR curve When the switch is set properly the output of the DC Amplifier in millivolts indicates the numeric value of the RF input power level The decimal point and multi plier are provided by the True Range Decoder 8 77 Auto Zero Assembly Auto Zero Assembly s function is to remove any dc offset voltage associated with the Power Sensor When the front panel SENSOR ZERO switch is pressed the Controller activates the Sensor Auto Zero En able input for a period of approximately four seconds While this input is active a feedback loop is configured between the Auto Zero Assembly and the Power Sensor to allow a capacitor in the Auto Zero circuit to charge to a value that cancels the dc offset of the Power Sensor Loop stability is achieved when the Mount Auto Zero output of the Auto Zero Assembly holds the dc level at A3TP4 DC at 0 000 0 002V After the Sensor Auto Zero Enable input is terminated the feedback loop is broken and the capacitor is held at the charged value Thus the Mount Auto Zero output continues to cancel the dc offset of the Power Sensor thereby allowing accurate measurement of RF input power levels 8 78 Analog to Digital A D Converter The Analog to Digital Converter Figure 8 18 operates together with the Counters see Service Sheet 3 to convert the dc output of the Amplifier Demodula tor and Filter Circuits to a four digit BCD number which indicates the numeric value of the RF input power
236. UB print ERROR 36 stop 1480 GO TO line 1500 REM remarks GO SUB RETURN output device clear ASSIGNMENT error number set to 37 BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to WATT Mode range 2 trigger immediate GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator reads status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 1550 1560 BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to trigger 1570 with settling time talk WAIT programmed delay of 200 milliseconds P Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 18 of 25 Service 8 87 Service Model 436A P 1580 IF THEN PM outputs data YES NO 1600 GO SUB print ERROR 437 stop 1590 GO TO line 1610 1610 ENTER calculator reads status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 1620 ASSIGNMENT error number set to 38 1630 1640 BUS CMD Power Meter programmed to trigger immediate talk 1650 WAIT programmed delay of 200 milliseconds PM outputs data NO 1680 GO SUB print ERROR 38 stop sj 1670 GO TO line 1700 1700 REM remarks 1710 ASSIGNMENT test number set to 1 1720 BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to range 3 free run at maximum rate cal factor disable 100 1730 1740 PRINT text in quotes 1750 PRINT skip l
237. WVDC CER WASHER LK INTL T MO 8 168 IN ID 34 IN NUT HEX DBL CHAM 8 32 THD 085 THK 25 CAPACITOR FXD 5000PF 80 20 200VDC CER WASHER LK INTL T MO 8 168 IN ID 34 IN NUT HEX DBL CHAM 8 32 THD 085 THK 25 CAPACITOR FXD 5000PF 80 205 200WVDC CER WASHER LK INTL T NO 8 168 IN ID 34 IN NUT HEX DBL CHAM 8 32THD 085 THK 25 FUSE 75 250V FOR 100 120 VAC OPERATION FUSE 375A 350V FOR 220 240 VAC OPERATION MOUNT CONNECTOR FRONT PART OF W5 NUT HEX WASHER CONNECTOR MOUNT REFENCE OSC FRONT PART OF W6 NUT LNURLED R 5 8 24 THD 125 THK 75 OD MFR CODE 71400 71400 71400 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 27014 98978 28480 28480 28480 28480 28480 06776 06776 06776 04713 71785 71785 71785 74785 71785 71785 78189 28480 28480 28480 27264 27264 28480 27264 56289 79963 28480 56289 56289 28480 73734 28480 28480 13734 28480 28480 73734 28480 71400 71400 71400 28480 28480 28480 MODEL 436A MFR PART NUMBER AGC 1 2 AGC 1 2 MTH 5 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 LM325AS PBI 38CB 2110 0269 2200 0103 5000 9043 5040 6845 00436 60009 ICN 143 S3W ICN 163 S3W SZ 11213 80 252 22 30 300 252 22 30 300 252 22 30 300 252 22 30 300 252 12 30 300 252 22 30 300 1906 00 2360 0195 0960 0444 00436 60023 09 50 7101 09 50 7051 00436 60024 09 50 7101 32D722G015BA2A 807 2680 012
238. Y TEST cont d 8 Set the Range Calibrator RANGE switch in turn to 10 uW 100 uW 10 mW and 100 mW Verify that the Power Meter autoranges properly and that the indication observed on each range is within the limits specified in the table below 9 Set the Power Meter MODE switch to dBm 10 Set the Range Calibrator RANGE switch in turn to 20 dBm 10 dBm 0 dBm 10 dBm and 20 dBm Verify that the Power Meter autoranges properly and that the indication observed on each range is within the limits specified in Table 4 2 Instrument Accuracy Test Results Range Calibrator Range Calibrator and and Power Meter Power Meter 20 dBm 10 dBm 0 dBm 10 dBm 20 dBm 11 Set the Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 10 dBm 12 Set the Power Meter MODE switch to dB REF and verify that the digital readout indicates 0 00 0 01 13 Set the Range Calibrator RANGE switch in turn to 20 dBm 5 dBm and 10 dBm Verify that the Power Meter autoranges properly and that the indica tion observed on each range is within the limits specified in Table 4 3 Table 4 3 Instrument Accuracy Test Results for dB REF Mode Range Calibrator and Power Meter Ranges 20 dBm 5 dBm 10 dBm 4 5 Performance Tests Model 436A PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 12 CALIBRATION FACTOR TEST SPECIFICATION 16 switch normalizes meter reading to account for calibration factor Range 85 to 100 in 1 steps 100 position correspo
239. Z 10939 74 5000 9043 5040 6851 REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE DESIGNATION A6 6 1 A6C2 A6C3 6 4 6 5 A6C6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 A6C13 6 14 6 15 6 16 6 17 6 18 A6CR1 A601 A6R1 A6R2 A6R3 A6R4 A6R5 A6R6 A6R7 A6R8 A6R9 A6R10 A6R11 A6TP1 A6TP2 A6TP3 A6TP4 601 A6U2 A6U3 604 A6U5 A6U6 A6U7 608 609 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6 1 6 6 6 NUMBER 00436 60005 0180 0197 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3878 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3879 0160 3878 0160 0574 0160 0574 0160 0574 0160 3878 0160 3878 1901 0040 1853 0020 0698 3444 0757 0280 0698 3444 0698 3444 0757 0442 0698 3444 0698 3444 0698 3444 0757 0442 0757 0442 0757 0442 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 0360 1514 1820 1204 1820 1144 1820 1197 1820 1207 1820 1112 1820 1112 1820 1144 1820 1112 1820 1053 1820 1199 1820 1202 1820 0621 1820 1197 1820 1212 1820 1298 1820 1198 1820 1112 1820 1053 1820 1199 1820 1197 1820 1144 1820 1056 1820 1216 1820 1202 1820 1112 1820 1198 1251 2315 QTY TABLE 6 2 REPLACEABLE PARTS DESCRIPTION HP INTERFACE BUS HP IB FOR OPTION 02 CAPACITOR FXC CAPACIT
240. a trigger command If the device dear doesn t cause the Power Meter to enter the hold loop the talk cyde will be enabled before the programming commands are loaded into the mode register and range counter Thus the Power Meter will output the mode range end status selected by the preceding device dear command Error Power Meter responds to in valid listen address Description The Power Meter is pro grammed to the watt mode and a measure ment is triggered to load the mode sel ect registers Then a Power Meter talk cycle is enabled to unaddress the Power Meter to listen After the talk cyde false listen addresses are sent to the Power Meter followed by a dBm mode program ming command If the Power Meter is functioning properly it will not respond to the dBm mode programming command because it should not be addressed to lis ten Thus it should output mode charac ter A thereby indicating that it is operat ing in the watt mode Corrective Action Turn power on and off to Power Meter Then send the following programming command to configure the Power Meter for re mote operation CMD U After the Power Meter is configured for remote operation GO TO line 1300 and use STEP key to manually execute program line by line Check that the following indications are observed a Line 1300 2430 Operating program is initialized to starting address 000 by LPU output of device clear decoder Operat ing program then c
241. aan 121 P 0 Box 667 NL 1134 Amstelveen Tel 020 47 20 21 Cable PALOBEN Amsterdam Telex 13 216 hepa al NORWAY Hewiett Packard Norge A S Nesveien 13 Box 149 N 1344 Haslum Tel 02 53 83 60 Telex 16621 hpnas n POLAND Buro Informacy Techniczne Hewlett Packard U1 Stawki 2 6P 00 950Warszawa Tei 395962 395187 Telex 81 24 53 hepa pl UNIPAN Zaklad Doswiadczalny Budowy Aparatury Naukowe Ut Krajowej Kady Narodowej 51 55 00 800 Warszawa Tel 36180 Telex 81 46 48 Zaklady Naprawcze Sprzetu Medycznego Plac Komuny Paryskiej 6 90 007 Lodz Tet 334 41 337 83 PORTUGAL Telectra Empresa T cnica de Equipamentos El ctncos S a r Rua Rodrigo da Fonseca 103 Box 2531 P Lisbon 1 19 68 60 72 Cable TELECTRA Lisbon Tetex 12598 Medical only Mundinter Intercambio Mundial de Com rcio ari Av A A de Aguiar 138 P O Box 2761 P Lisbon Tel 19 53 21 31 7 Cable INTERCAMBIO Lisbon RUMANIA Hewlett Packard Reprezentanta Bd N Batcescu 16 Bucharest Tel 158023 138885 Telex 10440 Intreprinderea Pentru intretinerea S Repararea Utilajelor de Calcul B dul prof Dimitrie Pompei 6 Bucharest Sectoru 2 Tet 12 64 30 Telex 11716 SAUDI ARABIA Modern Electronic Establishment King Abdu Aziz str Head office Box 1228 Jeddah Tel 31173 332201 Cable ELECTRA Box 2728 Service center Riyadh Tel 62596 66232 RAOUFCO SPAIN Hewlett P
242. ackard Espa ola S A Jerez No 3 E Madrid 16 Tel 1 458 26 00 10 lines Telex 23515 hpe Hewlett Packard Espa ola S A Milanesado 21 23 17 Tei 3 203 6200 5 lines Telex 52603 Hewlett Packard S A Av Ram n y Cajal 1 Edificio Sevilla planta 9 E Sevilte 5 Tel 64 44 54 58 Hewlett Packard S A Edificio Albia 7 E Bilbao Tel 23 83 06 23 82 06 Calculators Only Hewtett Packard Espa ola S A Gran Via Fernando El Cat lico 67 E Valencia 8 Tel 326 67 28 326 85 55 SWEDEN Hewlett Packard Sverige AB Emgnetsvagen 1 3 Fac S 161 20 Bromma 20 Tel 08 730 05 50 Cable MEASUREMENTS Stockholm Telex 10721 Hewlett Packard Sverige AB Ostra Vintergatan 22 5 702 40 Orebro Tet 019 14 07 20 Hewlett Packard Sverige AB fr tallsgatan 30 5 421 32 Vastra Fr lunda Tel 031 49 09 50 Telex 10721 Via Bromma Office SWITZERLAND Hewlett Packard Schweiz AG Z rcherstrasse 20 Box 307 CH 8952 Schlieren Zurich Tel 01 730 52 40 730 18 21 Cable HPAGCH Telex 53933 hpag ch Hewlett Packard schweiz AG Chateau Bloc 19 CH 1219 Le Lignon Geneva Tel 022 96 03 22 Cable HEWPACKAG Geneva Telex 27 333 hpag ch SYRIA Medical Calculator only Sawah amp Co Place Azm B P 2308 SYR Damascus Tel 16367 19697 14268 Cable SAWAH Damascus TURKEY Telekom Engineering Bureau Box 437 Beyoglu TR istanbul Tel 49
243. ad contents of refer ence register into relative counter LCOR and set NRZO qualifier logic 1 c Count relative counter down LREL to 0000 NRZO 0 and count main counter up or down LCNT as required to algebraically subtract reference from measured power level Light UNDER RANGE lamp LSUR if measure ment was taken on ranges 2 through 5 Blank display LSOR if auto ranging enabled Under Range 174 175 176 8 136 Block Diagram Description Service Title Sheet Troubleshooting Refer to Step 31 addres ses 163 164 165 166 167 Display and Remote Table 8 3 Siep 25 Talk Subroutine Address 177 if dBm mode selected Address 171 if dBm Table 8 3 mode not selected Mode Selection Display and Remote alk Subroutine Address 177 Table 8 3 Step 32 except address 171 YMI branch dB Relative Conversion Step 33 address 171 YM1 branch Address 176 if measurement was taken on ranges 2 through 5 Table 8 3 Step 7 range 5 Step 15 range 3 Display Assembly A D Converter Lin ear Under Range Conversion A D Converter Log Under Range Conversion Range Selection ment was taken on ranges 0 or 1 Address 105 if auto Table 8 3 Step 8 ranging enabled Over Under Range Table 8 3 Step 7 Continue Subroutine Address 047 if auto ranging not enabled Model 436A Service Table 8 6 Operating Program Description 8 of 11 Troubleshooting Block Diagram Descri
244. address 171 YM1 1 control as required to obtain 1 00 dBm not verified in previous step indication on Digital Readout After veri When RANGE switch is set to 10 dBm main counter is fying 1 00 dBm indication readjust CAL 4 counted down to obtain specified indication on Digital ADJ control for 0 00 indication Readout b When RANGE switch is set to 5 dBm main counter is counted up to obtain spedfied indication C When RANGE switch is set to 5 dBm and CAL ADJ control is adjusted for 1 00 dBm indication main counter is first counted down to 0000 then up to 0100 to obtain indication sign changes when main counter goes through 0 Service Model 436A Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 15 of 17 Instrument Setup end Test Procedure Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 5 dBm Press dB REF MODE switch and observe indication on Digital Readout change to 0 00 dBm Then set Range Calibrator RANGE switch in turn to 10 and 5 dBm and verify that Digital Readout indication changes to 5 00 0 02 and 10 00 0 02 dBm respectively Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 5 dBm and adjust CAL ADJ control to obtain 1 00 dBm indication on Digital Readout Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 20 dBm press dB REF switch and ob serve that Digital Readout indication changes 0 00 Then turn CAL ADJ control clock wise to obtain OVER RANGE blanked indi cation and counterclockwise to clear OVER RANGE in
245. ally configured to TALK when the interface bus is in the Data Mode and there is at least one listen er Since there can only be one talker at a time per interface bus this function is normally selected only when there is no controller connected to the system e g when the Power Meter is intercon nected to an HP 5150A recorder Most Sensitive Least Sensitive Watt dB REL dB REF switch pressed dBm 3 35 Output Data Format The output data format of the Power Meter is shown and described in Table 3 4 HERES wn 3 36 The output data is a fourteen character minus string that is provided once at the end of each measurement cycle It is a good idea to read at least part of this string into the controller after each measurement cycle even if it will not be used This will avoid the possibility of incorrect data being read after some future measurement 3 37 The string begins with a status character and ends with a carriage return and a line feed Measured value is formatted as a real constant plus or minus four digits leading zeros not sup pressed followed by an exponential multiplier The decimal point is not provided because it is OUTPUT DATA MESSAGE FORMAT understood that it follows the four measured Measured Value Pane Measured 1g EXPONENT value digits The two digit exponent is always ree 4 or negative ON CA
246. art af Assembly TRANSLATORS Utd de uu A REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS 5 VF KABA hae NO PREFIX RISE sh lt 13 lt LE ne OX ASSEMBLY 8 9 t 12 13 9157 S i Gly OX XR 1 lt Ma ra d TRANSISTOR AND INTEGRATED 22 a gt 4 w eee al D 9 CIRCUIT PART NUMBER i 1 TRENDE s wok bo aM IR BM aper Carrracere nany 24x i 1 TAL DESIGNATIONS NUMBER NAZO um H E A3 gt tE COE UN aaa 2 has EX uu 6 9 11 01 5 1854 0071 3838 PUN 10K 10K 2 A D CONTROL i u7 1820 1194 1 P O GATES 08 1953 0020 Lars 0249 x TET 1820 1112 m 5 gt 08 17 1820 0054 8 82 ee 8 UB 1820 0328 Ut5A Y 99 1820 1411 REGISTER w 5 LAL n gt Gp 12 13 HOR un 1818 2244 u12 1820 1199 1 gt gt 013 1820 0640 1820 0495 014 5 052 4 B 225 015 1820 1197 Ls uo U18B F 17 i gt LEM a 8 REC INTEGRATED CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 710K AND GROUND CONNECTIONS DIGITAL GND 2 4 23 r 1 1 1 1 1 V m Yn 3 12 REFERENCE PIN CDSE AM V DESIGNATIONS NUMBER u M Ut 58 10 M T 12 15 17 1 5 1 m d
247. at DC test point A3TP4 0 316 0 002V Preset counter and branch to Linear Negative Conversion Subroutine reference previously verified Linear Negative Conversion Subroutine Initiate Linear Negative Conversion Ramp and count main counter up Detect 5 0 at address 131 633 126 dock pulses from address 077 and branch to Display and Remote Talk Subroutine DESCRIPTION This step verifies the capability of the Power Meter to indicate a 91 of max negative power level KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below Measurement Subroutine A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 1 000 0 002V Linear Negative Conversion Subroutine Detect YPLS 0 and branch to Display and Remote Talk Subroutine at address a 131 for minimum specified level reference verified in previous step b 133 for 10 00 mW or greater indication delay 2201 200 clock pulses from address 077 8 67 Service 8 68 Model 436A Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 17 of 17 Instrument Setup and Test Porcedure Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 30 mW and verify that OVER RANGE indication is observed Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch back to 10 mW and verify that Digital Readout indication returns to level observed in step 39 Rotate Power Meter CAL ADJ control as required to change Digital Readout indication from under 10 00 to over 10 00
248. atic gain contzol AL aluminum ALC automatic level control AM amplitude modula tion AMPL amplifier automatic phase control ASSY assembly AUX auxiliary average AWG American wire gauge BAL balance BCD binary coded decimal BD board BE CU beryllium copper BFO beatfrequency oscillator BH binder head BKDN breakdown bandpass filter BRS brass BWO backward wave oscillator CAL calibrate ecw counterclockwise CER ceramic channel om centimeter cabinet mount only coaxial Table 6 1 Reference Designations and Abbreviations 1 of 2 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS miscellaneous electrical part fuse filter s circulator electrical connector stationary portion jack K relay E Colli inductor e n n n nn ngon s w Meter MP Miscellaneous mechanical part P electrical connector movable portion plug Q transistor SCR triode thyristor resistor thermistor switch transformer terminal board thermocouple test point ABBREVIATIONS COEF coefficient common COMP composition COMPL complete CONN connector CP cadmium plate CRT cathode ray tube CTL complementary transistor log
249. ation Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs dBm mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 1 and resets NAUTO output 3 Range counter is preset to range 1 during Remote Initialize Subroutine Manually program Power Meter to dBm mode range 2 trig ger with settling time CMD U D2T Verify Power Meter mode data and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Data output should correspond to indication on Digital Readout previously verified for local operation Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs dBm mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 2 3 Range counter is preset to range 2 during Remote Initialize Subroutine Manually program Power Meter to dBm mode range 3 trig ger with settling time CMD U D3T Verify Power Meter mode data and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Data output should correspond to indication on Digital Readout previously verified for local operation Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs dBm mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 3 3 Range counter is preset to range 3 during Remote Initialize Subroutine Model 436A Service Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 13 of 18 Problem and Description Error Power Meter range or mode output character wrong Description Power Meter programmed to dBm mode range 4 trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to tal
250. ations Arrow connecting star to meas urement point signifies no measuring aid provided Assembly part number Assembly name Assembly designation N Star shown connected to circuit signifies measuring aid metal post circuit pad etc provided Model 436A Interconnection information Circled letter indicates circuit path continues on another schematic diagram Look for same circled letter on service sheet indicated by adjacent bold number 3 in this example Plug in connection information Socket designation for A2 assembly Number indicates pin of socket XA2 Stage name _ J3 not mounted on assembly A2 or chassis A2 DC REGULATOR ASSY 08708 60007 REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS WITHIN OUTLINED om ASSEMBLIES ARE ABBREVIATED FULL DESIGNATION CLUDES ASSEMBLY NUMBER eg RI OF ASSEMBLY al 15 AIRI DESIGNATIONS OF OTHER COMPLETE AS SHOWN COMPONENTS ARE Non plug in connection information Solder point named REFERENCE DESIGNATION NO PREFIX A2 ASSY A2 Cl B Ql XA2 R1 Circuit board common Connector symbols within the borderlines of circuit assemb lies signify connections to the assembly which are separate from those made through the integral plug part of the assembly Dagger indicates correct change See Sbetion Conducting connection to chassis or frame Value selected for best operation Value shown is average or most commonly selected value
251. aware of the hazard involved 8 6 Capaditors inside the instrument may still be charged even if the instrument has been dis connected from its source of supply 8 7 Make sure that only fuses with the required rated current and of the specified type normal blow time delay etc are used for replacement 8 1 Service 8 2 Model 436A SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM NOTES Resistance in ohms capacitance in picofarads inductance in millihenries unless other wise noted Asterisk denotes a factory selected value Value shown is typical Part may be omitted Tool aided adjustment Manual control Endoses front panel designation Endoses rear panel designation Circuit assembly borderline Other assembly borderline Also used to indicate mechanical interconnection ganging Heavy line with arrows indicates path and direction of main signal Heavy dashed line with arrows indicates path and direction of main feedback Wiper moves toward CW with clockwise rotation of control as viewed from shaft or knob No measurement aid provided Measurement aid provided Numbered Test Point Yr Lettered Test Point Endoses wire color code Code used is the same as the resistor color code First num ber identifies the base color second number identifies the wider stripe third number identifies the narrower stripe 0 denotes white base yellow wide stripe violet narrow stripe A direct conducting connection to the earth or a con
252. bly Component and Test Point Locations 8 186 Model 436A Model 436A HEWLETT PACKARD INTERFACE ee DEVICE CLEAR DECODER Sree 3 2 Liz 1 z E 1104 8 E Ml 12 7 M i 106 07 i HCLK 12 i ESET GENERATOR 12 _ IE 5 13 11 3 A cia 4 022 LPU V S P O P O AB Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Control Assembly Option 022 00436 80005 Input Output Assembly PIU 2 Option 022 00436 50112 XAT Path INPUT DATA BUFFERS ee a 14 coud T8 D G2 Ms Dt 1 4 I 1 1 Di 8 USA Ht i ES 4 12 1 u 10903 a5 52 45 D E A LIOS i 14 11 10 Logs q9 s gt 4 HIS Lios i 5 6 5 S4 A ecce Tem 1 at ia 1 UST 4 p HI07 POA __ Ls TE gt 1 10 gy area PID AT 1 0 RIA P O t 2 022 o xU 1B HATH L 4J 7 0 gt 9 gt t 4 I gt m CLOCK GENERATOR mm n amp ADDRESS DECODER a 12 f Ln LNM Hips 104 e AGS 1105 p m PERTE ENABLE LOGIC i LATN LISTEN TRANSFE
253. broutine hold loop address 022 023 024 025 b Line 430 2390 Power Meter outputs complete data message Verify data message per Read Byte Sub routine starting at line 5000 NOTE Status output is generated by buffering HOR and HUR outputs of over under range decoder and YM3 output of mode sdect logic For a description of circuit operation for this test refer to Service Sheet 3 Mode Selection and Log Under Range Registration 010 111 9 010 111 010 111 010 111 010 111 010 111 010 111 010 111 Error Power Meter does not auto zero Change line 5000 to CMD U ZIV Then turn power on after ten tries and off to Power Meter and check that RF power is not applied to Power Sensor GO TO line 5000 and use STEP key to manually execute Read Byte Subroutine Check that Description The Power Meter is program med to auto Zero range 1 trigger with NOTE settling time Then the DATA output is checked to verify that it indicates 0 000 0 001 uW If the DATA output Program execution and circuit operation previously verified by local checkout pro exceeds this value the test number is in cedure and preceding error checks except cremented and the programming com as specified below mands and DATA checks are repeated A Range counter Service Sheet 3 accepts range programming If the DATA output still exceeds command and outputs range 1 0 000 0 001 uW after ten tries 7 16 E
254. cal order by reference designation c Miscellaneous parts The information given for each part consists of the following a The Hewlett Packard part number b The total quantity Qty used in the instrument c The description of the part d A typical manufacturer of the part in a five digit code e The manufacturer s number for the part The total quantity for each part is given only once at the first appearance of the part number in the list 6 7 ORDERING INFORMATION 6 8 To order a part listed in the replaceable parts table quote the Hewlett Packard part number indicate the quantity required and address the order to the nearest Hewlett Packard office 6 9 To order a part that is not listed in the replaceable parts table include the instrument model number instrument serial number the description and function of the part and the number of parts required Address the order to the nearest Hewlett Packard office 6 10 PARTS PROVISIONING 6 11 Stocking spare parts for an instrument is often done to ensure quick return to service after a malfunction occurs Hewlett Packard has a Spare Parts Kit available for this purpose The kit consists of selected replaceable assemblies and components for this instrument The contents of the kit and the Recommended Spares list are based on failure reports and repair data and parts support for one year A complimentary Recommended Spares list for this instrument
255. cept and decode programming inputs received over the and store the data to control Power Meter operation If remote operation of the Power Meter is enabled and the circuits were previously addressed to talk they provide measurement and status outputs in a bit parallel word serial format during the operating program Display and Remote Talk Subroutine 8 132 Listen Handshake Timing When the HP IB is in the data mode and the HP IB circuits are addressed to listen the handshake timing outputs necessary to complete each Remote Interface Controller initiated data transfer cycle are generated as described above for the command mode 8 153 Service Model 436A CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Data Mode Operation cont d 8 133 General Programming Command Decoding When the HP IB is in the data mode and the Power Meter is addressed to listen the high LATN and H Listen signals enable the Function Decoder The Function Decoder then processes the data bit 4 through 7 inputs each time that the LCLK is generated to indicate that valid data is present on the In Table 2 2 is shown that either data bit 6 or 7 is true OV for each of the programming codes assigned to the Power Meter With either of these data bit inputs low for the conditions de scribed LATN high LCLK low H Listen high the Function Decoder is gated on and decodes the H104 H105 and HIO6 inputs to generate a Clock output which enables the appro p
256. command If ERROR 4 and ERROR 74 5 are printed the Power Meter did not respond properly to one or more of the programming commands Description 1 The error number is set to 4 and the Power Meter is programmed to auto zero range 2 and trigger with settling time Thus the Power Meter should output STATUS character U during the Display and Remote Talk Subroutine thereby indicating that the auto zero loop is enabled that it is operating on some range other than one and that the input signal level is UNDER RANGE Turn power on and off to Power Meter then manually send the following program command CMD U T Check that the programming command configures Power Meter for remote operation and causes operating program to enter Display and Remote Talk Subroutine hold loop addresses 022 023 024 025 NOTE HOLD output of measurement rate se ect logic is set low by programming command and rese high by LTC instruction generated at start of Display and Remote Talk Subroutine GO TO line 410 and use STEP key to execute program line by line Check that the following indications are obtained a Line 420 1 Auto zero enable logic stores auto zero programming command and provides auto zero enable output 2 Range select logic stores range programming command and provides range 2 output 3 H HOLD output of measurement rate select logic set low by trigger with settling time programming command 4 Operating pr
257. counted down to range 1 during Power Meter operating program cycle 8 109 Service Error No 8 110 Model 436A Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 12 of 18 Problem and Description Error Power Meter range mode or data output wrong Description Power Meter programmed to dBm mode range 1 trigger with set tling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range mode and data output checked Data output corresponds to minimum threshold of dBm range 1 30 dBm Error Power Meter range mode or data output wrong Description Power Meter programmed to dBm mode range 2 trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range mode and data output checked Data output should corres pond to minimum threshold of dBm range 2 20 dBm Error Power Meter range mode or data output wrong Description Power Meter programmed to dBm mode range 3 trigger with set tling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range mode and data output checked Data output should corres pond to minimum threshold of dBm range 3 10 dBm Corrective Action Manaully program Power Meter to dBm mode range 1 trigger with settling time CMD U D1T Verify Power Meter mode range and data character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Data output should correspond to indication on Digital Readout previously verified for local oper
258. counter up down count control logic Sets 1 2 of A D conversion control register Output of register is then gated with various status signals to enable A D converter conversion ramp as follows Linear Positive Conversion Ramp enabled when Watts mode selected and A D input voltage exceeds threshold Linear Negative Conversion Ramp enabled when Watts mode selected and A D input voltage is below threshold Log Conversion Ramp and Log Reference enabled when dBm or dB Rel mode selected Remote talk 1 0 transfer control signal refer to de scription and timing diagram provided under Principles of Operation Sets overrange flip flop to provide blanking output to display and if under range flip flop is reset to light OVER RANGE lamp Sets underrange flip flop to light UNDER RANGE lamp Clocks display sign flip flop and loads sign and con tents of main counter into display registers Model 436A Service POWER ON 000 SHEET 4 POWER UP SUBROUTINE SHEET 4 LOCAL REMOTE BRANCH LOCAL SUBROUTINE REMOTE SHEET 5 SHEET 6 REMOTE LOCAL INITIALIZE INITIALIZE SUBROUTINE SUBROUTINE RANGE 102 RANGE 3 4 OR 5 SLOW SHEET 6 AUTO ZERO SUBROUTINE FAST OR RANGE 0 SLOW SHEET 7 MEASUREMENT SUBROUTINE LOG MODE A D OUTPUT POSITIVE LOG MODE A D OUTPUT NEGATIVE WATTS MODE SHEETS 8 amp 9 LINEAR POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE CONVERSION
259. creases and a higher noise level is present at the output of the Phase Detector Thus a narrower bandpass is required to maintain the desired signal to noise ratio at the input of the A D Converter The time required for the Filter to respond to a full scale change in input level js one second on range 2 and ten seconds on range 1 Resistors A3R16 R22 R26 and R30 modify the Power Meter s Sensor Zero feedback loop s phase gain response to maintain stability in the loop DC Amplifier The output from the Variable Low Pass Filter is applied to the input of the DC Amplifier The DC OFF DC Offset control is adjusted to eliminate any dc offset voltage introduced by the DC Amplifier The gain of the DC Amplifier is one when the CAL FACTOR switch is set to the 100 position The gain in creases by approximately 1 for each lower numbered switch SERVICE SHEET 8 cont d position The output of the DC Amplifier is applied to the A D Converter the RECORDER OUTPUT connector and the Lead Lag Amplifier circuits Lead Lag Amplifier and Servo Amplifiers The output signal from the DC Amplifier is applied to the non inverting input of U4A The Lead Lag Amplifier and Servo Amplifier are connected in series in the Sensor Zero feedback loop and function only when the SENSOR ZERO switch is depressed or the Remote Interface produces a Sensor Zero command R46 and C11 form a high frequency roll off filter at the input to U4A Capacitors C14 and C15 for
260. cription Power Meter programmed to Watt Mode auto range trigger with settling Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per time Then Power Meter addressed to talk Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 and range and mode output characters checked Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs Watt Mode 2 Range select logic sets NAUTO output true 3 Operating program branches from Remote Initialize Subroutine to Auto Zero Subroutine Address 012 Q 1 not previously verified 4 Range counter is counted down to range 1 during Power Meter operating program cyde 8 106 Model 436A Service Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 9 of 18 Problem and Description Error Power Meter range mode output character wrong Description Power Meter programmed to dB Rel mode range 1 trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output characters checked Error Power Meter range or mode output character checked Description Power Meter programmed to dB REL mode range 2 trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output characters checked Error Power Meter range or mode output character wrong Description Power Meter programmed to dB REL mode range 3 trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output charac ters checked Error Power Meter range or mode output c
261. cs h Service Sheets Foldout service sheets are provided at the end of the section Service Sheet 1 is an overall block diagram which illustrates major signal flow and circuit dependency and is keyed by the numbers in the lower right hand corners of the individual blocks on the diagram to the detailed block diagrams The detailed block dia grams provide an assembl y by assembl y descripti on of instrument operation and are keyed to the service sheets containing schematics which follow them NOTE Schematic Diagram Notes explains any unusual symbols that appear on the schematics and the switch wafer numbering system 8 3 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 8 4 Although this instrument has been designed in accordance with international safety standards this manual contains information cautions warnings which must be followed to ensure safe operation and to retain the instrument in safe condition see Sections I 111 and V Service and adjustments should be performed only by qualified service personnel Any interruption of the protective grounding conductor inside or outside the instrument or disconnection of the protective earth terminal is likdy to make the instrument dangerous Intentional interruption is prohibited 8 5 Any adjustment maintenance and repair of the opened instrument under voltage should be avoided as much as possible and when inevitable should be carried out only by a skilled person who is
262. ction is generated after the LCLR instruction and before the LTC instruction to load the 0000 output of the Main Counter into the Reference Register thereby clearing any reference value previously stored Refer to paragraph dB REL Conversion 8 111 A D Converter dB REL Conversion A dB REL conversion is performed after an in range log conversion when the Power Meter is configured for dB REF or dB REL Mode operation The purpose of this conversion is to indicate the RF input power level with respect to a stored refer ence The reference is selected by pressing the dB REF switch when the desired level is applied to the Power Meter While the dB REF switch is pressed the reference is updated during each pro gram cyde When the dB REF switch is released the reference is frozen and the Power Meter is automatically configured for dB REL operation on the next program cyde The Power Meter will then remain configured for dB REL operation until WATT or dBm MODE operation is subse quently selected 8 112 When the Mode Qualifier Bits indicate that the dB REF mode is selected an LLRE instruc tion is generated after an in range log conversion to load the outputs of the Main Counter and the Sign Latch into the Reference Register Power Meter accuracy specifications apply to in range measure ments If the dB REF mode is selected and an out of range log conversion is detected an LCLR instruction is generated prior
263. d that Digital Readout indication remains at 00 0 0 02 when ZERO lamp goes out NOTE Power Meter is now calibrated for WATT MODE operation and zeroed on the most sensitive range Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 30 uW and FUNCTION switch to CALI BRATE Verify that Power Meter auto ranges to range 2 uW lamp is lit and decimal point is positioned immediately to left of least significant digit and Digi tal Readout indicates 31 6 0 2 uW Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 300 uW and verify that Power Meter auto ranges to range 3 uW lamp goes out and mW lamp lights decimal point moves two positions to left and that Digital Readout indicates 0 316 0 002 mW Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Test Description and Key Operating Sequence DESCRIPTION This step provides fine adjustment of the ZERO OFF potentiometer KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and drcuit operation previously verified except as indicated below a When A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 decreases to less than 0 100V after FUNCTION switch is set to STANDBY operating program branches from Under Range Subroutine address 175 to Over U nder Range Con tinue Subroutine b A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is adjustable to 0 002V DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the Power Meter will auto range from range 1 to range 2 when a range 2 28 input power level is applied KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE
264. d A D qualifier inputs while generating an LRMP instruction on the negative alternation of every 01 clock pulse and an LCNT instruction on the nega tive alternation of every other 01 clock pulse The LCNT instructions are processed by the Up Down Count Control Logic as indicated is Table 8 7 to provide up dock inputs to the Main Counter The LRMP instructions are clocked into the A D Con trol Register by the HPLS 2 clock thereby pro viding a continuous Ramp Enable output to the A D Control Gates This signal is then gated with the outputs of the Sign Latch and the YLOG signal to provide a continuous LRP output when the sign of the input power level is positive and a contin uous LRM output when the sign of the input power level is negative C Thecontinuous LRP or LRM input causes the A D ramp to be discharged at a constant rate If the ramp discharges through threshold in less than 0100 counts an under range condition is detected If the ramp does not reach threshold by 1200 counts an over range condition is detected If the ramp reaches threshold between these two points in time an in range condition is detected 8 104 A D Converter Linear Under Range Regis tration Registration of a linear under range con version is described in the following paragraphs The LRMP instruction is disabled causing the HPLS 2 dock to reset the LRP or LRM output of the A D Control Register and gates With this signal reset the LRP or LRM output o
265. d at a predeter mined address During subsequent operation selection of the desired word is accomplished by applying the appropriate address code to theX Y inputs In the Power Meter the gate G input on the TTL ROMs is not used it is tied to ground to keep the ROMs continuously enabled The sped fic program associated with each ROM is listed adjacent to the Service Sheet schematic on which the ROM is shown 8 13 Service Model 436A Truth Table ms s Daa _ Display CICERFEENIEREREEL X 4 STABLE gt STABLE BLANK ri ui Z UJ ny a HIGH L LOW X DON TCARE CONDITION The G1 input will blank the display only if a binary zero is stored in the latches The output pin 4 when used as an input G3 overrides all other input conditions Figure 8 11 LED Display Driver 8 14 Model 436A Service Truth Table Display H H H HHH X XX XX XXXL H high L low X Don t care condition Figure 8 12 Numeric Display Figure 8 13 MOS and TTL ROMs 8 15 Service Model 436A TROUBLESHOOTING 8 55 TROUBLESHOOTING 8 56 Since the Power Meter is a software con trolled instrument effective troubleshooting requires a thorough knowledge of both hardware operation and program execution As an aid to this understanding a general overview of Power Meter operation and troubleshooting rationale is provided in the Block Diagram De
266. d be detected for range 3 Thus for this type of problem neither the final range that the Power Meter will settle on nor the resultant front panel indication can be predicted 8 63 To isolate a step 8 abnormal indication proceed as follows a Check the output of the Range Counter to determine what range the Power Meter settles on If the Power Meter settles on range 4 sync the logic analyzer on address 052g as described in Example 1 to determine whether the operating program is cycling If the program is not cycling turn off power and reestablish the conditions of step 7 Then turn power back on release the RANGE HOLD switch and verify program execu tion starting at the Under Range Subroutine b If the Power Meter has settled on range 4 and the operating program is cycling normally refer to Service Sheets 2 and 3 and isolate the problem to the True Range Decoder the Ampli fier Demodulator and Filter circuit the Over Under Range Decoder or the Display Assembly Table 8 2 Program Mnemonic Descriptions 1 of 5 Service inti PROGRAM QUALIFIER INPUTS NAUTO 3 4 5 6 10 11 Remote Initialize 13 Under Range Over Range YH1 2 344 Linear Positive YH2 5 6 9 Conversion YH 1 YH2 YH4 10 12 only YH8 Linear Negative Conversion YH1 YH2 only Log Conversion all YK1 2 3 4 Remote Initialize 5 6 9 Measurement should be 10 12 Linear Positive Conversion Linear Negative Conversion YK8 3 910 Power Up Auto
267. d below a Voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is adjustable to 1 000 0 002V when SENSOR ZERO switch is not pressed b Voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is adjustable to 0 600 0 002V with BAL potentiometer A3R65 when SENSOR ZERO switch is pressed DESCRIPTION This step rezeros the Power Sensor to estab lish the proper reference conditions for the next step DESCRIPTION This step verifies the capability of the Power Meter to auto range from range 2 to range 1 and to properly display a range 1 30 input power level KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below a A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is 0 032 0 01V when RANGE HOLD switch is set to on in b Range counter is counted down to range 1 during Under Range Subroutine when RANGE HOLD switch is set to off c Program branches from Local Initialize Subroutine address 054 to Auto Zero Subroutine d A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 rises to 0 316 0 01V within ten seconds after range counter is counted down to range 1 8 59 Service S 2 Model 436A Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 9 of 17 Set Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to STANDBY press Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and adjust ZERO OFF po tentiometer A3R47 as required to obtain 0 00 0 02 indication with blinking sign while ZERO lamp is lit Verify that UNDER RANGE lamp does nct light an
268. d high when reset R is low the active high output is forced low Although normally the active low output is the complement of the active high output simultaneous low inputs to both S and R will force both outputs high on some J K flip flops This forced high on both outputs will exist only for as long as both R and S are held low The flip flop will return to some indeterminate state when both R and S go high GATE PULSE TIMING Figure 8 6 Dual J K Master Slave Flip Flop and Gate Pulse Timing 8 10 Model 436A 8 39 Dual J K Edge Triggered Flip Flop The dual edge triggered flip flop shown i is functionally identical to the master slave flip flop described previously except for gate pulse timing The edge triggered flip flop response is determined by the levels present at and inputs at the instant that a negative gate transition high to low occurs Figure 8 7 Dual J K Edge Triggered Flip Flop 8 40 Programmable Counters Programmable binary and decade counters used in the Power Meter are shown in Figure 8 8 The operating modes for both counters are identical The only differences in operation are in the count sequences 8 41 Operation of the counters is synchronous with the outputs changing state after the high to low transition of either the Count U p Clock 1 or the Count Down Clock 1 The direction of counting is determined by which clock input is pulsed while the other clock is high I
269. d to the very stable reference input by compuralor U2 Any difference between the comparator s input voltages produces an error voltage at the dc output The comparator s output is coupled to a reactance vollage divider capacitor C9 and varactor CR3 As the error output voltage goes more positive the capacitive reactance of decreases which reduces the oscillator feedback Conversely a more negative output voltage will increase the feedback For example if the oscillator output were to suddenly increase the peak detector s outpui would become more positive The comparator s output would become more positive a lower reactance would decrease the feedback to 91 which forces the oscillator s output level back to its original level If the R4 LEVEL control were adjusted for a more positive reference voltage the comparator s output would go more negative the feedback would increase allowing the oscillator s output to increase Therefore the peak detector s output would increase until it equals the comparator s reference level input thus establishing a higher leveled output signal from the oscillator BCD Interface Control Option 024 Assembly A6 A7 4 SERVICE SHEET 13 service SERVICE SHEET 14 cont d Frequency shaping components R9 R10 R11 and 8 determine the upper limit of frequency re sponse of the ALC loop which prevents spurious oscillations 5V Power Supply AS8VR2 provides a reference voltage o
270. ddress the Power Meter the controller can either send the Abort Message set tine IFC line low or send the Local Message set the REN line high or it can place the interface bus in the command mode and generate a universal unlisten command 3 23 Data Input Format The Power Meter does not require any particular data input format It is capable of responding to each of the programming codes listed i Table 3 3 an individual basis Because it responds to these codes in the order it receives them we recommend that the code for measurement rate be sent last 3 24 Program Codes Table 3 3 lists the program codes that the Power Meter responds to and the functions that they enable In the listen mode the Power Meter can handshake in 0 5 us The time re quired for the Power Meter to respond to the pro gramming command however depends on where the Power Meter is in the operating program see Figure 3 6 The overall worst case time for Power Meter response to a programming command is 2 5 seconds the minimum response time is approx imately 100 microseconds NOTE In addition to the program codes listed in Table 3 3 Power Meter operation will be affected by all other program codes shown in columns 2 3 4 and 5 of Table except SP amp Thus care should be taken to address the Power Meter to unlisten before sending these programming commands to other instru ments on the interface bus 3 25 Programming the Ran
271. de range 3 trigger with settling time Check that the Power Meter outputs the following data Status 1 under range watt Range 3 Mode 2 watt or 2 printer Sign 1 or 0 4or Data same as front panel Digital Readout Exponent 06 program Power Meter for remote operation watt mode range 4 trigger with settling time Check that the Power M eter outputs the following data Status 1 under range watt Range 4 Mode 2 Watt or Q printer Sign 1 or O 4or Data same as front panel Digital Readout Exponent 05 Program Power Meter for remote operation Watt mode range 5 trigger with settling time Check that the Power Meter outputs the following data Status 1 under range watt Range 5 Mode 2 watt or printer Sign 1 or 0 4or Data same as front panel Digital Readout Exponent 04 Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Test Description and Key Operating Sequence b The following display is obtained with the logic analyzer con netted normally refer to troubleshooting example and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Subroutine Address 10 001 010 1 00 001 O11 2 10 001 101 3 00 001 110 4 10 001 111 00 O11 000 10 011 110 01 010 111 Description This test verifies that the Power Meter is capable of remote Watt mode range 3 operation Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except as in
272. dicated below a Range select gates provide range 3 output b The following display is obtained with the logic analyzer con netted normally refer to troubleshooting example and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 0128 Remote Initialize Subroutine Address 10 001 010 00 001 O11 10 001 101 00 001 110 10 001 111 10 O11 000 10 101 110 00 101 111 Description This test verifies that the Power Meter is capable of remote Watt mode range 4 operation Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except as indicated below a Range select gates provide range 4 output b The following display is obtained with the logic analyzer con netted normally refer to troubleshooting example and setup for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Subroutine Address 10 001 010 1 10 001 011 2 00 001 100 3 10 001 101 4 10 001 110 5 10 101 110 6 10 101 111 7 10 101 111 8 Description This test verifies that the Power Meter is capable of remote watt mode range 5 operation Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except as indicated below a Range select gates provide range 5 output Range counter is preset to range 5 during Remote Initialize Subroutine 8 119 Model 436A Table 8 5 BCD Interface Option 024 Checkout 4 of 6 Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Program Power Meter for remote operation Wa
273. dication Verify that when OVER RANGE indication is cleared new indication on Digital Readout is with re spect to stored reference of 20 00 dBm Repeat step 35 except press dB REF switch when OVER RANGE indication is present Verify that when OVER RANGE indication is cleared new indication is greater than 20 00 dBm Test Description and Key Operating Sequence DESCRIPTION This step verifies the up down counting of the main counter when a positive dBm reference value is stored KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below a When RANGE switch is set to 10 dBm main counter is counted down to obtain specified indication When RANGE switch is set to 5 dBm main counter is counted up to obtain specified indication DESCRIPTION This step verifies the down up counting of the main counter when a positive dBm reference value is stored and a slightly less positive input power level is applied KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except for down up counting of main counter sign changes when main counter goes through 0 000 refer to Service Sheet 9 DESCRIPTION This step verifies that dB Relative Subroutine address branching is proper for a dB REL MODE OVER RANGE condition KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and drcuit operation previously verified except for addresses 047 YM2 0 and 050 1
274. differences 1 12 In addition to change information the supplement may contain information for cor recting errors in the manual To keep this manual as current and accurate as possible Hewlett Packard recommends that you periodically request the latest Manual Changes supplement The supplement for this manual is keyed to the manual s print date and part number both of which appear on the title page Complimentary copies of the supplement are available from Hewlett Packard 1 13 For information concerning a serial number prefix not listed on the title page or in the Manual Changes supplement contact your nearest Hewlett Packard office 1 14 DESCRIPTION 1 15 The Power Meter is a precision digital readout instrument capable of automatic and manual measurement of RF and Microwave power levels It is designed for interconnection with a compatible Power Sensor refer td Table 1 1 Spedifications to form a complete power measure ment system The frequency and power range of the system are determined by the particular Power Sensor selected for use With the Power Sensors available the overall frequency range of the system is 100 kHz to 18 GHz and the overall power range is 70 to 35 dBm 1 16 Significant operating features of the Power Meter are as follows e Digital Display The display is a four digit seven segment LED plus a sign when in the dBm or dB REL mode It also has under and 1 1 General Information
275. ding wave ratio 2 synchronize T timed slow blow fuse TA tantalum compensating NOTE All abbreviations in the parts list will be in upper case MULTIPLIERS Abbreviation T G M k da d c m f a Prefix Multiple tera 1012 giga 109 mega 106 kilo 103 deka 10 deci 1071 centi 10 2 milli 10 micro 10 6 10 10 12 femto 10 15 10 18 Replaceable Parts time delay terminal thin film transistor trimmer transistor transistor transistor television TVI television interference TWT traveling waye tube U micro 10 used in parts list microfarad used in parts list ultrahigh frequency Unregulated vols voltampere volts ac variable voltage controlled oscillator UF volts dc working used in parts list volts filtered variable frequency oscillator very high fre quency volts peak volts peak to peak Vrms volts rms VSWR voltage standing wave ratio voltage tuned oscillator vacuum tube voltmeter volts switched Vp p working inverse wirewound without yttrium iron garnet characteristic impedance REPLACEABLE PARTS REFERENCE DESIGNATION A D lt U2 U3 U4 US U6 07 U8 U9 U10 D CRI CR2 D Dp DS1 DS2 053 054 055 pp 056 057 058 059 0510
276. do not indicate overall measurement accuracy 3 79 Power Reference Uncertainty The output level of the Power Reference Oscillator is factory set to 1 mW 0 70 at 50 MHz This reference is normally used to calibrate the system and is therefore a part of the system s total measurement uncertainty 3 80 Cal Factor Switch Resolution Error The resolution of the CAL FACTOR switch contributes a significant error to the total measurement because the switch has 296 steps The maximum error possible in each position is 0 5 3 81 Corrections for Error 3 82 The two correction factors basic to power meters are calibration factor and effective efficiency Effective efficiency is the correction factor for RF losses within the Power Sensor Calibration factor takes into account the effective efficiency and mismatch losses 3 83 Calibration factor is expressed as percentage with 100 meaning the power sensor has no losses Normally the calibration factor will be 100 at 50 MHz the operating frequency of the internal reference oscillator 3 84 The Power Sensors used with the Power Meter have individually calibrated calibration factor curves placed on their covers To correct for RF and mismatch losses simply find the Power Sensor s calibration factor at the measurement frequency from the curve or the table that is supplied with the Power Sensor and set the CAL FACTOR switch to this value The measurement error due to this e
277. ducting connection to a structure that has a similar function e g the frame of an air sea or land vehicle A conducting connection to a chassis or frame Common connections All like designated points are connected Letter off page connection Number Service Sheet number for off page connection Number only on page connection Figure 8 1 Schematic Diagram Notes 1 of 3 Model 436A Service SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM NOTES Indicates multiple paths represented by only one line Letters or names identify individual paths Numbers indicate number of paths represented by the line T Coaxial or shielded cable Relay contact moves in direction of arrow when energized oL 1 lu 1 desc 7 Sta OFF 0N o o 0 0 o A ON Indicates interlocked pushbutton switches with one momentary switch section Only one switch section can be ON at a time Depressing one switch section releases any other switd section Ithdicates a pushbutton switch with a momentary ON position SWITCH DESIGNATIONS EXAMPLE A3S1AR 2 1 2 A3S1 SWITCH S1 WITHIN ASSEMBLY A3 1ST WAFER FROM FRONT A 1ST ETC R REAR OF WAFER F FRONT 2 1 2 TERMINAL LOCATION 2 1 2 VIEWED FROM FRONT Figure 8 1 Schematic Diagram Notes 2 of 3 Service Test point symbols Stars are numbered or lettered for easy correlation of schematic diagrams procedures and locator illustr
278. dulated 220 Hz signal by a factor of 600 d The overall gain factor of the Second and Third Amplifiers is determined by the RANGE SELECT input to the Range and Filter Control 8 124 ROM and the setting of the front panel CAL ADJ control The CAL ADJ control is normally set as required to calibrate the Power Sensor and the Power Meter to a known standard When the CAL control is set properly the outputs of the ROM configure the Attenuators such that the minimum and maximum signal levels at A2TP3 AC are the same for each range For either Watts or dB measurements an in range input power level corresponds to a 0 3 to 3 6 Vp p signal level at A2TP3 e The Phase Detector functions as a chopper stablized amplifier to remove any noise riding on the modulated 220 Hz input Thus the output of the Phase Detector is an unfiltered dc signal which is proportional to the true amplitude of the modulated 220 Hz input signal f The Meter Driver Amplifier buffers the DET output and applies it to the front panel Meter M 1 via an RC filter and a diode limiter network Since the response of the meter is not limited by the Variable Low Pass Filter the meter serves to provide relatively instantaneous indications of changes in input power level Calibration of the meter to the front panel Digital Readout is accomplished via the METER ADJ control The diode limiter dips over range outputs of the Phase Detector to reduce the time that
279. e Connect the Power Sensor to the POWER REF OUTPUT connector Connect the Power Cable to the power outlet and Qu Power Module receptacle and set the LINE ON OFF switch to ON in Set the Power Meter CAL FACTOR switch to 100 and the POWER REF switch to off out NOTE Perform steps 5 through 20 only if Power Meter is connected to 8481 8482A or 8483A Power Sensor If Power Meter is con nected to 8481H or 8482H Power Sensor proceed to step 21 Set the Remote Enable input to the Power Meter to logical 1 0 0 0 4V and program the Power Meter as follows Mode WATT Range sl S veh A 30 GE SL SENSOR 0 CAL FACTOR 2 s s s s s s enabled Verify that the Power Meter o pW and ZERO lamps are lit and that the eo RF BLANKING output is 0 0 0 4V Program the SENSOR ZERO function to off and verify that the ZERO lamp remains lit for approx imately four seconds When the ZERO lamp goes out verify that the Digital Readout indicates 0 00 0 02 uW Figure 3 2 Operator s Checks 6 of 10 8 11 Operation Model 436A 3 12 OPERATOR S CHECKS REMOTE BCD OPERATION cont d RANGE SENSOR r POWER HOLD ZERO on 8 Set the POWER REF switch to ON Verify that the D OVER RANGE lamp lights and the Digital Readout blanks 1 _ uW NOTE Underscore _ indicates blanked di
280. e 4 s 2370 aagi 619 AC R56 R58 OS 220 Hr 5 5 os 10K 2 10K Kote 4 AGE 1 SAMPLED 100 T AC INPUT 5 jn 4 END 43 Epa 216 2 i dee Sy A2 ps RI CRI T 8200 422 T132K Sage R80 NOTES ASSEMBLY 8200 10K R200 425k a 10K T Unless otherwise indicated SECOND w 3 OVde Resistance in ohms MOUNT 3 AMPLIFIER Rag an and TPG bod Capacitance in pitotarads SI ADJ FEEDBACK 0 100 iei ONDES MT 13 2 Asterisk inilicatos sslected FREQ ATTENUATOR Ww n r 1 h component average valut shown MOUNT 8 Ae gt 3 W5 Omitted on Option AUTO ZERO W3 Option 037 8 WS and WS connected in peraltal 1 a I Option 002 220 Hz 8M 4 For voltages and waveforms shown MOUNT 1 This Page controls are set as Follows ORIVE I 220 1 i H gt B t CAL FACTOR X 100 V Note 4 vi ud Senshi ie i GS ites LQ This Poe This Paga POWER REF DUTPUT I 1 1 ono E i 1 1 1 10 lt REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS CHASSIS GND F t GNG 12 vee ax lt a TAVE RANGE DECODER 33 i i 4 GUARD u gt 13 mes Nun Na fr 8V eig INNECTIDONS i 0 4 U
281. e Calibrator HP 11683A PROCEDURE 1 Set the Power Meter switches as follows CAL FACTOR 100 POWER REF off out MODE WATT RANGE HOLD off out LINE ON in 2 Set the Range Calibrator switches as follows FUNCTION STANDBY POLARITY NORMAL RANGE LINE ON in 3 Connect the equipment as shown i Figure 4 2 4 Press and hold the Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and wait for the digital readout to stabilize Then verify that the Power Meter ZERO lamp is lit and that the digital readout indicates 0 00 0 02 NOTE Power Meter is now zeroed on the most sensitive range 10 u W 5 Release the Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and wait for the ZERO lamp to go out before proceeding to the next step 6 Set the Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to CALIBRATE and verify that the Power Meter autoranges to the 1 mW range 7 Observe the Power Meter digital readout and if necessary adjust the front panel CAL ADJ control to obtain a 1 000 0 002 indication NOTE The Range Calibrator output level is adjustable in 5 dB increments Thus the 3 u W 30 u W 300 W 5 mW 30 mW legends on the RANGE switch are approximations The true outputs for these set tings are 3 16 31 6 316 uW 3 16 mW and 31 6 mW 4 4 Model 436A Performance Tests PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 11 INSTRUMENT ACCURAC
282. e Selection Address 040 if dB REF or dB REL mode selected 050 Load contents of main coun Display and Remote Table 8 3 Step 36 ter into reference register Talk Subroutine dB REL mode LLRE if dB REF mode Address 177 Step 37 dB REF selected mode 8 137 Service Model 436A Table 8 6 Operating Program Description 9 of 11 Block Diagram Description roubleshooting Sub Routine Branch To Refer To Sheet Delay Auto Zero Converter Address 006 Amplifier Demodu for 666 ms main counter 15 later amp Filter Circuits is cleared by LCLR instruc tion auto zeroing is enabled 2 3 AD Converter Auto by LAZ and LCNT instruc Zero Function tions Auto zero period is 8000 counts for each address NOTE This subroutine is associated with range 1 and 2 measure ments t essentially serves as a program pause to allow the output of the variable low pass filter to settle Check whether local re Auto Zero Sub 8 3 mote operation is enabled routine Address REMOTE 378 056 for local operation Remote Enable Address 120 for General Description remote operation Step 15 3 Program Execution Check whether immediate Auto zero sub Program Execution or delayed measurement is routine Address enabled 056 for immediate measurement Measurement Rate Programming Command Address 123 for Processing delayed measure Measurement Rate m
283. e character output to dB REL mode auto range trigger with Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output charac Check that ters checked 1 Mode select logic outputs dB REL mode 2 Range select logic sets NAUTO output true 3 Range counter is counted down to range 1 during Power Meter operating program cycle 21 Error Power Meter range or mode output Manually program Power Meter to dB REF mode range 1 character wrong trigger with settling time CMD U C1T Description Power Meter programmed to Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per dB REF mode range 1 trigger with set Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 tling time Then Power Meter addressed Check that to talk and range and mode output charac 1 Mode select logic outputs dB REF mode ters checked 2 Range select logic outputs range 1 and resets NAUTO output 3 Range counter is preset to range 1 and output of mode select logic is loaded into mode register during Remote Initialize Subroutine 22 Error Power Meter range or mode output A Manually program Power Meter to dB REF mode range 2 character wrong trigger with settling time CMD U C2T Description Power Meter programmed to B Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per dB REF mode range 2 trigger with set Read Byte Subroutine starting at
284. e hold loop addresses 022 023 024 025 e Line 360 2390 first pass 1 Power Meter outputs complete data message ignore data then branches to Local Remote Branch Subroutine 2 Power Meter enters Local Remote Branch Subroutine hold loop f Line 340 second pass 1 Measurement rate select logic provides low H HOLD output to initiate program cycle Program branches to Remote Initialize Subroutine 2 The following display is observed with the logic analyzer connected normally refer to troubleshooting example and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Subroutine address 8 101 Service Model 436A Table 8 4 HP 1B Circuit Troubleshooting 4 of 18 Problem and Description Corrective Action 00 001 010 1 01 010 111 9 00 001 O11 2 01 010 111 10 10 001 101 3 01 010 111 11 00 001 110 4 01 010 111 12 00 001 111 5 01 010 111 13 10 O11 001 6 01 010 111 14 10 011 110 7 01 010 111 15 01 010 111 8 01 010 111 16 3 Operating program branches from Delay Subroutine to Auto Zero Subroutine and cydes to Display and Remote Talk Subroutine 4 Power Meter enters Display and Remote Talk Subroutine hold loop Line 360 2390 second pass Power Meter outputs com plete data message Verify data message per Read Byte Sub routine starting at line 5000 8 102 Error If ERROR 74 is printed the Power Meter operating cycle is not synced to the trigger with settling time programming
285. ear Meter kausani 6 Cy 5 21 Power Reference Oscillator Lx Frequency Adjustment 5 8 22 Reference Oscillator Level Adjustment 5 9 VI REPLACEABLE PARTS 61 6 I lntroduction 61 320 6 3 Abbreviations 6 5 Replaceable Parts List L ei 324 6 7 Ordering Information Led iii Contents Model 436A CONTENTS Cont d Section Page Section Page 6 10 Parts Provisioning 8 24 Basic Circuit Descriptions 87 1612 Direct Mail Order System L 61 amp 25 Linear Integrated Circuits 6 13 Cross Reference Index ER Digital Integrated Circuits and Symbols 87 MANUAL CHANGES 7 1 Ens as A 18 16 Introduction Standard Instrument checkout 8 16 Z3 Manual Changes 7 1 HP IB Instrument Checkout 8 69 7 6 Manual Change Instructions LA p BCD Instrument Checkout 8 117 8 70 Block Diagram Circuit Descriptions 8123 VI SERVICE r 81 8 71 Service Sheet 1 123 8 1 ntroducion 8 75 Service Sheet 2 8 124 8 3 Safety Considerations Leg 8 87 Service Shet 3 8 128 189 Recommended Test Equipment L3 S114 Service Sheet 4 8 150 amp 11 Service Adds 85 8 117 Command Mode Operation 82150 8 16 Repair 85 8 130 Data Mode Operation 8 153 Factory Selected Components 8 5 8 155 Service Sheet 5 8 163 8 19 Disassembly and Reassembly Procedures 8 5 APPENDIXES APPENDIX A References T s
286. ear main counter and set sign positive LCLR Load contents of main counter 0000 into ref erence register to dear register LLRE Display blanked count and sign O LTC Note indicates blanked digit Auto zero A D con verter for 8000 counts LAZ LCNT Count range counter down to range 7 LCRD Count range counter down to range 5 LCRD Load mode select input into mode register LCKM Check whether local or re mote operation is selected Remote 037 Troubleshooting Branch To Refer to Address 001 Table 8 3 S Address 034 Step 1 Table 8 3 Step 1 Step 1 Table 8 3 Step 1 Address 035 Table 8 3 Step 1 Address 035 Table 8 3 Step 1 Local Remote Table 8 3 Step 1 Branch Subroutine Address 026 Local Remote Branch Subroutine Address 026 Table 8 3 Step 1 a Local initialize subroutine ad dress 052 for local operation b Address 042 for Table 8 4 Error remote operation 8 HP IB Opt Step 6 BCD Option Table 8 3 Step 1 Model 436A Block Diagram Description Service Display Assembly Program and Re mote Interface Cir cuit Initialization Range Counter Main Counter Reference Register Display Assembly A D Converter Auto Zero Function A D Converter Auto Zeroing N A Circuit Oper tion covered under Digital Integrated Circuits and Symbols Mode Selection 3 Program Execution 4 Remote Enable
287. earing any reference value previously stored Refer to the paragraph dB REL Conversion 8 109 A D Converter In Range Registration Registration of an in range conversion is described in the following paragraphs The LRMP instruction is terminated causing the HPLS 2 clock toreset the LRMP output of the A D Control Register With this signal reset the LRL output of the A D Control Gates is disabled thereby terminating the conver sion 8 148 b The LCNT instruction is also terminated to freeze the number in the Main Counter C AnLCOR instruction is generated to reset the outputs of the Under Over Range Decoder d The Mode Qualifier Bits are checked to determine whether dBm dB REL or dB REF operation is selected If dBm operation is selected an LTC instruction is generated to transfer the output of the Sign Latch to the front panel Sign Indicator via the Display Sign Latch toload the output of the Main Counter into the Display Registers and to indicate to the Remote Interface Circuits that the measurement is completed If dB REF or dB REL operation is selected a rela tive dB conversion is performed as described below before the LTC instruction is generated 8 110 A D Converter Log Over Range Regis tration Registration of an over range conversion is described in the following paragraph a The LRMP instruction is terminated causing the HPLS 2 dock to reset the LRMP output of the A D Control Register
288. eceptacles and set the LINE ON OFF switch to ON in Set the Power Meter CAL FACTOR switch to 100 and the POWER REF switch to off out Set the remote enable input to the Power Meter to logical 1 0 0 0 4 Vdc and program the Power Meter as follows Mode WATT Range AUTO SENSOR ZERO ON 9 CAL enabled Wait for the Digital Readout to stabilize then verify that the O ZERO lamp is lit and that the digital Readout indicates 0 00 0 02 NOTE When auto zeroing the Power Sensor no RF input power may be applied while the ZERO lamp is lit If any RF input power is applied it will introduce an offset that will affect subsequent measurements Program the SENSOR ZERO function to off and wait approximately 4 seconds for the 5 ZERO lamp to go out Connect the Power Sensor to the POWER REF OUTPUT connector and set the POWER REF switch to ON in Then adjust the CAL ADJ control so that the Digital Readout indicates 1 000 mW Set the 9 POWER REF switch to off out and disconnect the Power Sensor from the POWER REF OUTPUT connector Locate the calibration curve on the Power Sensor to cover and determine the CAL FACTOR for the measurement frequency set the Power Meter CAL FACTOR switch accordingly CAUTION See Operating Precautions in the Power Sensor Operating and Service Manuals for maximum power levels which ma
289. ed for 33 32 mS Main Counter is counted up to 2000 to allow the A D ramp to charge to 7 times the dc input volage 8 103 A D Converter Linear Conversion An A D converter linear conversion is enabled following the measurement function when the Power Meter is configured for WATT MODE operation The Con troller and Main Counter operating cycle associated with a linear conversion is described in the follow ing paragraph a Controller checks the A D Converter qualifier to ascertain whether it represents a posi tive or negative input power level A negative power level indicates a high noise condition at the Input to the Power Sensor If it represents a negative power level an LPSC instruction is gener ated to load the True Range Counter and Sign Preset inputs into the Main Counter and Sign Latch respectively For WATT MODE operation these inputs are such that the output of the Main Counter remains at 0000 and the output of the Sign Latch changes to indicate a negative sign Model 436A Service Table 8 7 Up Down Count Control Logic Steering Inputs to Up Down Count Control Logic LCNT LREL YLOG YSPL NSPL YSPL NSPL Ref Ref A D Converter Auto Pulse High High Zeroing and DC Input Loading A D Converter Pulse Linear Conversion A D Converter Pulse High High High dB Conversion Pulse High High Low Counter dB Rel Conversion 1 X indicates dont care 2 Main Counter is always preset to minimum threshold of ra
290. ed up In addition if the output of the main counter reaches 0000 when it is being counted down a borrow pulse is generated to change the direction of counting The count decod ing of this subroutineis such that an in range measure ment is detected whenever theA D converter output qualifier changes state be fore 1100 clocks are applied to the main counter regard less of the direction of counting a Enable log conversion ramp LRMP and count 25 address 135 main counter up or down on every other clock pulse LCNT Check A D converter out dB Relative Sub put qualifier prior to each routine address 170 26 address 135 count to detect in range if 1100 counts 136 137 150 or over range condition 151 152 Detect in range condition Over range sub Step 27 address address 135 137 151 routine address 147 153 154 153 155 157 161 165 if 21100 counts if A D Converter output Step 28 address qualifier changes state 155 156 157 before 1100 counts 160 161 162 163 164 165 8 135 Service Model 436A Table 8 5 Operating Program Description 7 of 11 Sub Routine Detect over range condi tion address 164 or 167 if A D converter output does not change state by 1100 counts Clear over under range decoder LCOR cont d Relative dB Check whether dBm mode selected Store contents of main counter in reference register LLRE if dB REF mode selected Lo
291. els which exceed the limits may damage the Power Sensor Power Meter or both Set the MODE and o RANGE HOLD switches for desired operation and connect the Power Sensor to the RF source Figure 3 3 Operating Instructions 2 of 4 8 17 Operation Model 436A OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS HEWLETT PACKARD INTERFACE BUS HP IB OR BCD REMOTE OPERATION BANGE SENSOR POWER REF pos POPE EN CAUTIONS BEFORE CONNECTING LINE POWER TO THIS INSTRUMENT ensure that all devices connected to this instrument are connected to the protective earth ground BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT ensure that the line power mains plug is connected to a three conductor line power outlet that has a protective earth ground Grounding one conductor of a two conductor outlet is not sufficient Figure 3 3 Operating Instructions 3 of 4 3 18 Model 436A Operation OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS HP IB OR BCD REMOTE OPERATION cont d 1 BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS INSTRUMENT ensure that the power transformer primary is matched to the available line voltage the correct fuse is installed and safety precautions are taken See Power Requirement Line Voltage Selection Power Cables and associated warnings and cautions in S etton dl Connect the Power Sensor to the Power Meter with the Power Sensor Cable Connect the Power Meter to the Remote Interface Connect the Power Cable to the power outlet Line Power Module r
292. ent Programming Re mote Qualifier Program Interface and Talk Cyde Auto zero A D Converter Auto Zerosub Table 8 4 Errors A D Converter for 267 ms main counter routine address 34 and 4 5 Auto Zero Function is cleared by LCLR instruc 056 HP IB Option tion auto zeroing is enabled Step 3 by LAZ and LCNT instruc BCD Option tions Auto zero period is 8000 counts for each address Display and 177 Transfer count and sign to Address 022 Table 8 3 Step 1 2 Display Assembly Remote Talk front panel display and in True Range Decoder form remote interface cir A D Converter Linea cuits that measurement Conversion completed LTC A D Converter Log Conversion 8 138 Model 436A Service Table 8 6 Operating Program Description 10 of 11 Troubleshooting Block Diagram Description Sub Routine Address Function Branch Refer Service Sheet Title Display and Auto zero A D converter Address 023 Table 8 3 2 3 A D Converter Remote Talk for one count LAZ Auto Zero Function cont d Check whether remote talk selected TALK 328 Check whether free run or triggered operation is selec ted HOLD 0365 Check whether local or re mote operation is selected REMOTE 0378 Check whether remote listener ready for data RFDQ 348 Check whether data accepted line set DACQ 318 Address 024 if re mote talk not mote talk selected Local Remote Branch Subroutine Address
293. equesting service 3 54 Sending the Status Byte Message 3 55 The Power Meter does not respond to a Serial Poll 3 56 Sending the Status Bit Message 3 57 The Power Meter does not respond to a Parallel Poll 3 58 Receiving the Abort Message 3 59 When the Power Meter receives an Inter face Clear command IFC it stops talking or listening 3 60 Test of HP IB Operation 3 61 Figure 3 7 butlines a quick check of the 436A remote functions This gives the user two alternatives for testing the power meter 1 write a program corresponding to Figure 3270 check or 2 use the program in Section complete testing and troubleshooting 3 62 REMOTE BCD INTERFACE OPERATION 3 63 BCD Option 024 adds remote programming and digital output capability to the Power Meter There are two basic methods for operating the Power Meter with this option It can be operated locally with an external instrument used to record output data or it can be operated remotely by sending remote programming inputs to the Power Meter 3 29 Operation 436A REMOTE NOT SET OR WILL NOT RESPOND TO LISTEN ADDRESS 3 30 SET BUS REMOTE LINE LOW ADDRESS 436A TO LISTEN 436A REMOTE LIGHT ON 436A WILL NOT SET dBm MODE PROGRAM 436A TO dBm MODE AND FREE RUN 436A dBm LIGHT ON PROGRAM 436A TO WATTS MODE 436A W mW OR pW LIGHT ON 436A WILL NOT SET WATTS MODE READ 436A 436A READING VALUE PRINTED
294. er RANGE HOLD switch to off out 9 Repeat steps 6 7 and 8 with the Range Calibrator RANGE switch set in turn to 1 mW 10 mW and 100 mW Verify that the Power Meter autoranges properly and that the indication observed on each range is within the limits shown in Table 4 1 Zero Carryover Autorange Digital Readout Results Range Calibrator and Power Meter Range 4 11 INSTRUMENT ACCURACY TEST SPECIFICATION WATT MODE 0 570 in Ranges 1 through 5 dBm MODE 0 02 dB 0 001 dB C in Ranges 1 through 5 dB REL MODE 0 02 dB 0 001 dB C in Ranges 1 through 5 NOTE The dB REL specifications are for within range measurements For range to range accuracy add the uncertainty associated with the range in which the reference was entered to the uncertainty associated with the range in which the measurement was made For example if a reference is entered in Range 1 and a measure ment is made in Range 5 the total uncertainty is 0 04 Range 1 0 02 Range 5 0 02 0 04 DESCRIPTION After the Power Meter is initially calibrated on the 1 mW range the digital readout is monitored as the Range Calibrator is adjusted to provide reference inputs correspond ing to each of the Power Meter operating ranges 4 3 Performance Tests Model 436A PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 11 INSTRUMENT ACCURACY TEST cont d RANGE CALIBRATOR POWER METER POWER METER SENSOR Figure 4 2 Instrument Accuracy Test Setup EQUIPMENT Rang
295. er Sensor Cable Connect the Power Cable to the power outlet and 6 Line Power Module receptacle and set the LINE ON OFF switch to ON in Set the remaining Power Meter switches as follows cavractor 100 gt off out RANGE HOLD TIPP off out Press and hold the SENSOR ZERO switch and wait for the Digital Readout to stabilize Then verify that the ZERO lamp is lit and that the Digital Readout indicates 0 00 0 02 NOTE When auto zeroing the Power Sensor no RF input power may be applied while the ZERO lamp is lit If any RF input power is applied it will in troduce an offset that will affect subsequent measurements Release the SENSOR ZERO switch and wait approximately 4 seconds for the ZERO lamp to go out Connect the Power Sensor to the POWER REF OUTPUT connector and set the POWER REF switch to ON in Then adjust the CAL ADJ control so that the Digital Readout indicates 1 000 mW Set the POWER REF switch to off out and disconnect the Power Sensor from the POWER REF OUTPUT connector Locate the calibration curve on the Power Sensor cover and determine the CAL FACTOR for the measure ment frequency set the Power Meter ca FACTOR switch accordingly CAUTION See Operating Precautions in the Power Sensor Operating and Service Manuals for maximum power levels which may be safely coupled to this system Lev
296. er should and provides low H HOLD and high H FAST outputs output MODE data character C during 3 Mode select logic stores programming command and provides the Display and Remote Talk dB REF mode output Subroutine 4 Operating program branches from Local Remote Branch Subroutine to Remote Initialize Subroutine 8 100 Model 436A Service Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 3 of 18 Problem and Description Corrective Action 3 5 The following display is observed with logic analyzer con cont netted normally refer to troubleshooting example and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Subroutine Address 00 001 010 1 01 000 O11 9 00 001 O11 2 01 000 011 10 00 001 101 3 01 000 011 11 01 000 001 4 01 000 011 12 01 000 010 5 01 000 011 13 01 000 O11 6 Ol 000 011 14 01 000 O11 7 01 000 O11 15 01 000 O11 8 01 000 011 16 6 The output of the mode select logic is loaded into the mode register Service Sheet 3 during the Remote Initialize Subroutine 7 Operating program branches from Remote Initialize Sub routine to Measurement Subroutine then continues to cycle normally as previously verified c Lines 210 250 and 260 previously verified d Line 340 first pass 1 Power Meter is addressed to listen and configured for remote operation 2 H HOLD output of measurement rate select logic is set high by LTC instruction 3 Operating program enters Display and Remote Talk Sub routin
297. erating program will initiate an Output Data Transfer whenever the LTLK quali fier is low If the HP IB is not in the data mode however the Talk Transfer Control Gates will be disabled by the high HATN input and the resulting low HOE 2 output will set the HRFD qualifier output of the Data Valid Status Generator low Simi larly if there is no listener on the HP IB the low NRFD input also 585 the HRFD qualifier low With this qualifier low the operating program will enter a hold loop until the Power Meter is unaddressed to Talk b Data Valid Status Generator The Data Valid Status Generator functions in conjunction with the operating program to generate the timing signals necessary to complete a Power Meter initia ted data transfer A timing diagram of Data Valid Status Generator operation is provided in Figure 8 20 As shown in the figure the J flip flop is initially reset by the LPU input and cannot change state until the Power Meter is addressed to Talk and all listeners on the HP IB indicate that they are ready to accept data When this occurs both the Model 436A Service CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Data Mode Operation cont d HOE 2 and the NRFD inputs will be high and the Data Valid Status Generator will provide a high HRFDgq qualifier input to the Remote Multiplexer If the HP IB is connected properly the HDACq qualifier will be low at this time and the operating program will generate an LSDAV instruction to set the
298. es from Remote Initialize Subroutine to Measurement Subroutine then continues to cycle normally as previously verified c Line 210 Power Meter configured for local operation d Line 250 2380 Power Meter is addressed to talk e Line 250 2390 Power Meter outputs complete data message Verify data message per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 O1 Q S Problem Power Meter data output Turn Power on and off to Power Meter Then GO TO line 140 and does not indioate dB REF mode use STEP key to execute program line by line Check that the fol selected lowing indications are obtained Description The Power Meter was pro a Line 160 grammed to the dB REF mode in the 1 Power Meter is unaddressed to talk previous test Then the HP Interface Bus 2 Operating program branches from Display and Remote Talk was set to local For this test the HP Subroutine to Local Remote Branch Subroutine Program Interface Bus is set to remote and the then continues to free run as previously verified for local Power Meter is programmed to take a operation triggered measurement with settling time Thus the dB REF output of b Line 190 the mode select logic should be loaded 1 Power Meter is addressed to listen and configured for remote into the mode register during the opera operation ting program Remote Initialize Sub 2 Measurement rate select logic stores programming command routine and the Power Met
299. esults When remote operation is enabled the Pushbutton Switch Assembly is disabled the Dis play however remains enabled and provides a local display of the output data transmitted to the remote controller Power Reference Oscillator The Power Reference Oscillator is enabled when the front panel POWER REF ON switch is depressed and provides 1 mW at 50 MHz output for calibration purposes h Power Supply Assembly The Power Supply Assembly is enabled when the LINE ON OFF switch is set to the ON position and provides 5 15 and 15 Vdc outputs necessary for operation of the Power Meter circuits 8 75 Service Sheet 2 8 76 Amplifier Demodulator and Filter Circuit The Amplifier Demodulator and Filter Circuits convert RF input power levels applied to the Power Sensor into proportional dc outputs The basic operation of these circuits is described in the following paragraphs a The Power Sensor dissipates RF input power into a 50 ohm termination and generates a dc voltage proportional to the RF input power level b The 220 Hz Multivibrator provides the 220 Hz drive signals to the Power Sensor to switch the dc voltage and thereby generate a modulated 220 Hz signal which is proportional in amplitude to the RF input power level and in phase with the 220 Hz reference signal applied to the phase detector c The Power Sensor s Input Amplifier and the Power Meter s First Amplifier function to gether to amplify the mo
300. ettling time GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D digits ASSIGNMENT set error number to 33 Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 14 of 25 8 83 Service Model 436A 1100 IF THEN NO YES 1110 IF THEN YES 1120 IF THEN YES 1140 GO SUB print ERROR 433 stop 1130 GO TO line 1150 ASSIGNMENT error number set to 34 RESTORE data pointer to start of line 1190 BUS CMD Power Meter programmed for dBm mode trigger immediate Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 15 of 25 8 84 Model 436A Service 1180 NEXT loop seven times NEXT on line 1230 1190 1200 READ DATA address data to verify that Power Meter will not respond to unassigned listen addresses 1210 OUTPUT command mode set 256 line 1200 address data sent V data mode set 512 1220 GO SUB RETURN trace subroutine change DISP RUNNING to PRINT for trace mode operation 1230 NEXT YES 1240 1250 BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to trigger immediate talk 1260 ENTER calculator reads status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 1270 YES GO SUB print ERROR 34 stop 1280 GO TO line 1300 Figure 8 16 HP IB Verificat
301. eviously verified Branch to Delay Subroutine Delay Subroutine Auto Zero A D Converter 40 000 clock pulses 666 ins Branch to Auto Zero Subroutine Auto Zero Subroutine A D Converter input voltage A3TP 4 stabilizes at 0 316 40 10V by end of Auto Zero Subroutine delay of 8000 counts 133 ms after start address 056 NOTE As previously verified UNDER RANGE indica tion is reset and Digital Readout is unblanked in first subsequent Linear Positive Conversion Subroutine Model 436A Step Instrument Setup and Test Procedure 6 1 18 us Service Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 8 of 17 Set Power Meter RANGE HOLD switch to on in and Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to STANDBY Press Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and verify that HW lamp remains lit and that ZERO lamp lights and remains lit for approximately four sec ends Adjust ZERO OFF potentiometer A3R47 as required to obtain 00 0 indication with blinking sign when ZERO lamp is lit and verify that indication remains at 00 0 00 2 when ZERO lamp goes out Set Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to CALIBRATE and RANGE switch to 100 uW Observe indication on Digital Readout and adjust Power Meter CAL control to ob tain 100 0 uW indication Then press hold SENSOR ZERO switch and adjust BAL potentiometer A3R65 as required to obtain 60 0 0 2 uW indication while ZERO lamp is lit Set Range Calibrator FUNCTION swi
302. f 6 2 Vde to the power supply reference amplifier A8U1 The gain of the reference amplifier is set by R3 R4 and Rd and is approximately 0 8 with centered The very stable output is coupled through CR1 as the reference voltage input to comparator U2 Diode CR1 provides temperature compensation for CR2 TROUBLESHOOTING General Before trying to troubleshoot the A3 Assembly verify the presence of 15 Vde and 15 Vde on the circuit beard If a defect in the 8 Assembly is isolated and repaired the correct output level 1 mW 90 7 must be set by avery accurate power measurement system Hewlett Packard employs a special system 8 192 Model 420 accurate 10 0 5 and traceable to the National Bureau of Standards When setting the power level a transfer error of 0 2 is introducted making the total error 0 7 H a system this accurate is available it may be used to sel the proper output level Otherwise Hewlett Packard recommends returning the Power Meter so it can be reset at the factory Contact your nearest Hewlett Packard office for more information 50 MHz Oscillator Malfunctions of the oscillator circuit will occur as a wrong output frequency or as an abnormal output level The voltage at TP2 will indicate if the ALC loop is trying to compensate for an incorrect output level Modulation of the 50 MHz signal or spurious signals which are part of the output may be caused by defects in RY R10
303. f the A D Control Gates is disabled thereby terminating the conversion b The LCNT instruction is also terminated to freeze the number in the Main Counter C An LCOR instruction is generated to reset the outputs of the Over Under Range Decoder d If the measurement was taken on range 1 and LTC instruction is generated to transfer the output of the Sign Latch to the Sign Display Indicator via the Display Sign Latch to load the output of the Main Counter into the Display Registers and to indicate to the Remote Interface Circuits that the measurement is completed 8 146 If the measurement was taken on ranges 2 through 5 with Auto Ranging disabled an LSUR instruction is generated prior to the LTC instruc tion to enable the UR LED and HUR status outputs of the Over Under Range Decoder The UR LED output lights the front panel UNDER RANGE indicator The HUR output is gated with the HOR output by the Remote Interface Circuits to provide one of four possible status outputs to the Remote Interface Control Circuit f If the measurement was taken on ranges two through five with Auto Ranging enabled an LTC instruction is not generated Instead an LSOR instruction is generated to enable the LBLANK output of the Over Under Range Decoder and thus blank the front panel display An LCOR instruction resets all outputs of the Over U nder Range Decoder An LSOR instruction enables the LBLANK HOR and OR LED outputs An LSUR instructi
304. from Power Meter causes calculator to lock up Turn power on and off to Power Meter restart program at line 10 STEP PROGRAM and verify handshake timing refer to Service Sheet 4 Problem Power Meter does not output Turn power on and off to Power Meter Then initialize test pro data after being addressed to talk gram INIT key and use STEP key to execute test program line by line Check that the following indications are obtained for Description HP Interface Bus is set to line 110 local Remote Enable line false and A Power Meter is addressed to talk Power Meter is addressed to talk Calcu HER lator 1 0 status is then checked to verify B The following display is obtained with logic analyzer con netted normally refer to troubleshooting example and that Power Meter outputs data character set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 044 Display during Display and Remote Talk Subroutine and Remote Talk Subroutitie Address 010 011 15 010 010 7 100 100 16 010 011 8 100 101 1 100 100 9 100 110 2 010 010 10 001 000 010 011 11 001 001 100 100 12 001 010 010 010 13 100 100 010 011 14 Problem Power Meter data output indi Turn power on and off to Power Meter Goto line 110 and use cates dB REF mode selected STEP key to execute program line by line Check that the follow ing indications are obtained Description a Line 160 1 HP Interface Bus is set to remote then Power Meter is addressed
305. functions will be limited to and de fined as follows a Inspect To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical mechanical and or electrical characteristics with established stand ards through examination b Test To verify serviceability and to detect incipient failure by measuring the mechanical or electrical characteristics of an item and compar ing those characteristics with prescribed stand ards c Service Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating conditions i e to clean decontaminate to preserve to drain to paint or to replenish fuel lubricants hydraulic fluids or compressed air supplies d Adjust To maintain within prescribed limits by bringing into proper or exact position or by setting the operating characteristics to the speci fied parameters e Align To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance f Calibrate To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test measuring and diagnostic equipments used in precision measurement Consists of compari sons of two instruments one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being compared g Install The act of emplacing seating or fix ing into position an item part module compo nent or assembly in a manner to allow the prope
306. g the measured value is SIGN Four BCD DIGITS and a negative NOTES EXPONENT It is interpreted as 10 EXPONENT not printed Sign space Digits Units Hundreds Thousands Pin numbers refer to connec tor J7 on the rear panel When used with 5055A a four line format is established by the following pins 34 ground 10 measurement rate floats high 35 cal factor disable floats high Weight Pin Number 1 1 2 26 27 3 4 28 29 5 6 30 31 7 8 32 33 3 39 Operation Model 436A Table 3 7 BCD Output Data Codes 2 of 2 Function STATUS OUTPUTS Pin 40 Pin 16 Pin 15 In Range Underrange WATT Mode Overrange Underrange dBm Mode Zero Mode RANGE indicates range on which last measurement made Pin36 12 Pinll 1 most sensitive 2 4 5 least sensitive EXPONENT Pin Units EX A 17 EX B 18 EX C 42 EX D 43 Tens EX A 19 Note when used with 5055A four line for mat is established by following pins 20 ground 44 ground 45 ground Pin 14 dB REF 0 dB REL 0 WATT 1 1 Note when used with 5055A four line format is established by fol lowing pins 38 floats high 39 floats high High to low transition on pin 48 when output data is valid 3 40 Model 436A Operation Table 3 8 BCD Programming Commands Range Bit 1 J7 10 J7 47 Range
307. g specified Hewlett Packard test instruments of known capability If equivalent test instruments are used signal acquisition criteria may vary and reference should be made to the manufacturer s guidelines for operating the instruments NOTE The Power Meter may be returned to the nearest Hewlett Packard office to have the power reference oscillator checked and or adjusted Refer to Section PACKAGING 4 7 Performance Tests Model 436A PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 13 POWER REFERENCE LEVEL TEST cont d EQUIPMENT PROCEDURE POWER METER 432A DIGITAL VOLTMETER POWER REF THERMISTOR OUTPUT MOUNT Figure 4 4 Power Reference Level Test Setup Power Meter HP 432A Thermistor Mount HP 478A H75 Digital Voltmeter DVM HP 3490A 1 Set up the DVM to measure resistance and connect the DVM between the V connector on the rear panel of the 432A and pin 1 on the thermistor mount end of the 432A interconnect cable 2 Round off the DVM indication to two decimal places and record this value as the internal bridge resistance R of the 432A approximately 200 ohms 3 Connect the 432A to the Power Meter as shown i 4 Set the Power Meter LINE switch to ON in and the POWER REF switch to off out Then wait thirty minutes for the 432A thermistor mount to stabilize be fore proceeding to the next step 5 Set the 432A RANGE switch to COARSE ZERO and adjust the front panel COARSE ZERO co
308. g to address 0528 to initiate each cycle With this fact established its just a matter of signal tracing to find out exactly where the problem is Refer to Service Sheet 3 and check the outputs of the Mode Register and Range Counter If they re normal trace out the signal lines to the Display Assembly to isolate the problem to a circuit If the outputs of the Mode Register are abnormal use the logic analyzer and an oscilloscope to isolate the problem to the ROM containing the program the Instruction Register the Front Panel Switches the Buffers or the Mode Register and Gates Service Sheet 3 If the outputs of the Range Counter are abnormal turn power on and off while using the logic analyzer to check program execution and Range Counter operation during the Power Up Subroutine 8 If no display is present on the logic analyzer turn power on and off as required to verify program execution starting at address 000g of the power Up Subroutine c If the mode and range indications are normal check the output of the Amplifier Demodulator and Filter circuits at DC test point If it is abnormal refer to Service Sheet 2 and check the YLOG and range select inputs to the circuit If the YLOG and Range Select inputs are normal use standard signal tracing techniques to isolate the problem If they re abnormal refer back to step b Service d If the output of the Amplifier Demodulator and Filter circuit is normal sync
309. gative Conversion Log Conversion Relative dB Delay Linear Positive Conversion Linear Negative Conversion Log Conversion Relative dB Power Up Remote Initialize Local Initialize Under Range Power Up Over Range Measurement Remote Initialize Power Up Relative dB Over Under Range Continue Measurement Description Sets sign register sign and clears main counter Enables one up down dock pulse to main counter Clears over range and under range flip flops and loads contents of reference register into relative counter Counts range counter down one range Counts range counter up one range Sets 1 2 of A D conversion control register thereby enabling A D converter to charge to input voltage level Loads remote range select inputs into range register Loads contents of main counter into reference register Loads true range counter and sign preset inputs into main counter and sign register respectively 8 23 Service 8 24 3 10 11 13 3 10 3 10 2 3 4 6 11 13 Model 436A Table 8 2 Program Mnemonic Descriptions 5 of 5 Service Description Sheet Relative dB Measurement Linear Positive Conversion Linear Negative Conversion Log Conversion Display and Remote Talk Power Up Measurement Under Range Over Range Measurement Under Range Power Up Display and Remote Talk Serves as down clock to relative counter and as steer ing input to main
310. ge Remote range pro gramming is slightly different than Local range selection For Local operation the Power Meter auto ranges For Remote operation the program codes have provision for direct selection of the de Model 436A Operation Table 3 1 Message Reference Table Message and Identification Applicable Command and Title Response Data Yes T3 Talker L2 Listener Power Meter changes mode range measure Acceptor Handshake ment rate and Cal Factor enable or disable Source Handshake It outputs status and measurement data Trigger DTO No Device Trigger The Power Meter does not respond to a Group Execute Trigger However remote trigger capability is part of the Data mes sage measurement rate Clear DC2 Yes DCL Device Clear Upon receipt of DCL command Power Meter functions are set for Watt Mode No SDC Selected Device Clear Auto Range Cal Factor Disable and Meas urement rate Hold Remote RL2 Yes REN Remote Enable Power Meter goes to remote when addressed to listen and REN is true low Local RL2 REN Remote Disable Power Meter goes to local when REN is false high GTL Go to Local Power Meter does not respond to GTL command Local Lockout RL2 REN Remote Disable Power Meter does not respond to LLO command Clear Lockout REN Remote Disable Returns all devices on bus to local Set Local RL2 operation Pass Control Take No Controller Power Meter cannot act as bus controller Control C9
311. ge Conversion The range 4 output of the Range Counter in turn should cause the True Range Decoder to change the digital readout decimal point position and should also select higher gain operation of the Amplifier Demodulator and Filter circuit Thus the input voltage to the A D Converter at DC test point A3TP4 should rise to 0 980 Vdc by the time that the subsequent Auto Zero Subroutine is completed Program execution circuit operation from this point on was verified in steps 1 through 7 The key step in isolating an abnormal indication then is to check that the output of the Amplifier Demodulator and Filter circuit rises to the specified value by the end of the Auto Zero Subroutine which follows the Under Range Sub routine The main reason for making this check 8 19 Service Model 436A TROUBLESHOOTING Standard Instrument Checkout cont d first is that if the output of the Amplifier Demod ulator and Filter circuit does not rise to an in range level by the end of the Auto Zero Sub routine a range 4 under range conversion will be detected A second Under Range Subroutine will then be executed to count the Range Counter down to range 3 and the range 3 output of the Range Counter will change the output of the True Range Decoder and the gain of the Amplifier Demodulator and Filter circuit a second time Depending on the type of failure present either an under range conversion or an over range conversion coul
312. ge Selection torange 5 if range 6 or 7 4 Range Programming selected LCRD Processing 5 Range Programming Commands Clear main counter Address 015 rrr 9 N A Circuit Opera LCLR 34 4 5 amp 12 tion covered under HP IB Option Digital Integrated EAE Steps Circuits amp Symbols 3 amp 6 BCD Option Check whether delayed Address 016 for Table 8 4 Error Program Execution or immediate measure delayed measure BPPT TB 4 Measurement Rate ment enabled FAST ment Option Programming Com 035 Table 8 5 Step mand Processing 3 BCD Option Address 101 for im mo 5 Measurement Rate mediate measure ment 33 Option Table 8 9 Step 11 BCD Option Programming Re mote Qualifier Program Interface and Talk Cycle 8 131 Service Model 436A Table 8 6 Operating Program Descriptions 3 of 11 Block Diagram Description Block Diagram Description Description Troubleshooting Sub Routine Address Branch To Refer To Service Title Sheet Remote a Determine Range YR1 Range Selection Auto Zero subrou Table 8 4 Error Initialize tine Address 056 Cont d Local Initialize 8 132 YR2 YR3 Load mode select inputs into mode register Determine mode selected for previous program cyde Load mode select inputs into mode register to se lect mode for current program cycle LCKM Auto zero A D conver ter for 1000 counts LAZ LCNT b Clear main coun
313. git 9 Program the Power Meter to Range 3 Verify that the o mW lamp lights and that OVER RANGE lamp goes out Figure 3 2 Operator s Checks 7 of 10 Model 436A Operation OPERATOR S CHECKS REMOTE BCD OPERATION cont d 10 Adjust the CAL ADJ control so that the Digital Readout indicates 1 000 mW Verify that the pointer on the o Auxiliary Meter is aligned between the last two marks and that the 22 RE CORDER OUTPUT is approximately 1 00 Vdc Rotate the CAL FACTOR switch through its range and verify that the Digital Readout in creases slightly for each successive step Set the CAL FACTOR disable programming input to logical 1 0V and verify that the Digital Readout indication changes back to 1 000 mW Program the Power Meter to the dBm MODE and verify that the Digital Readout indicates 0 00 0 01 dBm Set the o POWER REF switch to off out Verify that the Q UNDER RANGE lamp lights and that the Digital Readout blanks 1_ _ dBm Program the Power Meter to Range 1 and verify that the o Digital Readout blanked indication changes to 3__ __ The new indication verifies that the Power Meter is on the most sensitive dBm range Set the POWER REF switch to ON in Verify that the OVER RANGE lamp lights and that the Digital Readout blanked indication changes to i_ _ Program the Power Meter for Auto Ranging and verify that the o Digital Readout indication changes to 0 00 0 01 dB
314. h operation The plastic feet are shaped to ensure self aligning of the instruments when stacked The tilt stand raises the front of the instrument for easier viewing of the control panel 2 25 Rack Mounting 2 26 Instruments that are narrower than full rack width may be rack mounted using Hewlett Packard sub module cabinets If it is desired to rack mount one Power Meter by itself order half module kit HP Part Number 5061 0057 If it is desired to rack mount two Power Meters side by side order the following items Model 436A Rack Mounting cont d Rack Mount Flange Kit two provided HP Part Number 5020 8862 b Front Horizontal Lock Links four pro vided HP Part Number 0050 0515 Rear Horizontal Lock Links two pro vided HP Part Number 0050 0516 2 27 n addition to the rack mounting hardware a front handle assembly two provided is also available for the Power Meter The part number is HP 5060 9899 2 28 STORAGE AND SHIPMENT 2 29 Environment 2 30 The instrument should be stored in a clean dry environment The following environmental limitations apply to both storage and shipment Temperature 40 C to 75 C Humidity 2 255 eq vs a lt 95 relative Altitude 7620 m 25 000 ft 2 31 Packaging 2 32 Original Packaging Containers and materials identical to those used in factory packaging are available through Hewlett Packard offices If the instrument is being returned
315. h contact The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact The protective action must not be negated by the use of an extension cord power cable without a protective conductor grounding Any interruption of the protective grounding conductor inside or outside the instrument or disconnecting the pro tective earth terminal is likely to make this instrument dangerous Intentional interruption is prohibited Make sure that only fuses with the required rated current and of the specified type normal blow time delay etc are used for replacement The use of repaired fuses and the short circuiting of fuse holders must be avoided Whenever it is likely that the protection offered by fuses has been impaired the instrument must be made inoperative and be secured against any unintended opera tion Any adjustment maintenance and repair of the opened instrument under voltage 8 194 Model 436A should be avoided as much as possible and when inevitable should be carried out only by a skilled person who is aware of the hazard involved Adjustments and service described herein are performed with power supplied to the instrument while protective covers are removed Energy available at many points may if contacted result in personal injury CAUTIONS LINE VOLTAGE SELECTION BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS IN STRUMENT make sure the instrument is set to the voltage of the p
316. h on Auto Range Pro gramming Command Processing 8 139 Auto Range Programming Command Processing The LPU input and the Auto Range Enable output of the Function Decoder set a flip flop in the Range Select Logic The output of the flip flop is then gated with the HREM input to select Auto Ranging when remote operation is enabled HREM high and to allow front panel WIRED OR range control of this function when local operation is enabled When remote operation is enabled and the Auto Range Qualifier is true the Range Select outputs are not loaded into the Range Counter at the start of each program cycle Instead the Range Counter is counted up or down during each cyde as required to obtain an in range measurement Resetting of the Auto Range flip flop occurs when the Function Decoder provides a Range Clock output refer to previous description Model 436A Service Table 8 8 Function Decoder Clock Selection PROGRAMMING COMMAND BIT DATABIT CODING CLOCK SELECTED mean ICI _ Cal Factor Enable Disable 4 Cal Factor Measurement Rate 1 a Rate Clock 1 Measurement Rate R T V SG Rate Clock 2 Table 8 9 Programming Command Logic Operating Summary 1 of 2 PROGRAMMING DATA BIT CODING COMMAND Lio LOGIC CIRCUIT OUTPUT YRR2 high YRR1 and YRR3 Auto Range Select 9 Sensor Auto Zero Enable Z Ca
317. haracter wrong Description Power Meter programmed to dB REL mode range 4 trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output charac ters checked Corrective Action Manually program Power Meter to dB REL mode range 1 trigger with settling time CMD U BIT Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 2500 Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs dB REF mode and resets NAUTO output 2 Range select logic outputs range 1 3 Range counter is preset to range 1 and output of mode select logic is loaded into mode register during Remote Initialize Subroutine Manually program Power Meter to dB REL mode range 2 trigger with settling time CMD U B2T Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs dB REL mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 2 3 Range counter is preset to range 2 during Remote Initialize Subroutine Manually program Power Meter to dB REL mode range 3 trigger with settling time CMD U Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs dB REL mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 3 3 Range counter is preset to range 3 during Remote Initialize Subroutine
318. he information that was present at the data input when the transition occurred is retained at the outputs until the clock returns high Figure 8 5 Four Bit Bistable Latch 8 36 Dual J K Master Slave Flip Flop The dual J K Master Slave Flip Flop shown in Figure 8 6 consists of two independent J K flip flops Inputs to the master section is controlled by the gate G 8 9 Service Digital Integrated Circuits and Symbols cont d pulse The gate pulse also controls the state of the coupling transistors which connect the master and slave sections The sequence of operation is as follows a 1 Isolate slave from master b T2 Enter information from J and inputs to master c 1T3 Disable and inputs d T4 Transfer information from master to slave 8 37 Flip flop response is determined by the levels present at the and inputs at time T2 The four possible combinations are as follows a When J and K are low the outputs will not change state b When J is high and K is low the active high output will go high unless it is already high c When is low and K is high the active high output will go low unless it is already low d When J and K are both high the flip flop will toggle That is the active high and activelow outputs will change states for each gate pulse 8 38 The set S and reset R inputs override all other input conditions when set S is low the active high output is force
319. he power sensing elements This RF loss is caused by dissipation in the walls of waveguide power sensors in the center conductor of coaxial power sensors in the dielectric of capacitors connections within the sensor and radiation losses 3 77 Mismatch The result of mismatched impe dances between the device under test and the power sensor is that some of the power fed to the sensor is reflected before it is dissipated in the load Mismatches affect the measurement in two ways First the initial reflection is a simple loss and is called mismatch loss Second the power reflected from the sensor mismatch travels back up the transmission line until it reaches the source There most of it is dissipated in the source impedance but some of its re reflected by the source mismatch The re reflected power returns to the power sensor and adds to or subtracts from the incident power For all practical purposes the effect the re reflected power has upon the power measurement is unpredictable This effect is called mismatch uncertainty 337 Operation Sources of Error and Measurement Uncertainty cont d 3 78 Instrumentation Uncertainty Instruments tion uncertainty describes the ability of the meter ing circuits to accurately measure the dc output from the Power Sensor s power sensing device In the Power Meter this error is 0 5 for Ranges 1 through 5 It is important to realize however that these uncertainty specifications
320. he Power Meter will be described in terms of the twelve bus messages found in_Table 3 1 3 18 Data Messages 3 19 The Power Meter communicates on the bus primarily through data messages It receives data messages that tell it what range to use what mode to use whether or not cal factor should be en abled and what the measurement rate should be It sends data messages that tell the measurement value the mode and range the value was taken at and what the instrument s status sed Table 3 4 was when it took the measurement 3 20 Table 3 2 outlines the key elements involved in making a measurement Indeed the Power Meter can be programmed to make measurements via the HP IB by following only the sequence suggested in the table and briefly referring td Tables 313 3 4 input and output data and However to take advantage of the programming flexibility built into the Power Meter and minimize the time it 320 Model 436A takes to make a valid measurement study the rest of the information in this section 3 21 Receiving Data Messages 3 22 The Power Meter is configured to listen re ceive data when the controller places the interface bus in the command mode ATN and REN lines low IFC line high and outputs listen address minus sign The Power Meter then remains con figured to listen accept programming inputs when the interface bus is in the data mode until it is un addressed by the controller To una
321. he RE CORDER OUTPUT is approximately 1 000 Vdc Rotate CAL FACTOR switch through its range and verify that the Digital Readout indication increases slightly for each successive step Then return the CAL FACTOR switch to 100 Figure 3 2 Operator s Checks 3 of 10 38 Model 436A Operation OPERATOR S CHECKS LOCAL OPERATION cont d 12 Set the dBm MODE switch to on in and verify that the Digital Readout indicates 0 0 0 01 dBm Set the RANGE HOLD switch to on in and the POWER REF switch to off out Verify that the UNDER RANGE lamp lights and that the Digital Readout blanks 1__ __ dBm Set the o RANGE HOLD switch to off out and verify that the Digital Readout blanked in dication changes to 3 _ _ The new indication verifies that the Power Meter has autoranged to the most sensitive dBm range Set the RANGE HOLD and POWER REF switches to ON in Verify that the over RANGE lamp lights and that the Digital Readout blanked indication changes to 1__ __ Set the o RANGE HOLD switch to off out and verify that the o Digital Readout indicates 0 00 0 01 dBm This new indication verifies that the Power Meter has autoranged properly Adjust the o CAL ADJ control so that the Digital Readout indicates 2 00 dBm Press the o dB REF MODE switch and verify that the dBm lamp goes out the Oo dB REL lamp lights and the Digital Readout changes to 0 00 Th
322. he auto zero loop For this test the Power Meter data output is checked to ensure that the Power Meter remains zeroed while configured for Watt Mode Operation Error Power Meter range or mode out put character wrong Description Power Meter programmed to Watt Mode range 1 trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output charac ters checked Error Power Meter range or mode output character wrong Description Power Meter programmed to Watt Mode range 2 trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output characters checked Error Power Meter range or mode out put character wrong Description Power Meter programmed to Watt Mode range 3 trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output characters checked Corrective Action Check Power Meter data output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Data output should correspond to front panel digi al readout which was previously verified for local operation A Power Meter on and off then manually program Power Meter to Watt Mode Range 1 trigger with settling time CMD U A1T B Verify Power Meter Mode and Range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 C Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs Watt Mode 2 Range Select Logic outputs range 1 3 Range Counter is preset to range 1 during Rem
323. he less positive inputs the outputs are at approximately 0 volts ground When the non inverting inputs are the more positive inputs the outputs are approximately 15 volts see tables below The level SERVICE SHEET 7 cont d on non inverting inputs to U4A B C and D is determined by the voltage divider composed of A2R14 and the Sensor Resistor see tables below When the Sensor Resistor is 0 ohms GND the outputs of U4 are approximately 0 volts For a 10W maximum input to the Power Sensor the Sensor Resistor is approximately 3 46k ohms and the voltage level at the non inverting inputs of U4 is approximately 2 8 volts The output of U4C changes to approximately 15 volts This change was caused by the non inverting input going more positive than the inverting input level which is approximately 2 volts The inverting input level is determined by the voltage divider composed of A2R29 R30 and R31 A2R29 is in parallel with R31 to ground When the output of U4C changes to 15 volts the inverting input to U4D changes to approximately 4 volts because now R36 and R40 are in parallel with the 15 volts applied and R32 and R41 are in parallel to ground thus forming a series parallel network between ground and 15 volts The table below gives the complete list of U4 inputs and outputs for each Sensor Resistor and the logic input codes to U7 Front Panel Assembly A1A1 A1A2 SERVICE SHEET 6 Service Sensitivity Detector Logic
324. he voltage divider A2R60 and R62 This signal turns Q13 off and on causing the collector voltage to vary from 0 to 15 Vdc at a 220 Hz rate The collector voltage from Q13 is applied to the gate of the n channel FET Q12 This gate drive causes Q12 to turn on and off When Q12 turns off U8 operates as an amplifier with a gain of 1 When Q12 turns on the non inverting input to U8 is grounded causing U8 to operate as an inverting amplifier with a gain of 1 Any phase difference between the 220 Hz input signal to U8 and the 220 Hz switching signal from Q12 will cause the output of U8 pin 6 to be offset from the zero dc baseline The output of the Phase Detector is applied to the A3 A D Converter Assembly Sensor Sensitivity Detector and True Range Decoder The Sensor Sensitivity Detector circuit consists of U4A B C D and associated components The True Range Decoder consists of U7 and U3 The Sensor Sensitivity Detector U4A B C and D provides inputs to the True Range Decoder U7 along with the Range Counter YR1 YR2 and YR3 in Local Mode the programmed range inputs YRR1 YRR2 and YRR3 when in Remote Mode and YRLR input to give the correct range indication and decimal point location for the RF input power level being measured by the Power Sensor The Sensor Sensitivity Detector provides one input code to the True Range Decoder determined by the Power Sensor being used When the non inverting inputs to U4A B C and D are t
325. iate com mand except that it causes the Power Meter to execute a settling time delay subroutine before taking a measurement and outputting data Sets reference at present RF input level Takes first reading relative to set reference Takes subsequent readings universal unlisten controller listen and Power Meter talk Variable name Power Meter outputs reading to controller universal unlisten controller listen and Power Meter talk Variable name Power Meter outputs reading to controller 3 23 Operation Receiving Data Messages cont d d Free run at maximum rate R this pro gramming command is normally used for asynchro nous operation of the Power Meter It directs the Power Meter to continuously take measurements and output data in the minimum possible time It does not allow settling time prior to each measure ment e Free run with delay V this program ming command is identical to the previous com mand except that it causes the Power Meter to exe cute a settling time delay subroutine prior to each measurement 3 30 When programming the Power Meter for synchronous triggered operation there are two factors that the programmer must consider to ensure the validity of the output measurement data The first factor is the time that it takes the Power Meter to respond to a full scale change in input power level A typical Power Meter response curve is shown in Figure 3 4 By comparing this curve
326. ic cW continuous wave clockwise centimeter digital to analog decibel decibel referred tol mW dc direct current deg degree temperature interval or differ o ence 7 Gegree plane angle 2 degree Celsius d centigrade degree Fahrenheit K degree Kelvin DEPC deposited carbon detector diam diameter DIA diameter used in parts list DIFF AMPL differential amplifier div DPDT double pole double throw drive double sideband diode transistor logic digital voltmeter emitter coupled logic EMF electromotive force o NOTE EDP electronic data processing ELECT electrolytic ENCAP encapsulated external farad field effect FILH fillister head EM 224 frequency modulation front panel frequency germanium gigahertz glass eee Kround ed henry hour heterodyne hexagonal hardware n high frequency Hewlett Packard high pass filter hour used in parts list high voltage integrated circuit inside diameter IF intermediate frequency IMPG impregnated incandescent 2 inelude s input insulation Allabbreviationsinthe partslist will bein upper case Model 436A integrated circuit microcircuit electron tube voltage regulator breakdown diode cable transmission path wire Socket crystal unit piezo elec
327. icated below a The following display is observed with the logic analyzer con netted normally refer to troubleshooting example and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Subroutine address 10 001 010 1 10 001 011 2 00 001 100 3 00 001 101 4 11 000 001 5 01 000 011 6 01 000 Oll 7 01 000 011 8 b The dB REL output of the mode select gates is loaded into the mode select register at address 101 0f the Remote Initialize Subroutine Description This step verifies that the Power Meter is capable of remote Watt mode trigger immediate operation Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except as indicated below a Thefollowing display is observed with the logic analyzer con netted normally refer to troubleshooting example and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Subroutine address 10 001 010 1 01 000 001 5 10 001 011 2 11 000 010 6 00 001 100 3 01 000 100 7 00 001 101 4 01 000 100 8 b The watts output of the mode select gates is loaded into the mode select register at address 102 0f the Remote Initialize Subroutine 8 121 Service 14 8 122 Model 436A Table 8 5 BCD Interface Option 024 Checkout 6 of 6 Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Program Power Meter for remote operation Watt mode auto range trigger immediate Check that the Power Meter outputs the following data Statu
328. ication Program HP 9830A Calculator 1 of 25 8 70 Model 436A a m m HoH I c na vnam nci je D ma a Te C ur oa Cu i Um TI EO Gi PTE cT d TH Gos SB S IF 5488 m gta cuoc m anam mo oc vu GOS IF GOTO 418 REM 4 CHECKS Haig 1 FOR TO DATA 49 2 28 kski 11 CHD FL CLss TOR GOslE 2348 E E 1 CAD FNS ENTER 22 SD as F 261 D IF RisR2 THEM 356 IF MIRT THEN IF M en THEH IF 1811 THEM 9 HERT I RESTORE IF 62 SOTO c d Td TQ CHE AR CO Por Cu a f Cu E gt 7 ac cea Rex 1 on un CO 7j CO 5 Curam cu ma p o TP Gh orn oL mf ES ba ax mi aye zi wn Cu 3 Dy Po e Cu THEH 1848 wo IF Meee FRIHT DATA 15 a E M ea G slg 2318 PRIHT GOTO 940 1 REC ET Ma ma Cu Ll p Ree nnt
329. igger with settling time programming command and the following display is observed with the logic analyzer con nected normally refer to troubleshooting example and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 1108Q 0 Display and Remote Talk Subroutine address 01 001 000 1 00 001 110 9 11 001 001 2 00 001 111 10 01 001 010 3 10 011 001 11 00 010 110 4 10 011 110 12 10 100 010 5 01 010 111 13 10 001 010 6 01 010 111 14 00 001 Oll 7 01 010 111 15 10 001 101 8 01 010 111 16 f Watt mode output of mode select gates is loaded into mode select logic Operating program cydes to Display and Remote Talk Sub routine data transfer pause loop a NOTE Address 1208 Q 1 1238 and 1228 of Subroutine not previously verified 4 Program Power Meter for remote operation Description This test verifies that the Power Meter is capable of Watt mode range 2 trigger with settling remote watt mode range 2 operation time Check that the Power Meter outputs the following data Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera Status 1 Under range watt tion previously verified except as indicated below Range 2 a Range select gates provide range 2 output Mode 2 watt or Q printer Sign 1 or 0 or continued Data same as front panel Digital Readout Exponent 07 8 118 Model 436A Service Table 8 5 BCD Interface Option 024 Checkout 3 of 6 Program Power Meter for remote operation Watt mo
330. in the Auto Zero Enable Logic The output of the flip flop is then gated with the HREM input to select Sensor Auto Zeroing when remote operation is enabled refer to Service Sheet 3 Block Diagram Descrip tion Mode Selection and to allow front panel WIRED OR control of this function when local operation is enabled Resetting of the flip flop occurs when the Function Decoder provides a Mode Clock output refer to previous description or when the Controller or the Device Clear De coder generates an LPU output 8 141 Cal Factor Programming Command Pro cessing The Auto Zero Clock output of the Func tion Decoder clocks the 1103 data bit input into a flip flop in the Cal Factor Disable Logic The output of the flip flop is then gated with the HREM input When the HREM input is low indicating that local operation is enabled the Cal Factor Disable line is set false to enable the CAL FACTOR switch refer to Service Sheet 2 When the HREM input is high indicating that remote operation is enabled the state of the stored 8 156 L103 bit controls the Cal Factor Disable output For a Cal Factor Enable Programming Com mand the stored bit is low and sets the Cal Factor Disable output false to enable the front panel CAL FACTOR switch For a Cal Factor Disable Programming Command the stored bit is high and sets the Cal Factor Disable output true to disable the CAL FACTOR 96 switch Disabling the switch is the same as sett
331. in the figure the operating program is divided into subroutines with each subroutine providing some dedicated func tion When the Power Meter is first turned on the operating program is preset to its power up address and the power up subroutine is executed to initialize the Power Meter circuits After the power up subroutine is executed the program cycles normally with one measurement being taken and the results displayed for each cycle During each cycle the circuits shown on the block diagram operate as described in the following paragraphs a Power Sensor Amplifier Demodulator Filter and True Range Decoder The inputs to these circuits from the Controller are allowed to change only once during each program cycle Thus the circuits are in effect continuously enabled and provide constant outputs The outputs of the Amplifier Filter and Demodulator Circuits are dc representations of the RF input power level applied to the Power Sensor The outputs of the True Range Decoder are reference values which account for the different sensitivities of the various types of Power Sensors that can be used with the Power Meter b Counters Clock Generator and Analog to Digital Converter The Clock Generator provides program clock outputs which enable sequencing of the operating program and counting of the Up Down Counters The Counters are en abled by the Controller to provide timing refer ences for execution of the operating program a
332. ine 1760 ASSIGNMENT error number set to 39 Q Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 19 of 25 8 88 Model 436A Service 1770 ASSIGNMENT test number incremented 1780 THEN YES NO 2310 Subroutine print ERROR 39 stop GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits DISPLAY data 1810 IF THEN 799 mW Received YES 1820 1830 PRINT text in quotes 1840 PRINT skip line 1850 1860 ASSIGNMENT test number set to 1 error number set to 40 Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 20 of 25 8 89 Service Model 436A 1870 ASSIGNMENT test number incremented 2 301 1880 IF THEN YES NO 2310 Subroutine print ERROR 40 stop GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 1900 DISPLAY data 1890 866 mW Received YES PRINT text in quotes PRINT skip line BUS CMD unlisten 1950 1960 PRINT text in quotes 1970 1980 PRINT skip line Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 21 of 25 8 90 Model 436A Perform operations specified in printed text then press CONT amp EXECUTE
333. ine change DISP RUNNING to PRINT for trace mode operation A Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 6 of 25 8 75 Service Model 436A TEST IS REPEATED ONCE 230 240 ASSIGNMENT increment test number T 2 3 set error number to 2 250 GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 260 IF THEN m dB YES Ref Mode NO GO SUB print ERROR 2 stop GO TO line 290 290 IF THEN NO T 3 300 ASSIGNMENT error number set to 3 310 320 BUS CMD OUTPUT HP Interface Bus set to remote 330 GO SUB RETURN trace subroutine change DISP RUNNING to PRINT for trace mode operation Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 7 of 25 Model 436A Service TEST IS REPEATED ONCE BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to trigger with settling time 350 ASSIGNMENT increment test number 4 5 360 GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 370 IF THEN NO T 5 380 iF THEN m dB NO REF mode Page 8 81 YES 400 GO SUB print ERROR 3 stop 390 GO TO line 410 410 ASSIGNMENT test and error number set to 4 Figure
334. ing it to the 10096 position 8 142 After a Cal Factor Programming Command is loaded into the Cal Factor Disable Logic flip flop the flip flop is inhibited from changing state until a new Cal Factor Programming Command or an LPU input is received When a new Cal Factor Programming Command is received the flip flop changes state to reflect the new state of the LI03 data bit When an LPU input is received the flip flop is preset to set the Cal Factor Disable output true disabling the front panel switch 8 143 Measurement Rate Programming Command Processing The Rate Clock 1 and 2 outputs of the Function Decoder are ORed together so that either dock causes the Measurement Rate Select Logic to process the 1101 02 1103 and 04 data bit inputs The 1103 bit selects the measurement rate Model 436A Service CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Data Mode Operation cont d delayed or immediate and the remaining three bits select hold triggered or free run operation of the Power Meter 8 144 The 1103 bit is processed separately from the remaining data bit inputs to the Measurement Rate Select Logic When the Function Generator provides a Rate Clock output this bit is clocked into a flip flop If the 1103 bit is high the flip flop is clocked to the set state to select delayed meas urements if the 1103 bit is low the flip flop 15 clocked to the reset state to select immediate measurements The output of the flip flop is then con
335. inhibited from taking measurements and from outputting data Thus it is set to a predetermined reference condition from which a measurement can be triggered synchrously to some external event b Trigger Immediate this programming command directs the Power Meter to make one measurement and output the data in the minimum possible time then to go into Hold until the next Triggering command is recieved It does not allow settling time prior to the measurement c Trigger with Delay this trigger command is identical to the trigger immediate command except that it causes the Power Meter to execute a settling time delay subroutine before taking a measurement and outputting data d Free run at maximum rate this programming command is normally used for asynchronous operation of the Power Meter It directs the Power Meter to continuously take measurements and output data in the minimum possible time It does not allow settling time prior to each measurement e Freerun with Delay this programming command is identical to the previous command except that it causes the Power Meter to execute a settling time delay subroutine prior to each measurement 3 71 When programming the Power Meter for synchronous triggered operation there are two factors that the programmer must consider to ensure the validity of the output measurement data The first factor is the time that it takes the Power Meter to respond to a full scale change in input
336. ion 5 of 11 Block Diagram Description Troubleshooting Sub Routine Address Branch To Refer To Service i Title Sheet Measurement 066 c Enable A D ramp log Subroutine 051 conversion slope LRMP cont d 107 if dc input not under cont d range Linear Enable linear positive Under Range Sub Table 8 3 Step 7 2 A D Converter Positive conversion ramp LRMP routine Address 174 Linear Conversion Conversion and count main counter if 100 counts Subroutine up on every other clock pulse LCNT Display and Remotq Table 8 3 b Check A D converter out Talk subroutine E 52 073 put qualifier prior to each Address 177 if be Step 3 addresses count to detect under tween 100 an 07 075 Step 6 range in range or over 1199 counts i address 074 renge Condition LCOR instruction c Detect under range ad dress 067 if A D conver ter output qualifier changes state before main Over Range Sub Table 8b Step counter is counted up routine Address 5 100 counts 147 if 1200 counts Detect in range condition address 072 or 074 if A D converter output qualifier changes state between 100 and 1199 counts Detect over range condi tion address 075 if A D converter output qualifier does not change state before 1200 counts f Clear over under range decoder LCOR 3 Linear Nega Enable linear negative Under Range Sub Table 8 3 Step 2 3 A D Converter tive Conver conversio
337. ion Program HP 9830A Calculator 16 of 25 8 85 Service Model 436A GO SUB RETURN device clear sent to Power Meter ASSIGNMENT error number set to 35 WAIT 200 millisecond delay BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to dBm mode range 3 trigger immediate GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 1350 IF THEN O N NO NO YES 1390 GO SUB print ERROR 35 stop 1380 GO TO line 1400 Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 17 of 25 8 86 Model 436A 1500 1510 1520 1530 1540 REM remarks ASSIGNMENT error number set to 36 BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to WATT Mode trigger immediate GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits BUS CMD false listen addresses sent to Power Meter Power Meter should not respond to dBm mode D and trigger immediate 1 programming commands BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to trigger immediate GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 1470 IF THEN NO YES 1490 GO S
338. is step verifies that the Power Meter can store a dB reference value and indicate RF input power levels in dB with respect to the stored reference Set the WATT Mode switch to on in and readjust the 0 CAL ADJ control so that the disita Readout indicates 1 000 mW NOTE Steps 20 through 28 are performed in lieu of steps 6 through 19 when the Power Meter is connected to an 8481H or an 8482H Power Sensor Press and hold the SENSOR ZERO switch until the Digital Readout stabilizes While the switch is held pressed verify that the ZERO lamp is lit and that the RF BLANKING output is 0 0 04 Release the SENSOR ZERO switch and verify that the ZERO lamp remains lit for approxi mately four seconds When the ZERO lamp goes out verify that the Digital Readout indicates 0 00 0 02 mW Set the POWER REF switch to ON in and adjust the CAL ADJ control so that the Digital Readout indicates 1 000 mW Verify that the pointer on Auxiliary Meter is aligned between the last two marks and that the RECORDER OUTPUT is approximately 1 000 Vdc Rotate the CAL FACTOR switch through its range and verify that the Digital Readout in creases slightly for each successive step Then return the CAL FACTOR switch to 100 Set the o dBm MODE switch to on in and verify that the o Digital Readout indicates 0 00 0 01 dBm Figure 3 2 Operator s Checks 4 of 10 3 9 Model 436A Operation odel 43 OPERA
339. iwatt from the following equation Model 436A Adjustments ADJUSTMENTS 5 22 POWER REFERENCE OSCILLATOR LEVEL ADJUSTMENT cont d TYPICAL CALCULATIONS Vg Vogue 10 4R EFFECTIVE EFFICIENCY where V previously recorded value comp previously recorded value 10 1 milliwatt R previously recorded value EFFECTIVE EFFICIENCY value for thermistor mount at 50 MHz traceable to the National Bureau of Standards 14 Remove the Power Meter top cover and adjust LEVEL ADJUST potentiometer A8R4 so that the DVM indicates the calculated value of V 1 ACCURACY DVM Measurements 352 0 018 HP 3490A 90 days 23 C 5 C v V 0 023 R 0 03 Math Assumptions 0 01 EFFECTIVE EFFICIENCY CAL NBS 0 5 MISMATCH UNCERTAINTY Source amp Mount SWR lt 1 05 0 1 lt 0 7 2 MATH ASSUMPTIONS 212 2V come V Vy V 2d 4R EFFECTIVE EFFICIENCY 2 Assume v V V V V V 2 V 2V Vy 2 Want Vo V V 2 2V V V2 V V2 2V2 2V Vy 2V V V if 2V Vi V lt lt 2Veome V ie Vo lt lt Vcomp error is negligible Vcomp 4 volts If V lt 400 uV error is lt 0 01 typically V can be set to lt 50 u V Adjustments Model 436A ADJUSTMENTS 5 22 POWER REFERENCE OSCILLATOR LEVEL ADJUSTMENT TYPICAL 3 Derivation of Formula for V V CALCULATIONS cont d
340. justments 4 7 PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 8 The performance tests given in this section are suitable for incoming inspection troubleshooting or preventive maintenance During any per formance test all shields and connecting hardware must be in place The tests are designed to verify published instrument specifications Perform the tests in the order given and record the data on the test card and or in the data spaces provided at the end of each procedure NOTE The Power Meter must have a half hour warmup and the line voltage must be within 5 10 of nominal if the performance tests are to be considered valid 4 9 Bach test is arranged so that the specification is written as it appears in Table 1 1 Next a description of the test and any special instructions or problem areas are included Each test that requires test equipment has a setup drawing and a list of the required equipment The initial steps of each procedure give control settings required for that particular test 4 1 Performance Tests Model 436A PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 10 ZERO CARRYOVER TEST SPECIFICATION 0 2 of full scale when zeroed the most sensitive range DESCRIPTION After the Power Meter is initially zeroed on the most sensitive range the change in the digital readout is monitored as the Power Meter is stepped through its ranges Thus this test also takes noise and drift into account because noise drift and zero carry over readings cannot be
341. k indicates selected 43 component average values shown 3 WB omitted option 003 W10 option 003 wi W6P1 W10P1 W6Pl w6 W10 WIOPI 2 t 214093 POWER REF OUTPUT TRANSISTOR AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INTEGRATED CIRCUIT PART NUMBERS VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS REFERENCE REFERENCE DESIGNATIONS PART NUMBER DESIGNAN GE g PIN NUMBER 1854 0247 15 VF 7 1854 0071 15 VF 4 1826 0013 1820 0223 AB A10 Figure 8 45 Power Reference Oscillator Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 193 SERVICE SHEET 15 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS General The Power Line Module A11 the Power Transformer T1 the Power Supply Rectifier and Regulator Assembly A9 and the 35V Regulator provide the 5 Vdc 15 Vdc and 15 Vdc voltages for the operation of the Power Meter Power Line Module and Transformer The Power Meter requires a power source of 100 120 220 or 240 Vac 5 10 48 to 440 Hz single phase The Power Meter consumes about 20 watts of power The line mains voltage selection is accomplished through the proper selection of 11 1 See paragraph on Line Voltage Selection in Section bf this manual The Power Transformer T1 provides the proper voltages to the Power Supply Rectifier and Regulator Assembly A9 and the 45V Regulator U1 from the various line mains voltages Power Supply Rectifier and Regulator Assembly Diodes A9CR3 through A9CR6 comprise a bridge rectifier circuit with
342. k and range mode and data output checked Data output should correspond to mini mum threshold of dBm range 4 0 dBm Error Power Meter range mode or data output wrong Description Power Meter programmed to dBm mode range 5 trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range mode and data output checked Data output should correspond to mini mum threshold of dBm range 5 10 dBm Error Power Meter range mode or data output wrong Description Power Meter programmed to dBm mode auto range trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range mode and data output checked Data output should correspond to minimum threshold of dBm range 1 30 dBm Corrective Action Manually program Power Meter to dBm mode range 4 trig gered with settling time CMD U D4T Verify Power Meter mode data and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Data out put should correspond to indication on Digital Readout previously verified for local operation Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs dBm mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 4 3 Range counter is preset to range 4 during Remote Initialize Subroutine Manually program Power Meter to dBm mode range 5 trig ger with settling time CMD U D5T Verify Power Meter mode data and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Data
343. k pulses 33 4 ms after address 071 Branch to Display and Remote Talk Subroutine DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the CAL FACTOR switch is operating properly and that the Power Meter is capable of properly displaying a WATT MODE Range 5 117 input power level KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated on the following page 8 53 Service Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Position 99 98 97 9 6 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 3 of 17 Indication 101 0 0 2 mW 102 0 0 2 mW 103 1 0 2 mW 104 2 0 2 mW 105 3 0 2 mW 106 4 0 2 mW 107 5 0 2 mW 108 7 0 2 mW 109 9 0 2 mW 111 1 0 2 mW 112 4 0 2 mW 113 6 0 2 mW 114 9 0 2 mW 116 3 0 2 mW 117 6 0 2 mW Model 436A Tast Description and Key Operating Sequence CAL FACTOR Switch Position A D Converter Input Voltage DC test point A3TP4 1 010 0 002 1 020 0 002 1 031 0 002 1 042 0 002 1 053 0 002 1 064 0 002 1 075 0 002 1 087 0 002 1 099 0 002 1 111 0 002 1 124 0 002 1 136 0 002 1 149 0 002 1 163 0 002 1 176 0 002 A D Converter Ramp Amplitude RMP test point A3TP2 7 171 0 014 7 242 0 014 7 320 0 014 7 398 0 014 7 467 0 014 7 554 0 014 7 633 0 014 7 718 0 014 7 803 0 014 7 889 0 014 7 980 0 014 8 066 0 014 8 158 0 014 8 25
344. kard Australia Ltd 31 po Street Pymble New South Wales 2073 Tel 449 6566 Telex 21561 Cable HEWPAAD Sydney Hewlett Packard Australia Pty 153 Greenhill Road Parkside S A 5063 Tel 272 5911 Telex 82536 ADEL Cable HEWPARO ADELAIDe Hewlett Packard Australia 141 Stirling Highway Nediands W A 6009 Tel 86 5455 Telex 93859 PERTH Cable HEWPARD PERTH He Australia td 121 Wollongong Street Fyshwick 2609 Tel 95 2733 Telex 62650 Canberra Cable HEWPARD CANBERRA Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 5th Floor Teachers Union Building 495 499 Boundary Street Spring Hill 4000 Queensland Tel 229 1544 Cable HEWPARD Brisbane MONG KONG Schmidt amp Hong Kong Ltd PO Box 297 Connalight Centre 39th Floor Connaught Road Central H K 2592 1 5 Telex 74766 SCHMC HX Cable SCHMIDTCO Hong Kong INDIA Blue Star Ltd Kasturi Buildings Jamshedj Tata Rd Bombay 400 020 Tel 29 50 21 Telex 2156 Cable BLUEFROST Blue Star Ltd Sahas 414 2 Vir Savarkar Marg Prabhadevi Bombay 400 025 Tel 45 78 87 Telex 4093 Cable FROSTBLUE Blue Star itd Band Box House Prabhadevi Bo 400 025 Tel 45 73 01 Telex 3751 Cable BLUESTAR Blue Star Ltd 14 40 Cil Lines Ka 208 001 6 88 82 Telex 292 BLUESTAR Blue Star Ltd 7 Hare Street P 0 Box 506 Calcutta 700 001 Tel 23 0131 Telex 7655 Cable BLUESTAR Blue Star Ltd 7th amp Bth Floor Bhandan
345. keys to manually re start program MANUAL RESTART BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen CAL FACTOR switch enabled GO SUB RETURN device clear output to Power Meter ASSIGNMENT error number set to 41 BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to trigger with settling time GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 2050 IF THEN 1 000 0 003 mW Received NO YES GO SUB print ERROR 41 stop 2060 GO TO line 2080 2080 RESTORE data pointer to start of line 2090 T Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 22 of 25 Service 8 91 Serivce Model 436A 2090 2100 READ DATA programming commands and compare for status checks S1 status compare data R range programming commands M mode programming commands 2110 ASSIGNMENT error number incremented 42 44 2120 2130 BUS CMD OUTPUT send range and mode programming commands to Power Meter 2140 GO SUB RETURN trace subroutine change DISP RUNNING to PRINT for trace mode operation 2150 GO SUB RETURN Power Meter unaddressed to listen and addressed to talk calculator set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits 2160 IF THEN 2180 GO SUB print ERROR X 42 44
346. kville 20850 Tei 301 948 6370 TWX 710 828 9684 MASSACHUSETTS 32 Hartwelt Ave Lexington 02173 Tel 617 861 8960 TWX 710 326 6904 MICHIGAN 23855 Research Drive Farmington Hills 48024 313 476 6400 MINNESOTA 2400 N Prior Ave St Paul 55113 Tei 612 636 0700 MISSISSIPPI Jackson Medical Service only Tet 601 982 9363 MISSOURI 11131 Colorado Ave Kansas City 64137 816 763 8000 TWX 910 771 2087 148 Weldon Parkway Maryland Heights 63043 Tel 314 567 1455 TWX 910 764 0833 NEBRASKA Medical ony 7171 Mercy Road Suite Omaha 68106 Tel 402 392 0948 NEW JERSEY W 120 Century Rd Paramus 07652 Tel 201 265 5000 TWX 710 990 4951 Crystai Brook Professional Building Eatontown 07724 Tel 201 542 1384 NEW MEXICO P O Box 11634 Station E 11300 Lomas Blvd Albi 87123 Tel 505 292 1330 TWX 910 989 1185 156 Wyatt Drive Las Cruces 88001 Tel 505 526 2484 TWX 910 983 0550 NEW YORK 6 Automation Lane Computer Park Albany 12205 Tet 518 458 1550 20t South Avenue Poughkeepsie 12601 Tel 14 454 7330 TWX 510 253 5981 39 Saginaw Drive Rochester 14623 Tel 716 473 9500 TWX 510 253 5981 5858 East Road Syracuse 13211 Tel 915 454 2486 TWX 710 541 0482 t Crossways Park West Woodbury 11797 Tet 516 921 0300 TWX 710 990 4951 NORTH CAROLINA P O Box 5188 1923 North Main Street High Point 27262 Tel 919 885 8101 OHIO
347. l To remove the top cover from the Power Meter follow the steps as listed below a Remove Pozidriv screw from rear edge of top cover b Slide top cover back until free from front frame and lift off Reverse the procedure to replace the top cover 8 22 Bottom Cover Removal To remove the bottom cover from the Power Meter follow the steps as listed below a Place Power Meter with bottom cover facing up b Remove four plastic feet from bottom cover Lift up on back edge of plastic foot and P O W1P2 P O W2P2 A1A3S1 Model 436A push back on front edge of plastic foot to free foot from bottom cover C Remove captive Pozidriv screw from rear edge of bottom cover d Slide bottom cover back until it clears rear frame Reverse the procedure to replace the bottom cover 8 23 Front Panel Removal To remove the front panel from the Power Meter follow the steps as listed below a Remove top and bottom covers b Remove side trim strips from front frame c Remove two Pozidriv screws from both sides of front frame d Carefully push front panel from behind to free it from the front frame see Figure 8 P O W4P2 OR W11P2 OPT 022 OR 024 P O W3P2 A1A3R16 Figure 8 2 Front Panel Removal Model 436A Disassembly and Reassembly Procedures cent d e Disconnect cables as necessary for access to front panel assemblies and components Reverse the procedure to replace the front panel
348. l below the manual part number is a Microfiche part number This number may be used to order 4x6 inch microfilm transparencies of the manual The microfiche package also includes the latest Manual Changes supplement as well as all pertinent Service Notes 1 6 SPECIFICATIONS 1 7 Instrument specifications listed These specifications are the performance standards or limits against which the instrument may be tested 1 8 INSTRUMENTS COVERED BY MANUAL 1 9 Power Meter Options 002 003 009 010 011 012 013 022 and 024 are documented in this manual The differences are noted in the appropriate location such as OPTIONS in Section the Replaceable Parts List and the schematic diagrams 1 10 This instrument has a two part serial number The first four digits and the letter comprise the serial number prefix The last five digits form the sequential suffix that is unique to each instrument The contents of this manual apply directly to instruments having the same serial number prefix es as listed under SERIAL NUMBERS on the title page 1 11 An instrument manufactured after the printing of this manual may have a serial prefix that is not listed on the title page This unlisted serial prefix indicates that the instrument is different from those documented in this manual The manual for this instrument is supplied with a yellow Manual Changes supplement that contains change information that documents the
349. l Factor Disable Cal Factor Enable NOTE X Indicates Don t Care m 5 1 and high YRR3 low high YRR1 and YRR2 YRR1 and YRR3 high YRR2 Auto Range qualifier set true low by Auto Range Clock output of Function Decoder IYM1 low IYM2 high 1 high IYM2 low IYM1 low 1 2 IYM1 high IYM2 high Auto Zero Enable NZR output set true low by Auto Zero Clock out put of Function Decoder EEL Cal Factor Disable high x x u x Factor Disable open collector amp 15V d 1102 8 155 Service Model 436A Table 8 9 Programming Command Logic Operating Summary 2 of 2 PROGRAMMING COMMAND Lior 02 Lios LOGIC CIRCUIT OUTPUT fon fn Pe Po Pe Trigger with setting time T Trigger immediate I Free run at maximum H X X H H L rate R Free M with settling time V NOTE X Indicates Don t Care LRUN set low by programming command reset by LTC instruction generated as start of display and re mote talk subroutine LRUN set low by programming command reset by LTC instruction generated at start of display and re mote talk subroutine LRUN low LSLOW high LRUN LSLOW o CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Data Mode Operation cont d 8 140 sensor Auto Zero Programming Command Processing The Auto Zero Clock output of the Function Decoder sets a flip flop
350. l Lockout and Clear O T Lockout Set Local Messages 3 29 Receiving the Pass Control Message 3 29 Sending the Required Service Message 3 29 CEJ 54 Sending the Status Byte Message 3229 EE Sending the Status Bit Message 11 3 58 Receiving the Abort Message 29 3 60 Test of HP IB Operation 3 29 Ll 3 62 Remote BCD Interface Operation 3 29 m 3 65 Output Data Format r BCD Remote Programming i 3 73 Measurement Accuracy ow 3 75 Sources of Error and Measurement Uncertainty EA 3 81 Corrections for Error 5 338 4 Calculating Total Uncertainty 1 11 4 m PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 1 introduction i L2 4 3 Equipment Required ie Wood 4 1 4 5 Tet 4 1 24 4 7 Performance Tests 410 Zero Carryover Test 42 4 21 4 11 Instrument Accuracy Test 4 3 24 4 12 Calibration Factor Test Eza 4 13 Power Reference Level Test 4 7 L 2 2 22 V ADJUSTMENTS 5 1 5 1 5 4 safety Considerations 5 1 22 5 10 Elquipment Required C5 22 5 12 Factory Selected Components CE i 5 14 Aldjustment Locations L 5l 5 16 Offset Adjustment 5 17 Auto Zero Offset Adjustment 3 1 5 18 Spike Balance Adjustment 5 4 L 3l 5 19 Multivibrator Adjustment L 5 5 Lx 5 20 A D Converter and Lin
351. l as remotely via Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Option 022 or BCD Remote Interface Option 024 respectively the information in this section is arranged accordingly All information unique to a particular operating configuration is designated as such where no distinction is made the informa ion is applicable to both standard and optional instrument operation 3 4 PANEL FEATURES 3 5 Front and rear panel features of the Power Meter are described in Figure 3 1 This figure contains a detailed description of the controls connectors and indicators 3 6 OPERATOR S MAINTENANCE 3 7 The only maintenance the operator should normally perform is replacement of the primary power fuse located within Line Module Assembly A11 For instructions on how to change the fuse refer to Section Voltage Selection CAUTION Make sure that only fuses with the required rated current and of the specified type normal blow time dday dtc are used for replacement The use of repaired fuses and the short circuiting of fuse holders must be avoided 3 8 OPERATOR S CHECKS 3 9 A procedure for verifying the major func tions of the Power Meter is provided ure 3 2 The procedure is divided into three parts Local Operation Remote BCD Operation and Remote Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Opera tion For a standard instrument it is only necessary to perform the Local Operation procedure For units equipped with either of the remote options
352. led HOLD are associated with both hold and external triggered operation When hold is programmed the decision is always yes When triggered operation is programmed the decision is no starting when a trigger is received and continuing uniti the dig ital readout is updated The decision then reverts to yes until receipt of the next trigger Thus when the Power Meter is programmed for external triggering it will provide output data only after receiving a trigger in the listen mode Figure 3 6 Operating Program Simplified Flow Chart 3 28 Model 436A Sending Data Messages cont d data after taking a measurement Thus when the interface bus is placed in the data mode after the Power Meter has been addressed to talk the time required to access the first output data character depends on where the Power Meter is in the operating program and on how the Power Meter has been previously programmed see Programming Codes above Worst case access times for each of the Power Meter operating configurations are listed in Table 3 5 3 39 After the first output character is sent the remaining characters are sent at either a 10 kHz rate infinitely fast listener or at the receive rate of the slowest listener 3 40 Receiving the Trigger Message 3 41 The Power Meter has no provision for re sponding to a Trigger Message bus command GET Power Meter triggering is done with the Data Mes sage through the Measurement Rate Program
353. led and provides a low H HOLD output to the Remote Multiplexer When the Hold Flip Flop is reset the state of the Trigger Flip Flop controls the H HOLD output of the OR gate Operation of the Trigger Flip Flop for a Hold or Triggered Measurement Programming Command is described in the following paragraphs a When both the 1101 and HI04 data bits are high for a Hold Programming Command the Trigger Flip Flop is reset by the Rate Clock output of the Function Decoder Since the Hold Flip Flop is also reset the OR gate is disabled and a high H HOLD output is provided to the Remote Multi plexer to inhibit the Power Meter from taking measurements see Figure 8 15 Sheets 4 and 14 b When either the 1101 or 04 data bit is low for a Triggered Measurement Programming Command the Trigger Flip Flop is set by the Rate Clock output of the Function Decoder then reset by the LTC instruction generated at the start of the operating program Display and Remote Talk Subroutine While the Flip Flop is set the OR gate is enabled and provides a low H HOLD output to the Remote Multiplexer to initiate a Power Meter measurement After the measurement is completed and the flip flop is reset the OR gate is disabled by the low outputs of the Hold and Trigger Flip Flops Thus the gate provides a high H HOLD output to inhibit further measurements until a Free Run or Triggered Measurement Programming Command is received 8 146 The output of the Trigge
354. ler When the Display Sign minus input is active the center segment of the first indicator is lighted to display a minus sign when the input is not active the segment is turned off to indicate a positive sign 8 86 The numeric value indiction is effected by docking the BCD output of the Main Counter into 8 128 the Display Drivers on the positive going edge of the Display Count Strobe The Display Drivers then convert the BCD input into a format that lights individual segments of the numeric indicators to form a decimal number Decimal point posi tioning is controlled by the Decimal Point Select output of the True Range Decoder The LBLANK input to the Display Drivers is activated to blank all but the most significant digit for various under and over range conditions Similarly the Display Drivers also employ a ripple blanking capability to turn off the most significant digit when it is a zero 8 87 Service Sheet 3 8 88 General In order to understand the opera tion of the circuits shown on the block diagram it is necessary to consider Power Meter operation in terms of the operating program stored in the State Controller As stated previously the program is executed on a cyclic basis with one measurement taken and the results displayed per cycle On Sheet 1 it is shown that each cyde starts when the program enters the ocal Remote Branch or Local Initialize Subroutines and ends when the program exits the Display
355. letion of the program Model 436A Service CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 3 cont d cycle until an in range measurement is obtained on any range or an out of range measurement is obtained on the last range When local operation is selected the program is allowed to free run and measurements are taken asynchronously to changes in the RF input power level When remote operation is selected an additional capability is provided to enable the start of each program cycle to be triggered by an external input Thus for remote operation measurements can be taken synchronously or asynchronously to changes in the RF input power level 8 96 Mode Selection The Mode Select inputs are applied to the Controller in a WIRED OR configuration to enable either Local or Remote mode selection When the Power Meter is configured for Local Operation the Remote Enable input to the Pushbutton Switch Assembly is high and the Mode Select outputs of the Remote Interface Circuits are set to the logic 1 45V state Thus the Pushbutton Switch Assembly is enabled to select the operating mode for the Power Meter When the Power Meter is configured for remote operation the Remote Enable input is low the outputs of the Pushbutton Switch Assembly are held at logic 1 and the Mode Select outputs of the Remote Interface Circuits select the operating mode of the Power Meter 8 97 The Mode Select inputs IYM1 and IYM2 are coded as indicated below
356. level applied to the Power Sensor Operation of the A D Converter can be divided into three basic functions auto zero function measurement function and conversion function As shown in Sheet 1 a subroutine is dedicated to each of these functions and the functions are performed in sequence during every program cycle Additional auto zero functions may be enabled at other times in the program cycle if various pre determined operating conditions are detected During the auto zero subroutine a feedback loop is closed to remove any dc offset voltage present at the reference input of the Ramp Generator During the measurement subroutine the Ramp Generator is charged to 7 times the dc input value During the conversion subroutine the Ramp Generator is discharged at a linear or expo nential rate and the Counters are clocked to measure the time that it takes for the Ramp Generator to discharge through threshold 8 79 A D Converter Auto Zero Function The auto zero function is enabled when the Controller activates the AUTO ZERO ENABLE input to the A D Converter During the Auto Zero subroutine this input is maintained for 133 ms the Controller enables the main Counter when the input is acti vated and terminates the input when the count reaches 8000 For auto zero functions generated at other points in the program cyle the auto zero timing interval varies according to the instantan eous conditions detected While the AUTO ZERO EN
357. line 5000 tling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output charac C Check that ters checked 1 Mode select logic outputs dB REF mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 2 3 Range counter is preset to range 2 during Remote Initialize Subroutine 8 108 Model 436A Service Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 11 of 18 Error Problem and Description 23 Error Power Meter range or mode output A character wrong Description Power Meter programmed to B dB REF mode range 3 trigger with set tling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range end mode output charac C ters checked 24 Error Power Meter range or mode output character wrong Description Power Meter programmed to dB REF mode range 4 trigger with set tling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output charac ters checked 25 Error Power Meter range or mode output character wrong Description Power Meter programmed to dB REF mode range 5 trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range and mode output charac ters checked 26 Error Power Meter range or mode output characters wrong Description Power Meter programmed to dB REF mode auto range trigger with settling time Then Power Meter addressed to talk and range end mode output charac ters checked Corrective Action Manually program Power Meter to
358. line 940 820 830 READ DATA programming commands and compare data for range and mode checks range programming commands R1 range status com pare data D1 measured value compare data 840 850 BUS CMD OUTPUT Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to range and mode specified on lines 820 and 800 respectively 860 GO SUB RETURN trace subrouting change DISP RUNNING PRINT for trace mode operation ASSIGNMENT increment error number E 9 32 BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to talk ENTER calculator reads status S range R2 mode M1 and data D 9 digits H Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 12 of 25 8 81 Service Model 436A 900 IF THEN 980 IF THEN 930 IF THEN PRINT statement in quotes PRINT quote field and variables 1010 GO SUB print ERROR X 1 32 stop 1020 PRINT statement in quotes GO TO line 940 Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 13 of 25 8 82 Model 436A Service 940 IF THEN NO YES 950 RESTORE data pointer 960 IF THEN Page 981 YES 970 GO TO line 800 6 5 8 81 REM remarks BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to range 5 dBm mode free run at maximum rate GO SUB RETURN output device clear BUS CMD Power Meter addressed to listen and programmed to trigger with s
359. llation 3 69 Remote range programming is slightly different than Local Range selection For Local operation a particular range is selected by allowing the Power Meter to autorange to the desired range then pressing the RANGE HOLD switch to hold the range For Remote operation the programming codes have providion for direct selection of the desired range as well as selection of the autorange function 3 70 An additional feature that is only available via remote programming is selection of standby triggered or free running operation of the Power Table 3 6 Power Meter Output Data Printout for HP 5055A Digital Recorder right Units Digit 2 Tens Digit Hundreds Digit Thousands Digit Sign Range Mode Status Exponent Units Digit 0 left Exponent Tens Digit Intrepret measured value as 10 EXPONENT 3 36 Range Code 1 Range 1 most sensitive 2 Range 2 3 Range 3 4 Range 4 5 Range 5 least sensitive Mode Decode V dB REF A dB REL Q Watts dBm Status 0 In Range 1 Underrange WATT Mode 2 Overrange 3 Underrange dBm Mode 4 ZERO Mode Model 436A BCD Remote Programming cont d Meter During Local operation the Power Meter is allowed to free run with approximately 133 milli seconds allowed for settling time between measure ments The specific remote triggering capabilities are a Hold when the power meter is pro grammed to Hold it is
360. logic analyzer in the free standard instrument checkout procedure described run mode To isolate this type of previously For additional information covering BCD circuit operation and program interfacing refer to Service Sheets 3 and 5 NOTE Since a number of operating program addresses could not be verified for local problem it is necessary to turn power on and off to the Power Meter then to reprogram the Power Meter to the failed condition while using the logic analyzer to verify program execution starting at the Local Remote Branch Subroutine see Figure 8 13 Table 8 5 BCD Interface Option 024 Checkout 1 of 6 Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Test Description and Key Operating Sequence Connect Range Calibrator to Power Meter and turn power on to both units Set Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to STAND BY and program Power Meter for remote free run operation range 0 Check that the following front panel indications are observed a REMOTE indicator is lit b Digital Readout is blanked c Either OVER RANGE or UNDER RANGE indicator is lit Set Power Meter MODE dBm and RANGE HOLD switches to on in Then pro gram Power Meter for local operation and check that the Power Meter outputs the following data Status 3 Under range log Range 5 Mode 03 dBm or blank printer Sign 0 4 Data same as front panel digital readout while PRINT signal is low Exponent 0
361. ltage to which instrument Operation must be connected see Figure 2 1 Protective grounding conductor connects to the instrument through this module Any interruption of the protective ground ing conductor inside or outside the instru ment or disconnecting of the protective earth terminal is likely to make the instrument dangerous Intentional inter ruption is prohibited See Section II POWER REF OUTPUT Takes the place of the front panel 003 only POWER REF OUTPUT connector Option QD RECORDER OUTPUT Provides a linear output with respect to the input power 1 00 Vdc corresponds to a full scale Digital Readout indication on the range selected refer to T bIeI D The minimum load which may be coupled to the output is 1 MQ RF BLANKING Contact closure to ground when ZERO switch is pressed be used to remove RF input signal during automatic zeroing operation TALK ONLY NORMAL Associated with Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Option 022 only NORMAL position configures the Power Meter as a basic talker TALK ONLY position is normally used only when there is no controller connected to the interface bus e g when Power Meter is interconnected with an HP 5150A recorder Interface Connector For Power Meter connection to remote interface Options 022 and 024 Figure 3 1 Front and Rear Panel Controls Connectors and Indicators 4 of 4 3 5 Operation Model 436A OPERATOR S CHE
362. m This new indication verifies that the Power Meter has autoranged properly Adjust the CAL ADJ control so that the Digital Readout indicates 2 00 dBm Program the Power Meter to the dB REF MODE Verify that the dBm lamp goes out the dB REL lamp lights and the Digital Readout changes to 0 00 This step verifies that the Power Meter can store a dB reference value and indicate RF input power levels in dB with respect to the stored reference Program the Power Meter to the WATT MODE and readjust the CAL ADJ control so that the P visita Readout indicates 1 000 mW NOTE Steps 21 through 31 are performed in lieu of steps 5 through 20 when the Power Meter is connected to an HP 8481H or an HP 8482H Power Sensor Set the Remote Enable input to the Power Meter to logical 1 0 0 0 4 Vde and program the Power Meter as follows WATT Range m SENSOR ZERO ON enabled Verify that the Power Meter o pW and ZERO lamps are lit and that the e RF BLANKING output is 0 0 0 4V Figure 3 2 Operator s Checks 8 of 10 3 13 Operation Model 486A OPERATOR S CHECKS REMOTE BCD OPERATION cont d Program the SENSOR ZERO function to off and verify that the ZERO lamp remains lit for approxi mately four seconds When ZERO lamp goes out verify that the Digital Readout indicates 0 00 0 02 mW
363. m a 0 5 non polarized capacitor for the feedback across U4A The combination of C13 C14 C15 R52 R53 and R55 reduce the high frequency response of U4A while increasing the low frequency response of U4A The output from U4A is applied to the non inverting input of U4B Servo Amplifier VR4 and VR5 act to prevent the output of U4B from going more than 8 25V The output from U4B is applied to the input of the Auto Zero Assembly 1 The drain signal from the FET A3A1 Qa is fed back to the non inverting input of U4B through C16 and R54 The feedback path of U4B is an integrator that causes the high irequencies to be reduced The output from the Auto Zero Assembly is applied to the Power Sensor to develop a correction voltage that is input back to the DC Amplifier This correction voltage is stored in capacitor 1 When the SENSOR ZERO switch is released this voltage holds the correction voltage constant at the Power Sensor The special construction of the A3A1 assembly and the high gate impedance of 1 reduces the leakage from and therefore increases the storage time of the correction voltage ASR65 BAL Balance control is provided to center the Auto Zero circuit s output voltage range See Section V Spike Balance Adjustment Transistor Drivers The Transistor Driver circuits consist of transistors 1 through A3Q12 and associated components The Transistor Drivers provide buffering and sig
364. match interacting with the Power Sensor mismatch The magnitude of uncertainty is related to the magni tudes of the source and Power Sensor reflection coefficients which can be calculated from SWR Figure 3 9 shows how the calculations are to be made and Figure 3 10 illustrates mismatch uncer tainty and total calculated uncertainty for two cases In the first case the Power Sensor s SWR 1 5 and in the second case the Power Sensor s SWR 1 26 In both cases the source has a SWR of 2 0 The example shows the effect on power measurement accuracy a poorly matched power sensor will have as compared to one with low mismatch 3 00 A faster easier way to find mismatch uncer tainty is to use the HP Mismatch Error uncer Model 436A Calculating Total Uncertainty cont d tainty Limits Reflectometer Calculator The calculator may be obtained on request from your nearest Hewlett Packard office by using HP Part Number 5952 0448 NOTE The BCD output data levels are Operation 3 91 The method of calculating measurement uncertainty from the uncertainty in dB is shown by Figure 3 11 This method would be used when the initial uncertainty calculations were made with the Mismatch Error Reflectometer Calculator TTL compatible A false 0 state is defined as 0 0 to 0 4 Vdc and a true state is defined as 2 5 to 5 0 Vdc Table 3 7 BCD Output Data Codes 1 of 2 MEASURED VALUE The Power Meter format for outputtin
365. may be obtained on request and the Spare Parts Kit may be ordered through your nearest Hewlett Packard office 6 12 DIRECT MAIL ORDER SYSTEM 6 13 Within the USA Hewlett Packard can supply parts through a direct mail order system Advan tages of using the system are a Direct ordering and shipment from the HP Parts Center in Mountain View California b No maximum or minimum on any mail order there is a minimum order amount for parts ordered through a local HP office when the orders require billing and invoicing c Prepaid transportation there is a small handling charge for each order d No invoices to provide these advan tages a check or money order must accompany each order 6 14 Mail order forms and specific ordering information is available through your local HP office Addresses and phone numbers are located at the back of this manual 6 1 Replaceable Parts assembly AT attenuator isolator termination fanimotor BT battery Capacitor coupler CR diode diode thyristor varactor directional coupler DL delay line DS annunciator signaling device audible or visual lamp LED ampere alternating current ACCESS accessory ADJ adjustment A D analog to digital AF audio frequency AFC automatic frequency control AGC autom
366. ming Command or an LPU 8 154 input is received When a new Mode Programming Command is received the outputs of the flip flops change to reflect the new mode encoded in the command When an LPU input is received the flip flops are reset to select WATT Mode operation of the Power Meter 8 137 Range Programming Command Processing The Range Clock output of the Function Decoder resets the Auto Range Qualifier output of the Range Select Logic to disable Auto Ranging and also clocks the H101 1102 1103 data bit inputs into flip flops in the Range Select Logic The inverted outputs of the flip flop are then continuously applied to the Controller as YRR1 YRR2 and YRR3 Range Select inputs Since the Auto Range Qualifier is reset the Controller loads these inputs into the Range Counter at the start of each program cyde when remote operation is enabled to select the operating range for the Power Meter 8 138 After a Range Select Command is loaded into the Range Select Logic flip flops the flip flops are inhibited from changing state until a new Range Programming Command or an LPU input is received When a new Range Programming Com mand is received the outputs of the flip flops change to reflect the new range encoded in the command When an LPU input is received the Range flip flops are reset and the Auto Range flip flop is reset to select Auto Ranging when remote operation of the Power Meter is enabled refer to the paragrap
367. mote Qualifier is applied to State Controller via Line Selector 2 TA2 a Remote Qualifier clocked into Qualifier Register and applied to State Register b If qualifier is low logic 0 State Controller continues to output word 026 if qualifier is high logic 1 then word 2268 is produced Qualifier Instruction Next Address Select Select Select Code Code Code 15 141312111098 76 54 32 1 0 4226 X X X X 1 1 11 1 010 10 1 0 37 052 0 1 2529 3 No operation Instruction Decoder disabled by Instruction Select Code 4 TA4 TB1 a Next Address Select Code locked into State Register b State Controller produces word 0428 or 2528 5 TB2 etc Cycle repeated as described in steps 1 through 4 8 95 As illustrated the examples the operating program is not addressed in numerical order To simplify the understanding of how the program causes the circuits to operate Tore is arranged so that all of the words associated with a particular function are grouped together and designated a subroutine After the power up subroutine is completed a complete program cycle is executed for each measurement The cycle is considered to start at the Local Initialize or Local Remote Branch subroutine and to end at the Display and Remote Talk Subroutine When auto ranging is enabled and an out of range measurement is obtained a measurement sub loop is enabled to prevent comp
368. n Branch To Troubleshooting Refer to Service Title Sheet Display and Set data valid line to enable Address 110 Program Execution Remote Talk output data transfer i Talk Cycle cont d LSDAV T Measurement Rate BCD Option Programming Re mote Qualifier Program Interface and Talk Cyde Check whether data ac Address 111 if data Table 8 Program Execution cepted line set to indicate accepted HP IB Option Talk Cycle data received OK DACQ Table 8 5 318 BCD Option Address 106 if data Table 8 5 not accepted BCD Option N A for HP J B Auto zero A D converter Address 110 T 5 Step Analog to Digital one count LAZ BCD Option Converter Auto N A for HP IB Zero Function Reset data valid line to Address 112 Program Execution indicate data transferred i Talk Cycle LSDAV Table 8 5 BCD Option Measurement Rate Programming Re mote Qualifier Program Interface and Talk Cycle Check whether Power Meter Address 110 if T Program Execution has more data for remote more data 1 HP IB Option alk Cyde listener MORE DATA 338 N A for BCD Measurement Rate Programming Re mote Qualifier Program Interface Address 026 if no i and Talk Cycle more data ae 8 140 Model 436A CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 8 93 Program and Remote Interface Circuit Initialization When power is turned on a Master Reset LPU is generated by the Power Up Detector to select local operation of the Power Mete
369. n Counter operating cycle associated with this conversion is described in the following paragraphs NOTE An LCLR instruction is generated follow ing the measurement function to the output of the Main Counter to 0000 and to store a positive sign in the Sign Latch a The Controller generates an LPSC instruc tion to load the True Range Counter and Sign Preset outputs of the True Range Decoder into the Main Counter and Sign Latch respectively As stated on Service Sheet 2 these inputs correspond to the minimum threshold of the range selected The threshold can be either a positive or negative number 1000 2000 etc and for any given range it is determined by the overall sensitivity of the Power Sensor in use b The Controller checks the state of the A D qualifier input to determine whether the dc input has caused the A D ramp to exceed the value of the log threshold When the YLOG input to the A D Control Gates is active the LLGR output is enabled to select the log threshold whenever the A D Converter is not being auto zeroed If the A D qualifier input is OV indicating that the ramp has not charged through threshold the Controller detects an under range conversion Registration of the under range conversion is described below c If the A D qualifier is 45V indicating that the ramp has charged through threshold the Con troller alternately monitors the count and A D qualifier inputs while generating an LRMP i
370. n O22 Input Output Assembly A7 SERVICE SHEET 12 Service SERVICE SHEET 13 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS The Circuits described in Service Sheet 13 are covered in through 8 163 BCD Instrument Checkout in through 3 69 and on Table 3 5 8 190 Model 436A Model 436A ASSEMBLY Figure 8 42 AG BCD Interface Control Option 024 Assembly Component and Test Point Locations p P A7 BCD Interface Input OPT 024 Gutput Assembly Option 024 00436 60031 _ P O gt 24 z 24 RANGE gt gt 2 1 5 RANGE gt y 23 21 5 ENABLE gt at CAL FACTOR 35 DISABLE gt 5 ar 7 8 71 23 MODE gt BIT 2 e 3 3 REMOTE LIL 4 _ _ INTERFACE 10 P O 7 Y I RATE gt 10 gt gt n P O 4 INHIBIT 1 TRIGGER 49 BCD Interfece Control Assembly ption 024 00436 60013 P O A10 Board Astambly Note 2 1 Optional n 7 Poxas ER 1 4 n 3 104 4 i 28 lt 10 1 1 I Fk H F r gt n F T ee m a e a e
371. n addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the maintenance allocation chart SubColumns of column 4 are as follows C Operator Crew O Organizational F Direct Support H General Support D Depot e Column 5 Tools and Equipment Column 5 specifies by code those common tool sets no individual tools and special tools test and sup port equipment required to perform the designated funcion f Column 6 Remarks Column 6 contains a alphabetic code which leads to the remark in Remarks which is pertinent to the Item opposite the particular code D 4 Tool and Test Equipment Requirement sect Ill a Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code The numbers in this column coincide with the numbers used in the tools and equipment column of the MAC The numbers indicate the applicable tool or test equipment for the maintenance functions b Maintenance Category The codes in this column indicate the maintenance category allo cated the tool or test equipment C Nomenclature This column lists the noun name and nomenclature of the tools and test equipment required to perform the maintenance functions d National NATO Stock Number This column lists the National NATO stock number of the specified tool or test equipment Tool Number This column lists the manu facturer s part number of the tool followed by the Federal Supply Code for manufacturers
372. n only be operated in the Local mode unless a special cable is fabricated as the BCD interface bus lines that are normally used to program the Power Meter are used instead to pre set the digital recorder print format In the paragraphs which follow differences in Power Meter output data format for digital recorder and universal interfac ing are noted as applicable 3 65 Output Data Format 3 66 When the Power Meter is interfaced with an HP 5055A Digital Recorder the output data print out is as described in Table 3 4 When the Power Meter is interfaced with other controller or re corder instruments data format is selected by the user Refer to Table 3 5 a description of the function and coding of the Power Meter output data lines Model 436A 3 67 BCD Remote Programming 3 68 Remote programming of the Power Meter is enabled when a 0 0 to 0 4 Vdc level is applied to remote enable input line J7 21 The Power Meter controls that can be programmed remotely are the MODE and SENSOR ZERO switches The controls not programmable are the POWER REF and LINE switches The CAL FACTOR switch can be enabled and disabled via the remote inter face but when enabled the calibration factor entered at the front panel of the Power Meter is used NOTE Jumper options are provided to enable remote programming of the SENSOR ZERO switch when the remote enable in put is high 2 5 to 5 0V level is applied to J7 21 See Insta
373. n ramp LRMP routine Address 174 10 addresses Linear sion Sub and count main counter if 100 counts 076 130 077 Conversion routine up on every other clock pulse LCNT Check A D Converter Display and Remot Table 8 3 Step output qualifier prior to Talk Subroutine 38 addresses 130 each count to detect Address 177 if be 131 under range in range tween 100 and Steps 39 and 42 or over range condition 1199 counts addresses 131 c Detect under range ad 132 133 dress 077 if A D conver Step 41 address ter output qualifier 131 LCOR changes before main instruction counter is counted up to 100 counts 8 134 Model 436A Service Table 8 6 Operating Program Description 6 of 11 Block Diagram Description Troubleshooting Sub Routine Address Function Branch To Refer To Service Sheet Title Linear d Detect in range condition Over Range Sub Table 8 3 Negati ve Con address 131 or 133 if routine address 147 40 version Sub A D converter output if 1200 counts routine qualifier changes between cont d 100 and 1199 counts e Detect over range condi tion address 134 if A D converter output quali fier does not change state before 1200 counts f Clear over under range decoder LCOR Log NOTE A D Converter Conversion For log dB conversion the Log Conversion main counter can be preset to a negativenumber and counted down or it can be preset to a positive number and count
374. n t care condition Figure 8 9 3 Line to 8 Line Decoder 8 12 Model 436A X gt Y Sel Strobe Input gt lt Lele Le e 0 1 2 3 4 6 7 3 STATE Service Truth Table Data Outputs Selected rua x ACN o ALON H High L Low X Don t care condition Z High impedance Figure 8 10 8 Input Data Selector Multiplexer 8 49 Latches on the four data inputs are con trolled by the gate G2 input When G2 is low the states of the outputs are determined by the input data code When G2 goes high the last data code present at the input to the latches is stored and the output remains stable 8 50 The display driver also has provision for automatic blanking and zero suppression via the ripple blanking input RBI G1 and the ripple blanking output RBO respectively The G1 line always serves as an input the RBO line typically serves as an output but it can also be configured as an input G3 by connecting it to an external drive source When G3 is held low by an external source it overrides all other inputs to the display driver and causes the display driver to provide blanking outputs to all segments of the associated display 8 51 When the line is not connected to an external drive source it serves as a blanking output which is controlled by G1 A
375. nal level conversion for the control signals being applied to the A D Converter from the Controller Assembly A5 Transistors A3Q1 through A3Q12 are connected to provide a level transformation from TTL logic levels of 0 and 5 volts to 0 and 15 volts required to turn on and off the FET switches in the A D Converter A D Analog To Digital Converter The A D Converter Auto Zero Enable LAZO signal causes FET s 3014 and 3920 to conduct A3Q14 s conduction holds the inverting input of A3U1 pin 2 low A3Q20 s conduction closes a feedback path from the output of the comparator A3UZ through A3R66 A3R58 A3Q20 and A3R50 to the non inverting input of pin 3 This path allows A3C9 to charge up and hold the SERVICE SHEET 8 cont d YPLS A3 TP3 output of A3U2 at approximately 2 0 Vdc This value is valid for only Auto Zero operations Loss of the LAZO signal opens the feedback path and releases the low on pin 2 of The DC Input Enable LRIN causes FET A3Q13 to conduct applying the dc input voltage from the DC Amplifier to the inverting input of pin 2 Transistor A3Q17 and zener diode ASVR2 produce a negative voltage reference source VR A8R40 and ASR43 form an inverting amplifier with a gain of 1 Thus producing the positive voltage reference source at the output of 7 VR The Enable Positive Ramp LRP causes FET A3Q16 RAMP to conduct and apply a negative input to A3U
376. nalyzer will provide a 16 line display starting at address 052 5 The first two lines of the display should indicate that the YR3 qualifier associated with address 0528 is a logic 1 and that the YR2 qualifier assodated with address 0558 is a logic 0 An explanation of how this status indication is derived can be found in Table 8 3 and 8 6 in Figure 8 15 Table 8 6 indicates that the range counter was counted down to range 7 at address 034 of the Power Up subroutine and to range 5 at address 0358 Figure 8 15 Shows the qualifiers associated with these addresses and how the qualifiers are processed to control address branching and instruction generation Table 8 2 Model 436A TROUBLESHOOTING Standard Instrument Checkout cont d describes the purpose and function of each qualifier and instruction Thus from the information contained in the tables and on the figure it can be determined that after the Range Counter is counted down from range 5 the Mode Register is loaded then the program branches to the Local Remote Subroutine Since Local operation is automatically selected when power is turned on the next branch is to address 0528 of the Local Initialize subroutine The Range Counter was counted down properly the range qualifiers should be set to the following logic states YR3 H YR2 L YR1 H 7 If a display is present on the logic analyzer it verifies that the operating program is cyding normally and branchin
377. ncorrect counting will occur if both clock inputs are low simultaneously Both counters will respond to a clock pulse on either input by changing to the next appropriate state of the count sequence The state diagram for the decade counter Figure shows both the regular sequence and the sequence if a code greater than nine is present in the counter 8 42 Both counters have a parallel load asynchronous facility which permits the count ers to be preset Whenever the Parallel Load input C and Master Reset R are low the information present on the D inputs will be loaded into the counters and appear at the outputs independently of the conditions of the docks When the Parallel Load C input goes high this information is stored in the counters When the counters are docked they will change to the next Model 436A Service COUNTER BINARY COUNTER COUNT UP COUNT UP COUNT DOWN COUNT DOWN MODE SELECTION SUMMARY Both Counters Preset Asyn Preset Asyn No Change Count Up Count Down H HIGH Level X Don t Care Condition L LOW Level Clock Pulse Figure 8 8 Programmable Counters 8 11 Service Digital Integrated Circuits and Symbols cont d appropriate state in the count sequence TheD inputs are inhibited when C is held high and have no effect on the counters 8 43 The Terminal Count Up 9 4 or 1541 or Terminal Count Down 0 4 outputs carry and borrow respectively allow multidecade
378. nd to function in conjunction with the Analog to Digital A D Converter to convert the dc output of the Amplifer Demodulator and Filter Circuit toan equivalent BCD number c Display The Display is updated during each program cyde as required to indicate current range mode input power level and or over under range status After each update the new indications are continuously maintained until the next update d Controller The Controller provides the necessary hardware software interface between the operating program and the remainder of the Power Meter circuits e Pushbutton Switch Assembly The Push button Switch Assembly is enabled when the Power Meter is configured for local operation and is disabled when the Power Meter is configured for remote operation When enabled the switches provide continuous mode select and auto range qualifier outputs which are processed by the Controller once during each operating cycle to enable the desired Power Meter operation f Remote Interface Circuits The Remote Interface Circuits enable the Power Meter to be interfaced to a remote controller via an HP IB or BCD format Thus when remote operation is enabled these circuits essentially take over the 8 123 Service Model 436A CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 1 cont d functions of the Pushbutton Switch Assembly and the Display in that they provide for remote control of Power Meter operation and remote display of the r
379. ndard ANSI Y 32 14 1973 Graphic Symbols for Logic Diagrams Two State Devices Unless otherwise specified all symbols and signal mnemonics should be interpreted according to the following general rules a Signals that are activelow are identified by the letter L or N followed by the signal mnemonic b Signals that are active high are identified by the letter H or Y followed by the signal mnemonic 0 HLLD C A polarity indicator symbol at an input indicates that it is active low or triggers on a low going edge a polarity indicator symbol at an output indicates inversion or that the output is active low Active high inputs or inputs which trig ger on a high going edge and active high outputs are shown without the polarity indicator symbol d A dynamic indicator symbol at an input indicates that the input triggers is active only on the leading or trailing edge of an input signal If a polarity indicator symbol is present with the dynamic indicator symbol then the input triggers on the negative edge of the input signal Inputs that are not edge sensitive are referred to as level sensitive and are shown without the dynamic indicator symbol e The output delay indicator symbol 1 indicates that the output is effective at the time 8 7 Service Model 436A OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER A B GAIN 1 GAIN 1 R1 R2 INPUT INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT R2 INPUT IMPEDANCE VERY HIGH INPUT IMPED
380. nds to calibration factor at 50 MHz DESCRIPTION After the Power Meter is zeroed on the most sensitive range a 1 mW input level is ap plied to the Power Meter and the CAL ADJ control is adjusted to obtain a 1 000 mW indication Then the CAL FACTOR switch is stepped through its 16 positions and the digital readout is monitored to ensure that the proper indication is obtained for each position RANGE CALIBRATOR POWER METER POWER METER Figure 4 3 Calibration Factor Test Setup PROCEDURE 1 Set the Power Meter switches as follows CAL FACTOR 100 POWER REF off out MODE WATT RANGE HOLD off out LINE ON in 2 Set the Range Calibrator switches as follows FUNCTION STANDBY POLARITY NORMAL RANGE LINE ON in 3 Connect the equipment as shown i 4 Press and hold the Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and wait for the digital readout to stabilize Then verify that the Power Meter ZERO lamp is lit and that the digital readout indicates 0 00 0 02 NOTE Power Meter is now zeroed on most sensitive range 10 5 Release the Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and wait for the ZERO lamp to o out before proceeding to step 6 6 Set the Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to CALIBRATE and verify that the Power Meter autoranges to the 1 mW range 7 Adjust the Power Meter CAL ADJ control to obtain
381. ne what portion of the operating program that the fault is associated with Note that the range and mode indications are generated at the start of the pro gram cyde the in range out of range status indica tions are generated next then the digital readout is updated at the end of the program cycle When autoranging is enabled and an out of range con version is detected additional measurements are taken until an in range conversion is detected or until an out of range conversion is detected on the last range Thus the digital readout is not updated until after the last conversion of the program cycle b If the mode and range indications are abnormal the fault occurs early in the program cycle and will affect circuit operation for the remainder of the cycle Thus the abnormal indica tion should be remedied before attempting any further analysis of Power Meter operation To isolate the fault proceed as follows 1 Connect the logic analyzer HP 1601A or equivalent to the Power Meter as follows NOTE Unless otherwise indicated the logic analyzer is always connected Model 436A Service POWER ON INITIALIZE POWER METER CIRCUITS REMOTE LOCAL RANGE SELECTION M LOCAL MODE SELECTION MEASUREMENT TRIGGEREO A D CONVERTER AUTO ZERO REMOTE RANGE SELECTION FUNCTION 133 REMOTE MODE SELECTION A D CONVERTER MEASUREMENT FUNCTION CONVERSION A D CONVERTER AUTO ZERO FUNCTION 666 OR 932 ms i ap NO A UTO
382. ng of the front panel CAL FACTOR switch cannot be remotely changed the programmer does have a choice If CAL FACTOR enable is programmed then the Power Meter uses the Cal Factor set by the switch If CAL FACTOR Disable is program med then the Power Meter uses a Cal Factor of 100 but the program can correct for cal factor by computing the corrected reading from the actual reading and the cal factor a Cal Factor table must be stored in an array 3 29 Programming Measurement Rate A feature that is only available via remote programming is selection of standby triggered or free running op eration of the Power Meter During Local opera tion the Power Meter is allowed to free run with approximately 133 milliseconds allowed for set tling time between measurements The specific re mote triggering capabilities are a Hold H when the power meter is pro grammed to Hold it is inhibited from taking measurements and from outputting data Thus it is set to a predetermined reference condition from which a measurement can be triggered synchron ously to some external event b Trigger Immediate I this programming command directs the Power Meter to make one measurement and output the data in the minimum possible time then to go into Hold until the next triggering command is received It does not allow settling time prior to the measurement c Trigger with Delay T this trigger com mand is identical to the trigger immed
383. nge selected 20 00 dBm 410 00 dBm etc and co un ted in direction of increasing power Thus if Sign Latch is preset positive Main Counter is counted up if Sign Latch is preset negative Main Counter is counted down If Main Counter is counted through 0000 Borrow output toggles Sign Latch thereby causing output and count direction to reverse 3 The purpose of the dB Rdative function is to indicate an input power leva with respect to a reference value stored in the Reference Register This function is effected as follows a FirstthedB value of theRF input power leva is acquired via A D conversion b The reference number stored in the Reference Register is loaded into the Rdative Counter C TheRaative Counter is counted down to 0000 d Thesign of the stored reference is compared with the sign of the RF input power levd If the signs are the same the Main Counter is counted down to subtract the reference value from the measured value if the signs are not the same the Main Counter is counted up to add the reference valueto the measured value IftheMain Counter is counted down through 0000 the Borrow output resets the Sign Latch and the count direction is reversed f When the Rdative Counter output is 0000 the Main Counter output indicates the measured value with respect to the stored reference 8 145 Service Model 436A CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 3 cont d b The Controller then monitors the count an
384. normally refer to troubleshooting example and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Subroutine address 10 001 010 10 001 011 00 001 100 00 001 101 01 000 001 01 000 010 01 000 011 01 000 011 L UJ NJ Model 436A Service Table 8 5 BCD Interface Option 024 Checkout 5 of 6 Program Power Meter for remote operation dB REL mode range 4 trigger immedi ate Check that the Power Meter outputs the following data Status 3 under range 109 Range 4 Mode 01 dB REL or A printer Data same as front panel Digital Readout Exponent 02 Program the Power Meter for remote opera tion Watt mode range 4 trigger immedi ate Check that the Power M eter outputs the following data Status 1 under range Watt mode Range 4 Mode 02 Watt or 9 printer Date same es front panel Digital Readout Exponent 02 Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Test Description and Key Operating Sequence c The dB REF mode output of the mode select gates is loaded into the mode select register at address 102 of the Remote Initialize Subroutine d The operating program branches from the Remote Initialize Subroutine to the Measurement Subroutine Description This step verifies that the Power Meter is capable of remote dB REL mode trigger immediate operation Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except as ind
385. nstruction on the negative alternation of each 01 dock pulse and an LCNT instruction on the nega tive alternation of every other 01 dock pulse The LCNT isntructions are processed by the Up Down Count Control Logic as indicated i Table 8 7 to provide up or down clock outputs to the Main Counter The LRMP instructions are clocked into the A D Control Register by the HPLS 2 dock thereby providing a continuous ramp enable output to the A D Control Gates Since the YLOG input to the A D Control Gates is also active the gates provide a continuous LRL output along with the LLGR output to enable the log conversion slope of the A D ramp d The continuous LRL output causes the A D ramp to be discharged at an exponential rate If the ramp discharges through threshold in less than 1100 counts an in range conversion is de tected If the ramp does not reach threshold by 1100 counts an over range conversion is detected Registration of in range and over range conditions is covered in the following paragraphs 8 108 A D Converter Log Under Range Registra tion Registration of a log under range conversion is described in the following paragraphs 8 147 Service Model 436A CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS a The Controller generates an LSUR instruction followed by an LSOR instruction to enable the UR LED HUR HOR and LBLANK outputs of the Over Under Range Decoder The UR LED output lights the front panel UNDER RANGE indicator and the LBLANK outpu
386. nt in the program cycle In some cases the program opens the window for a fixed amount of time to enable the function then closes the window to terminate that function In other cases the program opens the window and latches a circuit to keep it open for the remainder of the cycle This type of window is then checked at the start of each future program cycle If the type of operation selected does not change the circuit is relatched to keep the window open for another cycle If the type of operation changes the circuit is unlatched and a new circuit is latched to keep a different window open during the program cycle 8 91 In order to understand Power Meter oper ation to the level required for troubleshooting it is necessary to know exactly when why and how a window is opened or closed to enable or termi nate an operating function Table 8 9 is provided as an aid to this understanding This table describes the function s of each address or group of addres ses and references a signal flow description which indicates how the hardware circuits operate to perform the function To close the theory trouble shooting loop an additional reference is made to a checkout procedure which can be used to verfiy that the function was performed properly 8 92 The best way to use the information in Table 8 8 is in small segments Refer td Figure 8 15 and follow program execution starting at the Power Up Subroutine If circuit operation is ob
387. ntenance instructions Throughout this manual the TS 3793 U is referred to as the Hewlett Packard Model 436A Power Meter 0 2 INDEXES OF PUBLICATIONS a DA Pam 310 4 Refer to the latest issue of DA Pam 310 4 to determine whether there are new editions changes or additional publications pertain ing to the equipment b DA Pam 310 7 Refer to DA Pam 310 7 to determine whether there ar modification work orders MWO S pertaining to the equipment 0 3 FORMS AND RECORDS a Reports of Maintenance and Unsatisfactory Equipment Maintenance forms records and reports which are to be used by maintenance personnel at all levels of maintenance are listed in and prescribed by TM 38 750 Report of Packaging and Handling Deficiencies Fill out and forward b Report of Packaging Improvement Report as prescribed in AR 700 58 NAVSUPINST 4030 29 AFR 71 13 MCO P4030 29A and DSAR 4145 8 C Discrepancy in Shipment Report DISREP SF 361 Fill out and forward Discrepancy in Shipment Report DISREP SF 361 as prescribed in AR 55 38 NAVSUPINST 4610 33A AFR 75 18 MCO P4610 19B and DSAR 4500 15 0 4 REPORTING OF EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS EIR EIR s will be prepared using DA Form 2407 Maintenance Requiest Instructions for preparing EIR s are provided in TM 38 750 The Army Maintenance Management System EIR s should be mailed directly to Commander US Army
388. nting technique comprises an algebraic subtraction with the input power level representing the minuend and the reference power level representing the subtrahend Input Power Level 5 00 dB 5 00 dB 5 00 dB Reference Level 3 00 dB 7 00 dB 5 00 dB Result 2 00 dB 2 00 dB 10 00 dB Input Power Level 5 00 dB 5 00 dB 5 00 dB Reference Level 3 00 dB 7 00 dB 5 00 dB Result 2 00 dB 2 00 dB 10 00 dB d When the Relative Counter 0 qualifier changes state the Controller detects that the con version is completed and terminates the LREL and LCNT instructions At this point the outputs of the Main Counter and the Sign Latch indicate the input power level with respect to the stored refer ence e After terminating the LREL and LCNT instructions the Controller generates an LTC instruction to transfer the output of the Sign Latch to the front panel Sign Indicator via the Display Sign Latch to load the output of the Main Counter into the Display Register and to indicate to the Remote Interface Circuits that the measurement is completed 8 114 Service Sheet 4 8 115 General The Hewlett Packard Interface Bus circuits Option 022 add talker listener capability to the Power Meter When the listener function is selected the Power Meter accepts pro gramming inputs asynchronously to the operating program and stores the data so that it can be accessed during each program cycle When the talker function is selected the Power Me
389. ntrol to obtain a zero meter indication 6 Fine zero the 432A on the most sensitive range then set the 432A RANGE switch to 1 mW NOTE Ensure that DVM input leads are isolated from chassis ground when performing the next step 7 Set up the DVM to measure microvolt and connect the positive and negative input leads respectively to the and V connectors on the rear panel of the 4324 8 Observe the indication on the DVM If less than 400 microvolt proceed to the next step If 400 microvolt or greater press and hold the 432A FINE ZERO switch and adjust the COARSE ZERO control so that the DVM indicates 200 microvolt or less Then release the FINE ZERO switch and proceed to the next step 9 Round off the DVM indication to the nearest microvolt and record this value as V Model 436A Performance Tests PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 13 POWER REFERENCE LEVEL TEST cont d 10 Set the Power Meter POWER REF switch to ON in and record the indications observed on the DVM as V 11 Disconnect the DVM negative input lead from the V connector on the 432A and reconnect it to 432A chassis ground Record the new indication observed on the DVM as V coup 12 Calculate the power reference oscillator output level from the following formula 2 V Vo 7 vy RE 4R CALIBRATION FACTOR Where P power reference oscillator output level previously recorded value V
390. o that segment of the operating program associated with remote operation 8 59 Standard Instrument Checkout 8 60 A step by step procedure for verifying the operation of a standard instrument is provided in Table 8 3 Each step of the procedure directs that a specific function be verified and summarizes the program execution and or circuit operation associated with the function Each summary in 8 16 turn is based on normal indications previously obtained Thus if the steps are performed in the order listed an abnormal indication is directly related to a small segment of the operating program or to a specific circuit group The information contained on the Service Sheets and in the Operating Program Flow Chark Figure 8 15 can then be used to further isolate the problem Typical examples of using the checkout procedure as a basis for troubleshooting are listed below 8 61 Example 1 Abnormal Indication is Observed for Step 1 For this example it is assumed that the power supplies are operating normally since troubleshooting of these circuits is straightforward refer to Service Sheet 15 The first step in isolating any other type of fault is to determine whether the fault is in the ROM which contains the operating program or whether it is one of the major circuit groups shown on Service Sheet 1 To isolate the fault proceed as follows a Look at the front panel display while referrring td Figure 8 14 and try to determi
391. o obtain a 1 000 mW indication on the front panel digital readout Power Meter is free running per previous programming commands Then the verification pro gram is manually restarted and a cal fac tor enable programming command is sent to the Power Meter followed by a device clear command After the programming commands are sent a talk cycle is en abled and the calculator checks the data output to ensure that the device clear command disabled the CAL FACTOR 70 switch Corrective Action NOTE Operating program execution and circuit operation previously veri fied per local checkout procedure except as indicated below Check Power Meter data output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 NOTE Operating program execution and circuit operation previously veri fied per local checkout procedure except as indicated bdow Check Power Meter data output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 Program Power Meter to free CMD U R Then GO TO line 2000 and use STEP key to manually exercise program line by line Check that the following indications are obtained a Line 2000 Cal Factor Disable Logic sets Cal Factor Disable output false front panel digital readout indication changes from 1 00 mW to 1 17 0 01 mW b Line 201 0 2430 Cal Factor Disable Logic sets Cal Factor Disable output true in response to LPU output of device clear generator Device dear places operating program in hold lo
392. oder and enable the Unlisten output of the Listen Unlisten De coder Data bits 6 and 7 are coded the same as for any valid HP IB listen address so they enable the Listen Unlisten Decoder to also provide a Listen Clock output in response to the HCLK input With the Unlisten Signal Active and the Address Enable Signal Inactive the Listen Register is cocked to the reset state by the Listen Clock 8 129 The method of unaddressing the Power Meter to listen described previously prevents the Power Meter from being unaddressed to listen when other instruments on the HP IB are desig nated as listeners There can only be one talker on the HP IB at atime but there can be up to five listeners If any other listen address than that assigned to the Power Meter is placed on the HP IB data bits 1 through 5 disable both the Address Decoder and the Unlisten output of the Listen Unlisten Decoder Thus even though data bits 6 and 7 enable the Listen Clock output of the Listen Unlisten decoder the absence of the Address Enable and Unlisten inputs inhibits the Listen Register from changing state 8 130 Data Mode Operation 8 131 The HP IB circuits are placed in the data mode when the Remote Interface Controller sets the Command Mode Enable ATN line to high In this mode the HP IB circuits can function either as a talker or a listener If remote operation of the Power Meter is enabled and the circuits were previously addressed to listen they ac
393. ogram branches from Display and Remote Talk Subroutine to Local Remote Branch Subroutine 5 Operating program branches to Remote Initialize Sub routine and the following display is observed with logic analyzer connected normally and set up for single Model 436A Service Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 5 of 18 Problem and Description Corrective Action Description cont d 2 The error number is set to 4 5 andthe a Line 420 cont d programming commands and status check are sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Sub repeated Thus if error number 4 is detected routine address and error number 4 5 is not detected it indi cates that the first Power Meter data output 10 001 010 occurred before the remote programming 00 001 O11 commands were accessed by the operating 001 101 program during the Remote Initialize Sub 001 110 routine Power Meter free runs instead of 001 111 entering hold loop until trigger input is 011 000 received If both error numbers 4 and 4 5 011 110 are detected it indicates that the Power 010 111 Meter did not respond properly to the pro gramming commands or that the Power 6 Range counter Service Sheet 3 is preset to range 2 Meter is improperly coding the STATUS and output of mode select logic is loaded into mode output character register during Remote Initialize Subroutine time 7 Operating program branches from Remote Initialize Subroutine and cydes to Display and Remote Talk Su
394. ol of all the power meter functions CAL FACTOR can be programmed to either 100 or the CAL FACTOR which has been manually set on the front panel These options may be added by the user at a later time as his requirements grow 1 18 OPTIONS 1 19 Input Output Options 1 20 Option 002 A rear panel input connector is connected in parallel with the front panel input connector 1 21 Option 003 A rear panel input connector replaces the standard front panel input connector a rear panel POWER REF OUTPUT connector replaces the standard front panel connector 1 22 Cable Options 1 23 A 1 5 metre 5 ft Power Sensor Cable is normally supplied The 1 5 metre cable is omitted with any cable option The options and cable lengths are shown in the table below 3 0 m 10 ft 6 1 m 20 ft 30 5 m 100 ft 15 2 m 50 ft 61 0 m 200 ft General Information 1 24 Remote Control Options 1 25 Options 022 and 024 add remote interface capability to the Power Meter Option 022 is compatible with the Hewlett Packard Interface Bus AH1 CO DC2 DT1 L2 LEO PPO RL2 SH1 SRO T3 Option 024 uses dedicated input output lines to enable remote programming and to provide parallel BCD coded output data 1 26 Option 022 or 024 may be ordered in kit form under HP part numbers 00436 60035 and 00436 60034 respectively Each kit contains a control assembly printed circuit board an input output assembly printed circ
395. on If remote operation is subsequently selected the Power Meter will remain configured for remote operation until the Remote Enable REN input is set false to terminate remote operation of all instruments on the HP Interface Bus 8 125 Device Clear When a Device Clear Code is placed on the HP IB data lines the Device Clear Generator is enabled and provides an LPU otuput in response to the HCLK input As shown on the block diagram this output is tied tothe LPU Model 436A Service CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 4 cont d output of the Controller in a WIRED OR config uration The pulse width of the Device Clear Decoder output however is much narrower than the Controller LPU output so it does not discharge the RC networks installed at the inputs to the Reset Generator and the Remote E nable Logic Thus the function of the Device Clear Decoder LPU output is limited to reinitializing the opera ting program to starting address 000 refer to and to selecting a predetermined opera ting mode and range for the Power Meter when remote operation is enabled refer to the Data Mode Programming paragraph 8 126 Interface Clear When the Interface Clear IFC input is true low the Reset Generator is enabled and provides a Reset output to the Talk and Listen Registers Thus if the Power Meter was addressed to talk or listen previously the talk or listen function is cleared Similarly when power is first turned onto the P
396. on enables the HUR and UR LED outputs and resets the OR LED output it does not affect the LBLANK or HOR outputs The Over Under Range Decoder outputs are not pro cessed by the Remote Interface Circuits until an LTC instruction is generated Following the LSOR instruction and LCRD instruction is generated to count the Range Counter down one range then another measurement is taken This cyde is repeated until either an in range measurement is obtained or the Range Counter is counted down to range 1 Registration of an in range condition is accomplished the same as for a range 1 under range condition 8 105 A D Converter Linear In Range Registra tion Registration of a linear in range conversion is accomplished as previously described for an under range range 1 condition 8 106 A D Converter Linear Over Range Registra tion Registration of an over range conversion is described in the following paragraphs a The LRMP instruction is disabled causing the HPLS 2 dock to reset the LRP or LRM output of the A D Control Register and gates and thereby terminating the conversion b The LCNT instruction is also terminated to freeze the number in the Main Counter Model 436A Service CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 3 C AnLCOR instruction is generated to reset the outputs of the Over Under Range Decoder d If the measurement was taken on ranges 5 or on ranges one through four with Auto Ranging disabled an
397. on of these functions via the front panel switches NOTE A jumper option is provided to enable the Sensor Zero function to be programmed independently of the Remote Enable input refer to Table 2 1 Thus when the optional jumper connection is employed and the Power Meter is configured for local operation the Sensor Zero function can be selected either by the remote 8 164 programming input of the front pand SENSOR ZERO switch 8 162 Measurement Rate Programming Remote Qualifier Program Interface and Talk Cycle In order to understand how the Measurement Rate Programming Commands are processed to enable free run triggered or hold operation of the Power Meter it is necessary to refer t Figure 8 15 Sheet 14 of the Operating Program Flow Chart On this figure it is shown that various remote qualifiers are processed to control branching of the operating program and that each of the qualifiers is identified by a 3X code with the X representing a digit from 1 to 7 To access a remote qualifier the operating program encodes the particular digit associated with the qualifier into the HIA HIB and HIC inputs to the Remote Qualifier Multiplexer there by causing the Multiplexer to route the qualifier to the Controller As shown on Service Sheet 5 Block Diagram all but the Rate DACQ and LREM qualifier inputs to the Remote Qualifier Multi plexer are hardwired to preselect the majority of the operating program branching decision
398. on ramp and the branching between various addresses cates 0 70 0 02 dBm Then adjust CAL in the Log Conversion Subroutine ADJ control as required to obtain the fol lowing indications KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below a 1 01 dBm b 2 02 dBm A D Converter Input Ramp Amplitude Addresses Verified RPM Voltage DC Test RMP Test Point Log Conversion After verifying indications set CAL FAC Point A3TP2 Subroutine TOR switch to 100 and readjust CAL ADJ control to obtain 0 00 dBm 0 117 0 002 0 831 0 014 135 136 detect 0 70 0 02 dBm YPLS 0 0 126 0 002 0 895 0 014 137 150 and branch 1 01 dBm to dB Rel 0 159 0 002 1 129 0 014 151 152 Sub 2 02 dBm routine indication NOTE If necessary adjust LFS potenti ometer A3R48 to obtain specified ramp amplitude 8 62 Model 436A Service Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 12 of 17 Set Power Meter CAL FACTOR switch to 100 and Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 5 dBm Adjust CAL ADJ control to obtain 5 06 dBm indication then readjust CAL AD control to obtain 5 00 dBm indication Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 10 dBm and adjust CAL ADJ control to obtain the following indications a 10 02 dBm b 10 03 dBm c 10 05 dBm d OVER RANGE blanked Digital Readout 1 mn Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Test Description and Key Operating Se
399. onversion slope of the A D ramp KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution previously verified refer to Service Sheet 8 for circuit operati on DESCRIPTION The primary purpose of this step is to set up reference conditions for the next step it is essen tially the same as step 8 except that a range 4 3096 input power level is applied to cause auto ranging KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except for range 4 risetime of A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TPA Auto Zero Subroutine A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 stabilizes at 0 316 0 002V by end of Auto Zero Subroutine delay of 8000 dock pulses 133 ms after start address 056 8 57 Service Model 436A Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 7 of 17 se Instrument Setup and Test Procedure 14 Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 300 uW and verify that Power Meter auto ranges to range 3 refer to step 8 and that Digital Readout indicates 316 01 mW 15 Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 30 uW and verify that Power Meter auto ranges to range 2 according to the follow ing sequence a Digital Readout blanks 0 momen tarily and UNDER RANGE lamp lights momentarily b mW lamp goes out UW lamp lights and decimal point moves two places to right while Digital Readout is blanked c Digital Readout indication changes from blanked to 31 6 1 0 mW Test Desc
400. op since measurement is not triggered display does not change c Line 2030 Measurement is triggered and front panel digital readout indication changes to 1 00 mW d 2040 2390 Power Meter outputs correct data characters Power Meter data output can be verified per Read Byte Sub routine starting at line 5000 8 115 Service Model 436A Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 18 of 18 Problem and Description Corrective Action Error Power Meter does not provide under range watt mode status output Description The Power Meter is pro grammed to range 5 watt mode and a measurement is triggered Then a talk cyde is enabled and the calculator checks the Power Meter status output Sincea 1 mW RF level is applied to the Power Sensor the status output should indicate under range watt mode Error Power Meter does not provide under range log mode status output Description The Power Meter is pro grammed to range 5 dBm mode and a measurement is triggered Then a talk cyde is enabled and the calculator checks the Power Meter output status Since a 1 mW RF level is applied to the Power Sensor the status output should indicate under range log mode Error Power Meter does not provide over range status output Description The Power Meter is pro grammed to range 2 watt mode and a measurement is triggered Then a talk cyde is enabled and the calculator checks the Power Meter status output
401. or a 0 2 transfer error To ensure maximum accuracy in readjusting the power reference oscillator the following procedure provides step by step instructions for using specified Hewlett Packard instruments of known capability If equivalent in struments are used signal acquisition criteria may vary and reference should be made to the manufacturer s guidelines for operating the equipment NOTE The Power Meter may be returned to the nearest HP office to have the power reference oscillator checked and or adjusted Refer to Section Il PACKAGING POWER METER 432A DIGITAL VOLTMETER THERMISTOR POWER REF OUTPUT MOUNT Figure 5 7 Power Reference Oscillator Level Adjustment Setup Power Meter HP 432A Thermistor Mount HP 478A H75 Digital Voltmeter DVM HP 3490A 5 9 Adjustments Model 436A ADJUSTMENTS 5 22 POWER REFERENCE OSCILLATOR LEVEL ADJUSTMENT cont d PROCEDURE 5 10 1 11 12 13 Set up the DVM to measure resistance and connect the DVM between V con nector on the rear panel of the 432A and pin 1 on the thermistor mount end of the 432A interconnect cable Round off the DVM indication to two decimal places and record this value as the in ternal bridge resistance R of the 432A approximately 200 ohms Connect the 432A to the Power Meter as shown i Set the Power Meter LINE switch to ON in and the POWER REF switch to off out
402. orrectly adjusted the Auto Zero circuits may not respond properly Refer to the adjustment procedures in Section V Noise problems may be due to defective compo nents in the Variable Low Pass Filter especially in the two most sensitive ranges or the Lead Lag Amplifier which is an active low pass filter A noise problem in the Lead Lag Amplifier will be evident only during the zeroing sequence DC Amplifier Lead Lag Amplifier and Servo Amplifier Measure the de input and output voltages Verify that the amplifier outputs respond properly to the inputs For troubleshooting operational amplifiers refer to Linear integrated Circuits in Section VIII A Servo Amplifier problem will be evident only during the Sensor Zero sequence Auto Zero Assembly The normal value range of the offset error voltage at pind is about 14 to 14 mVdc The power sensing device normally exhibits a slight positive output due to ambient temperature there fore the normal correction voltage is slightly nega tive hence 4 mVdc The voltage measured at 6 will provide an indication of how long the charge is retained on A8A1C The voltage should remain virtually unchanged 1 mVdc for 24 hours If any component the ASAT assembly is found to be defective the entire assembly must be replaced 8 180 Model 436A A D Converter Circuit Set Power Meter to Watt Mode and apply a 1 0 mW input signal to Power Sensor Check tha
403. ote Initialize Subroutine A Turn Power Meter on and off then manually program Power Meter to Watt Mode range 2 trigger with settling time CMD U A2T B Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per Read Byte Subroutines starting at line 5000 C Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs Watt Mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 2 3 Range counter is preset to range 2 during Remote Initialize Subroutine A Manually program Power Meter to Watt Mode range 3 trigger with settling time CMD U B Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 C Check that 1 Mode select logic outputs Watt Mode 2 Range select logic outputs range 3 3 Range counter is preset to range 3 during Remote Initialize Subroutine 4 Operating program branches from address 030 to address 056 Remote Initialize Subroutine to Auto Zero Subroutine 8 105 Service Model 436A Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 8 of 18 Problem and Description Corrective Action 12 Error Power Meter range or mode output Manually program Power Meter to Watt Mode range 4 trig character wrong ger with settling time CMD U 4 Description Power Meter programmed to Verify Power Meter mode and range character output per watt mode range 4 trigger with settling Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5
404. ote operation is enabled each of the qualifier inputs to the Remote Qualifier Multi plexer is accessed at some point in the operating program cyde The purpose and function of each qualifier is provided in Table 8 2 along with listing of the subroutines in which the qualifier is accessed The manner in which the qualifier is accessed by the operating program is covered on Service Sheet 3 Block Diagram Description NOTE The Remote Qualifier Multiplexer inverts the qualifier inputs Thus a true quali 8 158 fier input will be in the opposite state to that shown on the Operating Program Flow Chart 8 149 Talk Cycle During the Display and Remote Talk Subroutine of each program cyde the opera ting program checks whether the Power Meter is addressed to Talk If the Power Meter is addressed to Talk the LTLK input to the Remote Qualifier Multiplexer will be low and an Output Data Trans fer will be enabled as shown on Sheet 14 of F igurel Operation of the HP IB circuits when the Power Meter is addiessed to talk is described in the following paragraphs a Talk Transfer Control Gates The Talk Transfer Control Gates are enabled by the low LTLK and HATN inputs when the Power Meter is addressed to Talk and the HP IB is in the data mode While the gates are enabled they provide high HOE 1 and high HOE 2 outputs to enable the Data Valid Status Generator and the Output Gates NOTE As shown on Sheet 14 df Figure 8 1b the op
405. overrange capability in all ranges Large 10 mm 0 375 inch digits are easy to see even in a high glare environment e Auxiliary Meter Complements the digital display by showing fast changes in power level Ideal for peaking transmitter output or other variable power devices e Choice of Display in Watts dBm or dB Absolute power can be read out in watts or dBm Relative power measurements are made possibile with the dB REF switch Pressing this switch zeros the display for any applied input power and any deviation from this reference is shown in dB with a resolution of 30 01 dB This capability is particularly useful in frequency response testing e Power Units and Mode Annunciator The units annunciator provides error free display interpretation by indicating appropriate power units in the watt mode The mode annunciator indicates the mode of operation dBm dB REL ZERO or REMOTE e Completely Autoranging The Power Meter automatically switches through its 5 ranges to provide completely hands off operation The RANGE HOLD switch locks the Power Meter in one of its ranges when autoranging is not desired e Automatic Sensor Recognition The Power Meter continually decodes the sensitivity of the Power Sensor to which it is connected This information is then used to automatically control the digital display decimal point location and when WATT MODE operation is selected to light the appropriate power units annuncia
406. ower Meter the pulse width of the Controller LPU output is of sufficient duration to discharge the Reset Generator RC network and thereby cause a Reset output to be applied to the Talk and Listen Registers 8 127 Talker Unaddressing When the TALK ONLY NORMAL switch is set to the NORMAL position the Remote Interface Controller can unaddress the Power Meter to talk by setting the Interface Clear IFC line true refer to previous description by addressing some other instrument on the HP Interface Bus to talk or by generating a Universal Untalk Command I Table 2 2 it is shown that data bits 6 and 7 are coded the same for all valid HP IB talk addresses and for the Universal Unlisten Command When any of these codes are placed on the HP IB data lines the Talk Decoder is enabled and provides a Talk Clock output in response to the HCLK input For any address but that selected by the factory installed jumpers however data bits 1 through 5 are coded such that the Address Decoder is disabled Thus the absence of the Address Enable signal causes the Talk Register to be clocked to the reset state by the Talk Clock 8 128 Listener Unaddressing The Remote Inter face Controller can unaddress the Power Meter to listen by setting the Interface Clear IFC line true refer to previous description or by generating a Universal Unlisten Command The Universal Unlisten Command is coded such that data bits 1 through 5 disable the Address Dec
407. ower source BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS IN STRUMENT ensure that all devices con nected to this instrument are connected to the protective earth ground BEFORE SWITCHING ON THIS IN STRUMENT ensure that the line power mains plug is connected to a three conductor line power outlet that has a protective earth ground Grounding one conductor of a two conductor outlet is not sufficient Set the LINE ON OFF switch to OFF and remove the Line Power Cord W8 from the Line Power Module A11 Remove the red 2 violet 7 and white red 92 wires from the feed thru capacitors C3 C4 and C5 Replace the Line Power Cord W8 and set LINE ON OFF to ON If the supply voltages are now correct the trouble is not in the Power Supply If the 45V supply is still too low or too high U1 is probably at fault If either the 15 or 15V supplies are the source of trouble the complete unit U1 must be replaced Any other problems can be solved with the aid of a VOM Model 436A A9 ASSEMBLY A11 Line Power Modute 0960 0444 A11TB1 Line Voltage Selector Card 5020 8122 F2 LINE A caBLE N w8 TO WARNINGS Any interruption of the protective grounding conductor inside or outside rhe instrument or disconnecting the protective earth terminal is likely to make this instrument dangerous Intentional interruption is prohibited Any adjustment maintenance and repair of the opened instrument under voltage should be a
408. pectively When this input is low the operating program is enabled to count the Range Counter up LCRU instruction or down LCRD instruction as required to obtain an in range measurement When the input is high the operating program is inhibited from changing the range upon detection of an under range or an over range condition Thus for local operation a high Auto Range Qualifier input causes the Power Meter to hold the last range previously selected in the Power U p Subroutine or during execution of the operating program For remote operation a high Auto Range Qualifier input causes the Remote Range Select inputs to be loaded into the Range Counter at the start of each program cyde to select a specific range for each measurement 8 100 In addition to checking the Auto Range Qualifier at various points in the program cyde the operating program also checks for an invalid range selection at the start of each cycle When remote operation is selected ranges 6 and 7 are considered invalid when local operation is selected range 0 is also considered invalid U pon detection of an invalid range the operating pro gram generates LCRD instructions as required to count the Range Counter down to range 5 8 101 A D Converter Auto Zero Function The Controller and Main Counter operating cyde asso dated with auto zeroing the A D Converter is described in the following paragraphs a TheController first generates an LCLR instruction to set
409. placeable nanosecond nano watt OBD order by descrip tion outside diameter oval head Operational amplifier option oscillator beak used in parts list pulse amplitude modulation printed circuit pulse code modula tion pulse count modulation pulse duration modulation picof arad phosphor bronze positive intrinsic negative peak inverse oscillator phase modulation positive negative positive polystyrene porcelain positive position s used in parts list position potentiometer peak to peak peak to peak used in parts list pulse position modulation PREAMPL preamplifier pulse repetition frequency pulse repetition Picosecond modulation pulse width Table 6 1 Reference Designations and Abbreviations 2 of 2 peak working resistance capacitance rectifier reference regulated replaceable radio frequency radio frequency interference round head right resistance inductance capacitance rack mount only root mean square read only memory rack and panel reverse working voltage scattering parameter second time second plane angle slow blo w fuse used in parts list silicon controlled rectifier screw selenium sections SEMICON semicon ductor superhigh fre silicon signal to noise ratio single pole double throw spring split ring single pole single throw single sideband stainless steel Stan
410. ply 5 8 Make sure that only fuses with the required rated current and of the specified type normal blow time delay etc are used for replacement The use of repaired fuses and the shortcircuiting of fuseholders must be avoided 5 9 Whenever it is likely that the protection offered by fuses has been impaired the instrument must be made inoperative and secured against any unintended operation WARNING Adjustments described herein are per formed with power supplied to the instru ment while protective covers are removed Energy available at many points may if contacted result in personal injury 5 10 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 5 11 The test equipment required for the adjust ment procedures is listell Table 1 2 Recom mended Test Equipment The critical specifications of substitute test instruments must meet or exceed the standards listed in the table if the Power Meter is to meet the standards set forth i Table I Specifications 5 12 FACTORY SELECTED COMPONENTS 5 13 Factory selected components are indicated on the schematic and replaceable parts list with an asterisk immediately following the reference desig nator The nominal value of the component is listed Table 5 1 lists the parts by reference designator and provides an explanation of how the component is selected the normal value range and a reference to the appropriate service sheet The Manual Changes supplement will update any changes to factory
411. power level applied to the Power Sensor 8 82 The operating sequence for the linear con version function is described in the following para graphs a The Controller first checks the A D quali fier output of the Comparator If the qualifier is a logic one the Controller activates the LRP input to enable a positive conversion If the qualifier is a logic 0 the Controller activates the LRM input to enable a negative conversion The LRP or LRM input is then held active for the duration of the conversion b After the LRP or LRM input is activated the Controller alternately monitors the qualifier outputs of the Comparator and the Main Counter to detect completion of the conversion when the Comparator qualifier changes state or when the output of the Main Counter reaches 1200 If the Comparator s output changes state before the output of the Main Counter reaches 0100 an under range conversion is detected If the output of the Comparator does not change state by the time the output of the Main Counter reaches 1200 an over range conversion is detected If the output of the Comparator changes state anywhere between these two points in time the Controller detects an in range conversion c When the Controller detects that the conversion is completed it terminates the LRP or LRM input and updates the front panel status and Digital Readout indications as described in Service Sheet 3 8 83 A D Converter Log Conversion A log con
412. previously recorded value previously recorded value R previously recorded value CALIBRATION FACTOR value for thermistor mount at 50 MHz traceable to the National Bureau of Standards 13 Verify that the P is within the following limits 0 981 mW 1 019 mW 4 9 Performance Tests Model 436A Table 4 5 Performance Test Record 1 of 2 Hewlett Packard Company Model 436A Power Meter Serial Number ZERO CARRYOVER 10 uW 100 pW 1 mW 10 mW 100 mW INSTRUMENTATION ACCURACY WATT MODE 10 pW 100 uW 1 mW 10 mW 100 mW dBm MODE 20 dBm 10 dBm 0 dBm 10 dBm 20 dBm dB REL MODE 20 dBm 5 dBm 10 dBm CALIBRATION FACTOR 4 10 0 02 pW 0 2 pW 0 002 mW 0 02 mW 0 2 mW 9 95 uW 99 5 uW 0 995 mW 9 95 mW 99 5 mW 20 02 dBm 10 02 dBm 0 02 dBm 9 95 dBm 19 96 dBm 9 96 dBm 4 96 dBm 19 96 dBm 0 994 mW 1 004 mW 1 014 mW 1 025 mW 1 036 mW 1 047 mW 1 058 mW 1 069 mW 0 02 pW 0 2 uW 0 002 mW 0 02 mW 0 2 mW 10 05 pW 100 5 uW 1 005 mW 10 05 mW 100 5 mW 19 98 dBm 9 98 dBm 0 02 dBm 10 02 dBm 20 04 dBm 10 04 dBm 5 04 dBm 20 04 dBm 1 006 mW 1 016 mW 1 026 mW 1 037 mW 1 048 mW 1 059 mW 1 070 mW 1 081 mW Model 436A Performance Tests Table 4 5 Performance Test Record 2 of 2 CALIBRATION FACTOR cont d 92 1 081 mW 1 093 mW 91 1 093 mW 1 105 mW 90 1 105 mW 1 117 mW 89 1 118 mW 1 130 mW 88 1 130 mW 1 142 mW 87
413. product provided with a protective earthing terminal An uninterruptible safety earth ground must be provided from the main power source to the product input wiring ter minals power cord or supplied power cord set Whenever it is likely that the protection has been impaired the product must be made inoperative and be secured against any unintended operation BEFORE APPLYING POWER Verify that the product is configured to match the available main power source per the input power configuration instructions provided in this manual If this product is to be energized via an auto trans former make sure the common terminal is con nected to the neutral grounded side of mains supply SERVICING Any servicing adjustment maintenance or repair of this product must be per formed only by qualified personnel Adjustments described in this manual may be performed with power supplied to the product while protective covers are removed Energy available at many points may if contacted result in per sonal injury Capacitors inside this product may still be charged even when disconnected from its power source To avoid a fire hazard only fuses with the required current rating and of the specified type normal blow time delay etc are to be used for replacement vii TM 11 6625 2969 14 amp P SECTION 0 INSTRUCTIONS 0 1 SCOPE This manual describes Power Meter TS 3793 U fig 1 1 and provides operation and mai
414. ption ub Routine Address Function Branch To Refer To Title Sheet Count range counter down Zero Sub able 8 3 one range LCRD routine Address 056 if measurement was taken on range 4 or 5 Delay Subroutine Table 8 3 Address 036 if measurement was taken on range 2 or 3 Over Range Blank Display LSOR Over Under Range 8 3 Step 5 2 Display Assembly Continue Sub LSOR instruc routine Address Ition Step 6 3 A D Converter 047 if auto ranging branch to address Linear Over Range is not enabled 047 Conversion Address 146 if auto1 Table 8 3 Step 9 ranging is enabled Count range counter up one Auto Zero Sub Table 8 3 Step 9 A D Converter range if measurement was Address range 4 Log Over Range taken on range 2 3 or 4 056 if measurementt Step 22 range 2 Conversion was taken on range 0 2 3 or 4 Address 143 if measurement was taken on range 0 lor 5 Count range counter up one Delay Subroutine Table 833 Step 21 range if measurement was Address 036 if taken on range 1 measurement was taken on range 1 Over Under Range _ Table 8 8 Step 36 Continue Sub routine Address 047 if measurement was taken on range 5 Over Under 047 Clear main counter LCLR Display and Table 8 3 Step 6 3 dB Relative Range if dB REF or dB REL Subroutine Conversion Continue mode selected Address 177 if 2 dBm Mode rabie 8 3 Step 36 Rang
415. put Gate Operation All of these circuits function together to sequentially output data words 0 through 13 each time that the operating program enables an Output Data Trans fer during the Display and Remote Talk Sub routine Each word consists of seven data bits which are ASCII coded to select a status character as indicated in Table 8 10 Coding of data bits 7 6 5 is accomplished by buffering the Y 6 Y5 and Y4 outputs of the ROM Coding of the remaining data bits is controlled by the Y7 output of the ROM When this bit is low the Line Selectors are enabled and they route the status inputs selected by the YO through Y 3 outputs of the ROM to the Output Gates When the Y7 bit is high the Line Selectors are disabled and the YO through Y3 outputs of the ROM are buffered by the Multiplexer Gates to select the coding for data bits 1 through 4 8 151 The output of the ROM in turn is selected by the address input from the Word Counter This address is set to O at the start of each program cyde by the HLLD reset input to the Word Counter While the ROM is at address 0 its output causes the Line Selectors to route the HOR HUR and Y M3 status inputs to the Output Gates to form a Word 0 ASCII character as indicated 8 152 When the Power Meter is addressed to Talk the Output Gates are enabled by the high HOE 1 and HOE 2 inputs and continually route data to the HP IB The HP IB does not accept the data however until the Da
416. quence DESCRIPTION This step verifies the slope of the Log Conversion Ramp for a 4696 input power level and the branching between var ious addresses in the Log Conversion Subroutine KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below A D Converter input Ramp Amplitude Addresses Verified Voltage DC Test RMP Test Point Log Conversion Point A3TP4 A3TP2 Subroutine 0 320 0 003 2 272 0 014Vp p 153 154 detect YPLS 0 and branch to dB Rel Subroutine NOTE If necessary adjust LFS potentiometer A3R48 to obtain specified ramp amplitude DESCRIPTION This step verifies the slope of the Log Conversion Ramp for a 91 input power level and the branching between various addresses in the Log Conversion Subroutine KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below A D Converter Input Ramp Amplitude Voltage DC Test RMP Test Point Point A3TP4 A3TP2 Addresses Verified Log Conversion Subroutine 1 005 0 002 10 02 dBm 1 007 0 002 10 03 dBm 1 012 0 002 10 05 dBm gt 1 260V OVER RANGE 7 136 0 014 Vp p 155 156 detect YPLS 0 and branch to dB Rel Subroutine 7 150 0 014Vp p 157 160 7 185 0 014Vp p 161 162 gt 8 946 Vp p 162 163 164 L65 NOTE If necessary adjust LFS potenti ometer A3R48 to obtain speci fied ramp amplitude 8 63 Service Step Instrument
417. r Branch to Over Under Range Continue Subroutine 8 55 Service Model 436A Table 8 3 Standard Instrument Checkout 5 of 17 Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Set Power Meter RANGE HOLD switch to off out and verify that Power Meter auto ranges to range 4 according to the follow ing sequence a mW lamp remains lit b Digital Readout blanks momentarily and decimal point moves one position to left c Digital Readout indication changes from blanked to 9 90 0 08 mW and UNDER RANGE lamp goes out 9 Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 100 mW and verify that Power Meter auto ranges back to range 5 according to the following sequence a mW lamp remains lit b Digital Readout blanks momentarily decimal point moves one position to left and OVER RANGE indicator lights momentarily c Digital Readout indication changes from blanked to 99 0 mW 8 56 Test Description and Key Operating Sequence DESCRIPTION This step verifies the capability of the Power Meter to auto range from range 5 to range 4 and to display a range 4 100 input power level KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below Under Range Subroutine RANGE HOLD switch set to on Branch to Over Under Range Continue Subroutine pre vious step verified that LSUR instruction was generated but did not verify branch Under Range Subroutine RANGE HOLD
418. r functioning of the equipment or system h Replace The act of substituting a serviceable like type part subassembly or module component or assembly for an unserviceable counterpart i Repair The application of maintenance serv ices inspect test service adjust align calibrate replace or other maintenance actions welding grinding riveting straightening facing rema chining or resurfacing to restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage fault malfunction or failure in a part subassembly module component or assembly end item or system J Overhaul That maintenance effort service action necessary to restore an item to a complete ly serviceable operational condition as prescribed by maintenance standards 1 DMWR in appro priate technical publications Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army Overhaul does not normally return an item to like new condition k Rebuild Consists of those services actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance applied to Army equipment The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements hours miles etc considered in classifying Army equipments components D 1 11 6625 2969 146 D 3 Column Entries a Column 1 Group
419. r refer to Service Sheets 4 and 5 and to initialize the operating program to power up address 0008 If the Power Meter is subsequently configured for remote operation and a device clear input is received the remote interface circuits also generate a power up reset The power up reset output of the Remote Interface Circuits reinitializes the operating program to power up address 000 but it does not terminate remote operation Instead it presets the Remote Interface Circuits to select the following operating conditions WATT MODE Range 6 counted down to range 5 before measurement Autoranging enabled CAL FACTOR switch disabled 8 94 Program Execution The operating program consists of a group of 16 bit data words stored in the State Controller The words are designated by address with 0008 being the lowest address and 3778 being the highest address As stated previously a power up reset signal LPU is generated by the Controller when power is turned on to initialize the program to starting address 0008 From then on the program is self executing with branching between the words being controlled by the Power Meter operating conditions detected Thus the program is essentially a sequential logic circuit which interfaces with the Power Meter hardware circuits to control their operation General processing of the operating program by the Controller is illustrated irj Figure 8 15 Sheets 2 and 3 In the following examples specific words
420. r Flip Flop is also gated with the LTLK output of the Talk Register to provide a Talk Qualifier HTLK 032 input to the Remote Multiplexer When the Power Meter is not addressed to Talk the LTLK signal is high and a low HTLK input is applied to the Remote Multi plexer to inhibit the operating program from initi ating an Output Data Transfer When the Power Meter is addressed to Talk the LTLK input is low and the HTLK output of the gate is controlled by the Trigger Flip Flop as described in the following paragraphs a When the Trigger Flip Flop is reset by a Hold Programming Command a continuously high HTLK qualifier is applied to the Remote Multi plexer to enable the operating program to initiate an Output Data Transfer after completing the measurement in progress refer to Figure 8 15 Sheet 14 Following the Output Data Transfer the operating program then detects the hold condi tion in the Local Remote Branch Subroutine H HOLD high and enters an idle state while awaiting a Free Run or Triggered Measurement Programming Command to initiate the next measurement b When the Trigger Flip Flop is set by a Free Run or Triggered Measurement Programming 8 157 Service Model 436A CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Data Mode Operation cont d Command a low HTLK qualifier is applied to the Remote Multiplexer until the flip flop is reset by the LTC instruction generated at the start of the Display and Remote Talk Subroutine Since thi
421. r range 1 3 and range 3 1 with WATT MODE selected are 1 3 1070 53 1070 53 133 53 2432 ms 3 1 133 33 1070 33 1070 33 2372 ms MAX TRESHOLD OF RANGE INPUT MIN THRESHOLD RANGE PERCENT was5s5sssgscsasa sags x 5 RANGE 1 0 9 20 2 3 4 5 6 J 8 9 35 0 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 TIME IN SECONDS Figure 3 4 Power Meter Response Curve Settling Time for Analog Circuits 3 26 Model 436A Operation lt gt REMOTE R3 R4 R5 DELAY 5 R1 R2 DELAY TRIGGER IMMEADIATE WATIS WATTS dB dB REF dBm dB REL MEASURE OUT OF RANGE 35 53 ms 88 REF OR REL NO RANGE CHANGE NEW RANGE R1 R2 AUTO RANGE NEW RANGE dBm OR WATT R3 R4 R5 NO YES 35 ms corresponds to minimum signal threshold of range we 53 ms corresponds to maximum signal threshold of range Figure 3 5 Measurement Timing Flow Chart Settling Time for Digital Circuitry 3 27 Operation Model 436A REMOTE ENABLED CONFIGURE POWER METER PER FRONT PANEL SWITCH SETTINGS CONFIGURE POWER METER PER PROGRAMMING INPUTS RECEIVED IN LISTEN MODE TAKE MEASUREMENT AUTO RANGE ENABLED UPDATE DIGITAL READOUT REMOTE TALK ENABLED SEND OUTPUT DATA NOTE 1 REMOTE ENABLED NO Note The decision blocks labe
422. r reference oscillator when performing the following steps Grounding either of these inputs could damage the power reference oscillator and or the power supply Grasp the power reference oscillator assembly firmly and remove the four screws which secure it to the Power Meter chassis Model 436A Adjustments ADJUSTMENTS 5 21 POWER REFERENCE OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT cont d 6 Tilt the power reference oscillator assembly to gain access to the circuit board underneath the metal cover and adjust A8L1 to obtain a 50 00 0 5 MHz indi cation on the counter 7 Reposition the power reference oscillator on the Power Meter chassis but do not replace the mounting screws 8 Observe the indication on the counter If it is 50 0 0 5 MHz the adjustment procedure is complete If it is not within these limits repeat steps 6 and 7 except offset the power reference oscillator frequency as required to obtain a 50 0 0 5 MHz indication on the counter when the power reference oscillator assembly is repositioned on the Power Meter chassis 9 Replace the four screws which secure the power reference oscillator to the Power Meter chassis 5 22 POWER REFERENCE OSCILLATOR LEVEL ADJUSTMENT REFERENCE DESCRIPTION EQUIPMENT Service Sheet 14 The power reference oscillator output is factory adjusted to 1 mW 0 7 using a special measurement system accurate to 0 570 traceable to the National Bureau of Standards and allowing f
423. r than 10 mV indicates trouble in the amplifier or its external circuitry Usually this difference will be several volts and one of the inputs will be very close to an applied circuit operating voltage for example 420V 12V 8 29 Measure the amplifier s output voltage It will probably be close to one of the supply voltages or ground Verify that the output voltage follows the input voltages i e if the non inverting input voltage is more positive than normal and or if the inverting input voltage is more negative than Service normal then the change in output voltage should be more positive If the non inverting input is less positive and or the inverting input voltage is less negative the change in output voltage should be less positive The preceding symptoms indicate the defective component is in the external circuitry If the symptoms as stated are absent the operational amplifier is probably defective 8 30 Digital Integrated Circuits and Symbols 8 31 Introduction Except for two Read Only Memory ROM devices all digital circuits used in this instrument belong to the TTL family The two ROMs belong to the MOS family and are made TTL compatible via the use of pull up resistors attached to the input output ports Refer to Tabla 8 1 for TTL and MOS input output voltage level specifications and for MOS input power require ments 8 32 The symbols used in this manual conform to the requirements of American National Sta
424. riate logic circuit to respond to the programming command The specific Clock output generated for each programming command is listed ih Table 8 8 and the resulting logic circuit operation is sum marized in 8 134 When the HP IB is not in the data mode the Function Decoder is disabled by the low LATN input Similarly when the Power Meter is not addressed to listen the low H Listen input disables the Function Decoder While the Function De coder is disabled it does not respond to the data bit inputs and so no Clock outputs are provided to the Programming Command Logic Circuits Thus the Programming Command Logic Circuits are inhibited from responding to any data inputs except programming commands specifically intended for the Power Meter 8 135 Mode Programming Command Processing The Mode Clock output of the Function Decoder resets the Auto Zero Enable Logic and clocks the 1101 and 102 data bit inputs into the flip flops in the Mode Select Logic The outputs of the flip flops are then gated with the HREM input to select the operating mode for the Power Meter when remote operation is enabled HREM high and to allow front panel WIRED OR selection of this function when local operation is enabled refer to Service Sheet 3 Block Diagram Description Mode Selection 8 136 After a Mode Programming Command is loaded into the Mode Select Logic flip flops the flip flops are inhibited from changing state until a new Mode Program
425. ription and Key Operating Sequence DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the Power Meter will auto range from range 4 to range 3 when the input power level is changed from a range 4 30 level to a range 33070 level KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except for range counter range 3 out put and range 3 A D Converter input voltage rise time at A3TP 4 Measurement Subroutine 1st cycle after new input level A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 de creases to less than 0 100V range 4 selected Under Range Subroutine Count range counter down one range to range 3 Local Initialize Subroutine Branch to Auto Zero Subroutine Auto Zero Subroutine A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 stabilizes at 0 316 0 002V by end of Auto Zero Sub routine delay of 8000 clock pulses 133 ms after start address 056 DESCRIPTION This step verifies that the Power Meter will auto range from range 3 to range 2 when the input power level is changed from a range 3 30 level to a range 2 30 level KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicated below Measurement Subroutine 1st cycle after new input level A D Converter input voltage at DC test point 4 de creases to less than 0 100V range 3 selected Under Range Subroutine Light UNDER RANGE indicator address 174 Blank Digital Readout reference pr
426. rror is now minimized 3 85 The CAL FACTOR switch resolution error of 0 5 may be reduced by one of the following methods a Leave the CAL FACTOR switch on 100 after calibration then make the measure 3 38 Model 436A ment and record the reading Use the reflection coefficient magnitude and phase angle from the table supplied with the Power Sensor to calculate the corrected power level b Set the CAL FACTOR switch to the nearest position above and below the correction factor given on the table Interpolating between the power levels measured provides the corrected power level 3 86 Calculating Total Uncertainty 3 87 Certain errors in calculating the total measurement uncertainty have been ignored in this discussion because they are beyond the scope of this manual Application Note AN 64 Microwave Power Measurement delves deeper into the calcu lation of power measurement uncertainties It is available on request from your nearest HP office 3 88 Known Uncertainties The known uncer tainties which account for part of the total power measurement uncertainty are a Instrumentation uncertainty 0 5 or 0 02 dB Range 1 through 5 b Power reference uncertainty 0 7 or 0 03 dB CAL FACTOR switch resolution 0 5 0 02 dB The total uncertainty from these sources is 1 7 or 0 07 dB 3 89 Calculating Mismatch Uncertainty Mismatch uncertainty is the result of the source mis
427. rved with logic analyzer con mode auto range hold operation netted normally refer to troubleshooting example and Following the device dear a measurement set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 is triggered the Power Meter is addressed to talk and the Power Meter status range 10 001 010 1 11 000 001 5 and mode outputa are checked to verify 10 001 011 2 01 000 O11 6 proper response to the device dear 00 001 100 3 01 000 O11 7 00 001 101 4 01 000 011 8 3 dBm output of mode select logic is loaded into mode register b Line 1060 2430 1 Device dear decoder Service Sheet 11 generates LPU output in response to device clear command 2 Mode select logic outputs Watt mode in response to LPU input 3 Range select logic seta auto range qualifier true in response to LPU input 4 Measurement rate select logic sets H HOLD output true in response to LPU input 5 Operating program initialized to starting address 000 by LPU signal Program then cycles to Local Remote Branch Subroutine hold loop 026 042 043 when LPU signal is terminated During Power Up Subroutine watt mode output of mode select logic is loaded into mode register c Line 1070 Measurement triggered and operating program cycles to hold loop in Display and Remote Talk Subroutine During program cycle range counter is counted down to range 1 d Line 1080 2380 Power Meter outputs correct status mode and range characters Power Meter output
428. rvice DATA TO FROM BCD INTERFACE PRINT OPTION 024 DATA en hoe PACKARD DATA TRANSFER INTERFACE BUS CONTROL OPTION 022 1 mw 50 MHz POWER REF OUTPUT 4 Figure 8 21 Overall Block Diagram 8 167 Service Model 436A SERVICE SHEET 2 BLOCK DIAGRAM CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS The Block Diagram Circuit Descriptions for Service Sheet 2 are covered in paragraphs 8 78 through 8 86 Troubleshooting in paragraphs 8 55 through 8 62 and Standard Instrument Checkout in Tabld 8 3 Overall Block Diagram SERVICE SHEET 1 8 168 Model 466A INPUT AMPLIFIER AC INPUT m AZ AC Gain Assembly LOG MODE YRLG RANGE SELECT MOUNT SENSOR FREQUENCY MOUNT RETURN MOUNT 220 Hz MOUNT 220 Hz VIBRATOR 4 56 d MOUNT AUTO ZERO TRUE RANGE DECODER OFFSET EN ceras A3 A D Converter Assembly 221 ADJ CONTROL Amplifier Service i 2 2 a eg 2 22 25 gE U xe P O Front Panel Assembly o te NR DECIMAL POINT SELECT d m MODE SELECTED 36 SENSOR AUTO ZERO ENABLE MODE BIT 2 NM 2 LED BUFFERS WATTS MODE TRUE RANGE TRUE RANGE COUNTER AND SIGN PRESET LOG MODE I I MOUNT RESISTOR See TRUE RANGE SENSITIVITY aa TA 4 5 DETEC
429. rvice Sheet 3 is preset to range 1 during Remote Initialize Subroutine D operating program branches from Remote Initialize Subroutine to Delay Subroutine E Power Meter outputs correct data characters Check Power Meter status output per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 2500 NOTE Status output is generated by buffering HOR and HUR outputs of over under range decoder and output of mode select logic For description of circuit operation for this test refer to Service Sheet 3 Mode Sdection and Linear Under Range Registration GO TO line 640 and use STEP key to execute program line by line Check that the following indications are obtained a Line 640 1 Auto zero enable logic is reset 2 Mode enable logic outputs Watt mode b Line 660 Power Meter outputs correct status Status output can be verified per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 NOTE Status output is generated by buffering HOR and HUR outputs of over under range decoder and output of mode logic For a description of circuit operation for this test refer to Service Sheet 3 Mode Sdection and Linear Under Range Registration Model 436A Service Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 7 of 18 Problem and Description Error Power Meter does not hold 0 after being auto zeroed five consecutive times Description For the previous test the Power Meter was programmed to the Watt Mode thereby clearing t
430. s 0 in range Range 1 Mode 2 Watt or Q printer Data same as front panel Digital Readout Exponent 08 Program Power Meter for remote operation dBm mode range 1 trigger immediate Then provide auto zero enable input and trigger second measurement Check that the front panel ZERO lamp remains lit for approximately 4 seconds and that the Power Meter outputs the following data after the second trigger is sent Status 4 Auto zeroing in range Range 1 Mode 2 Watt or 2 printer Data same as front panel Digital Readout Exponent 08 Program Power Meter for remote free run Watt mode auto range operation Then set up range calibrator to provide 1 milli watt output Adjust Power Meter CAL control to obtain 1 000 mW indica tion on front panel Digital Readout set CAL FACTOR 96 switch to 85 and pro gram CAL FACTOR switch to on then off Check that indication on front panel Digital Readout changes from 1 000 mW to 1 176 0 002 mW when CAL FACTOR switch is enabled Leave range calibrator set up as speci fied for the previous step and program Power Meter for remote Watt mode range 2 trigger with settling time oper tion Check that the front panel OVER RANGE indicator lights and that the Power Meter outputs status code 2 over range Test Description and Key Operating Sequence Description This step verifies that the operating program is capable of cyding through the Delay Subrou
431. s Character 0 ROM address Stat In Range 20 atus Data output Q Under selected by 2 Watts HOR HUR amp YM3 inputs to S Under s Log Range IIH inputs to M Range 5 M Range 5 Line Selectors 2 ROM address 01 or 21 EM _ JLIESERENULE Data output EERCECHEEECERER EHE selected by 022 EIN Rel PPE eg Data output C dB Ref Ref selected by NM1 and NM2 dBm inputs to Line Selectors o ROM address 23 P plus Data output selected by ROM ROM address 03 minus Data output se lected by ROM 4 0 ROM address YK 24 1 L 8 161 Service Model 436A Table 8 10 Power Meter Talk HP IB Output Data Format 2 of 3 T D i fats 2D fol js a 2 Data output se faaee Yedinpusto Sdedors 1 ROM address 05 or 254 2 Data output se lected by YH1 YH4 inputs to Line Selectors ROM address 0268 Data output se lected by YD1 YD4 inputs to Line Selectors ROM address 078 or 278 Data output se lected by YU 1 YUA inputs to Line Selectors ROM address 10 30 Data output se lected by ROM ROM address 11 318 Data output se lected by ROM ROM address 12g Data output se lected by ROM L L ROM address 32 Data output se lected by ROM 8 162 Model 436A Service Table 8 10
432. s Thus when the BCD Interface Circuit option is installed the operating program will always branch to address 045 after entering the Display and Remote Talk Subroutine The state of the DACQ qualifier will then determine further branching 8 163 The DACQ qualifier output of the Measure ment Control Circuit is controlled by the Print signal described previously under Output Data When the Print signal is high it holds the DACQ qualifier high when the Print signal is low the DACQ qualifier is controlled by the Inhibit and Trigger inputs Since the Print signal is set high by the HLLD instruction generated at the start of each program cyde the operating program will always branch from address 045 to address 046 each time that it subsequently enters the Display and Remote Talk Subroutine The resulting LSDAV instruction will then set the Print output low allowing the DACQ qualifier to be controlled by the Inhibit and Trigger inputs as described in the following paragraphs a When the Inhibit input to the Measure ment Control Circuit is programmed high to select free run operation a gate is enabled by the low Print signal and a low DACQ output is provided to Model 436A Service CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Service Sheet 5 cont d the Remote Qualifier Multiplexer Thus the opera ting program is enabled to continue to the L Remote Branch Subroutine to initiate the next program cycle If remote operation is selected LRE
433. s instruction is generated before the operating pro gram checks whether Remote Talk is enabled the resulting HTLK qualifier enables the operating program to initiate an Output Data Transfer during the Display and Remote Talk Subroutine If the Trigger Flip Flop was set by a Free Run Program ming Command the H HOLD qualifier will be low and the operating program will continue to take measurements and output data after each measure ment until a new Measurement Rate Programming Command is received or the Power Meter is ufaddressed to talk If the Trigger Flip Flop was set by a Triggered Measurement Programming Command the H HOLD qualifier will be high after the LTC instruction and the operating program will enter an idle state during the Local Remote Branch Subroutine while awaiting a Free Run or Triggered Measurement Programming Command to initiate the next measurement The reason that an Output Data Transfer is synced to the LTC instruction for a Triggered Measurement Programming Command is to ensure that valid measurement is taken before the Power Meter outputs data after being addressed to Talk 8 147 The remaining input to the Hold and Trig ger Flip Flops is the LPU output of the Controller and the Device Clear Decoder When this input is active both registers are reset and a high H HOLD qualifier is applied to the Remote Multiplexer to place the Power Meter in a hold condition 8 148 Remote Qualifier Program Interface When rem
434. s necessary to complete each Remote Interface Controller initiated data transfer cycle When the gates are disabled the NRFD and NDAC outputs are set high so that they will not interface with HP Interface Bus operation When the Remote Interface Controller has data available it sets the DAV line low thereby enabling the Clock Generator to set the Data Accept Clock low a short time later as shown in Figure 8 19 The Listen Transfer Control Gates in turn process the low Data Accept Clock to set the NRFD line low Not Ready For Data and the NDAC line high Data Accepted These outputs are then maintained until all instruments on the HP Interface Bus indicate that they have accepted the data When this occurs the Remote Interface Controller sets the DAV line high thereby termi nating the Data Accept Clock a short time later With the Data Accept Clock terminated the NRFD output of the Listen Transfer Control Gates is set high ready for data and the Data Accept line is reset low to enable the next data transfer initiated by the Remote Interface Controller Model 436A Service HCLK DATA ACCEPT CLOCK MEE EE NOTES 1 The HCLK output of the clock generator is enabled only during the com mend mode the LCLK and deta accept clocks are enabled in both the commend and deta modes 2 The listen transfer control gates process the data accept clock to generate the NRFD and NOAC handshake signals in tha command mode and when
435. s shown on the truth table in Figure 8 11 the combination of a low G1 and a binary O code causes the display driver to set the RBO low and to provide blanking outputs to all segments of the associated display For zero suppression the RBI G1 input associated with the most significant digit is grounded and the RBO output is connected to the G1 input of the next significant digit Using this configuration a number such as 0010 would be displayed as 10 8 52 Numeric Display The numeric display con sists of eight individual light emitting diodes LED which share a common anode input Seven of the LEDs designated a through g are arranged to form a seven segment display as shown i Figure 812 The eighth LED designated dp provides a left hand decimal point display Each segment is lighted individually by a low input to the cathode pin a through g and dp of the LEDs 8 53 Read Only Memories ROMs The Read Only Memories ROMs used in the Power Meter fall into two separate logic families TTL and MOS As shown in Figure 6 13 the only significant differences between the two types of ROMs are the power requirements and the amount of program storage The power requirements for each family are provided in Table 8 1 Storage capacity for the TTL ROM is 32 8 bit words 256 bits for the MOS ROM storage capacity increases to 256 16 bit words 4096 bits 8 54 When the ROMs are initially programmed each 8 or 16 bit word is store
436. s the starting point for the particular dB range selected For any A D conversion the Main Counter is always preset to the lowest value associ ated with a particular range and then counted in the direction of increasing power When WATT Mode operation of the Power Meter is selected the starting value for each range is 0000 When dB mode operation of the Power Meter is selected the starting point for each range depends on the sensitivity of the Power Sensor eg for the 10 dB range the Main Counter is preset to 2000 and the signal is preset to for the 20 dB range the Main Counter is preset to 1000 and the sign is preset to d Dedmal Point Select This output is pro vided for both linear and dB operation of the Power Meter and lights the appropriate decimal point on the Digital Readout to indicate the true sensitivity of the range selected eg 1 000 mW 10 00 mW 20 00 dB etc 8 85 Display Assembly The Display Assembly indicates the Power Meter s operating mode and range status and displays the sign and numeric value of the RF input power level applied to the Power Sensor The status indications are provided via individual light emitting diode LED indicators that are turned on and off independently by the inputs from the Controller and the True Range Decoder The power level indications are displayed via numeric segment indicators Digital Readout The sign indiction is controlled directly by the output of the Control
437. scription associated with Service Sheets 1 through 5 detailed descriptions of the operating program are provided in and 8 6 and Figure 8 15 and circuit descriptions and troubleshooting data are provided as required on Service Sheets 6 through 15 8 57 In addition to the information referenced above this section also contains step by step veri fication procedures for a standard instrument an HP IB equipped instrument and a BCD equipped instrument Each of these procedures are designed to accomplish three major purposes The first purpose is to exercise the stored program and the hardware circuits in a known sequence so that a fault condition can be readily isolated to a circuit group or to a segment of the stored program The second purpose is to describe each check in suf ficient detail to familiarize a maintenance tech nician with overall Power Meter operation The third and most significant purpose is to indicate a logical troubleshooting entry point for program verification and signal tracing 8 58 When the verification procedures are used as a basis for troubleshooting instruments equipped with either the HP IB or BCD option it is neces sary that the standard instrument verification pro cedure be performed first to ascertain that the fault is not in the standard instrument circuits After the standard instrument circuits are known to be operating properly a fault can be readily isolated to a remote option circuit group or t
438. separated RANGE CALIBRATOR POWER METER POWER METER SENSOR Figure 4 1 Zero Carryover Test Setup EQUIPMENT Range Calibrator HP 11683A PROCEDURE 1 Set the Power Meter switches as follows CAL FACTOR 100 POWER REF off out MODE WATT RANGE HOLD off out LINE ON in 2 Set the Range Calibrator switches as follows FUNCTION STANDBY POLARITY NORMAL RANGE 100 uW LINE ON in 3 Connect the equipment as shown i 4 Press and hold the Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and wait for the digital readout to stabilize Then verify that the Power Meter ZERO lamp is lit and that the digital readout indicates 0 00 0 02 NOTE Power Meter is now zeroed on most sensitive range 10 W 5 Release the Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch and wait for the ZERO lamp to o out before proceeding to the next step 6 Set the Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to CALIBRATE and verify that the Power Meter autoranges to the 100 uW range 7 Set the Power Meter RANGE HOLD switch to on in and the Range Calibrator FUNCTION switch to standby 4 2 Model 436A Performance Tests PERFORMANCE TESTS 4 10 ZERO CARRYOVER TEST 8 Wait for the Power Meter s digital readout to stabilize and verify that the indication observed is within the limits shown on the table below Then set the POWER Met
439. set up to read status S range R mode M and data D 9 digits RETURN to line following GO SUB branch to subroutine Device Clear Subroutine REM DEV CLR BUS CMD Power Meter unlistening calculator talk OUTPUT Set HP Interface Bus to command mode output device clear then set HP Interface Bus to data mode GO SUB trace subroutine RETURN to line following GO SUB reference to subroutine END Figure 8 16 HP IB Verification Program HP 9830A Calculator 25 of 25 Service Model 436A IB Verification Program HP 9820A Calculator 1 of 4 17 HP Figure 8 8 95 Model 436A Service Figure 8 17 HP IB Verification Program HP 9820A Calculator 2 of 4 8 96 Model 436A Service Figure 8 17 HP IB Verification Program HP 9820A Calculator 3 of 4 8 97 Service Model 436A Figure 8 17 HP IB Verification Program HP 9820A Calculator 4 of 4 8 98 Model 436A Service Table 8 4 HP IB Circuit Troubleshooting 1 of 18 Problem and Description Corrective Action None Problem Program hangs up without that IFC input to Power Meter Service Sheet 11 is printing out error number RUNNING not being held low by some circuit in Power Meter does not flash periodcally on calculator Check that Power Meter DAV output Service Sheet 12 is display not held low indicating that Power Meter has data output M for calculator Description Signal output
440. t Only Medical Supplies NZ Ltd 303 Great King Street Box 233 Dunedin Tel 88 817 DENTAL Dunedin NIGERIA The Electronics Instrumentations Ltd N6B 770 Oyo Road Oluseun House 5402 Ibadan Tel 61577 Telex 31231 TEIL Nigeria Cable THETEIL Ibadan The Electronics Instrumenta tions Ltd 144 Agege Motor Road Mushin Box 6645 Lagos THETEIL Lagos PAKISTAN Mushko amp Company Ltd PHILIPPINES The Onhne Advanced Systems Corporation Bth Floor Bldg 560 Quintin Paredes St Binondo Manila Tet 48 71 49 48 58 53 Makati 85 35 81 85 34 91 Telex 3274 ONLINE RHODESIA Field Technical Sales 45 Kelvin Road North P O Box 3458 Salisbut Tel 705271 5 lines Telex RH 422 SINGAPORE Hewlett Packard Singapore Pte Ltd 3841F Jalan Bukit Merah 2 6th Floor Jalan Redhill industrial Estate Alexandra P O Box 58 Singapore Tel 633022 Telex HPSG RS 21486 Cable HEWPACK Singapore SOUTH AFRICA Hewlett Packard South Africa Pty Ltd Private Bag Wendywood Sandton Transvaal 2144 Hewlett Packard Center Daphne Street Wendywood Sandton Transvaal 2144 Tel 802 104018 Telex 8 4782 Cable HEWPACK JOHANNESBURG Service Department Hewlett Packard South Atrica gt Ltd Box 39325 Gramley Sandton 2018 451 Wynberg Extension 3 Sandton 2001 Tel 636 8188 9 Telex 8 2391 Pachar South Africa Lt
441. t Point and Adjustment Locations 8 45 Power Reference Oscillator Assembly Schematic Diagram amp 46 A9 Power Supply Rectifier and Regulator Assembly Component and Test Point Locations 8 47 Rear Panel Mounted Power Supply Component Locations 8 48 Power Supply Rectifier and Regulator Assembly Schematic Diagram 8 49 Rear View of Front Panel Removed 8 50 Top Internal View Standard Instrument 8 51 Top Internal View HP IB or BCD Interface l o UJ 195 I I e Bl eH c Kiko fo Contents M TABLES Table Page Table ii Specifications 12 Instrument Accuracy Test Results 2 Recommended Test Equipment for dB REF Mode Calibration Factor Test Results Circuit Options 4 5 Performance Test Record USA Standard Code for Information Factory Selected Components Interchange ASCII l 2 5 6 1 Reference Designators and Abbreviations 3 1 Message Reference Table 6 2 Replaceable Parts 3 3 gt He mW p aha s Ee EN e FE Service Sheet 1 vi Measurement Sequence Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Input Program Codes Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Output Data String Power Meter Remote Access Time to First Output Data Character Power Meter Output Data Printout for HP 5055A Digital Recorder BCD Output Data Codes BCD Programming Commands Zero Carryover Autorange Digital
442. t Power Meter is on range 3 and A3TP4 DC should be approximately 1 0 Vdc Check A8TP2 RMP for a 0 to 7 0 volt ramp with a time of approxi mately 33 3 ms If ramp does not reach 7 0 volts with 1 0 at DC check that LRIN instruction on XAS pin 24 is pulsed low for 33 3 ms to tum transistors and A3Q12 off and FET A8Q13 on Check that ramp at A3TP2 de creases from 7 volts to 0 volts at a linear rate Check VR at collector of 8017 approximately 6 2 Vde and VR at A3U5B pin 7 approximately 6 2 Vde The LRP instruction on XA3 pin 25 is pulsed low in the Watt Mode to tum transistors 901 and A3Q6 off and FET A3Q16 on causing a positive linear ramp to be generated The LRM instruction on XA3 pin 26 is pulsed low in the Watt Mode to turn transistors A3Q2 and A3Q7 off and A3Q15 on causing a negative linear ramp to be generated LRM and LRP instructions remain high when dBm dB REF or dB REL Modes are selected Set Power Meter to dBm Mode and apply a 1 0 mW input signal to Power Sensor Check that ramp at ASTP3 decreases from 7 0 volts to threshold ref erence level at a log rate Check that LLGR and LRL instructions on XA3 pins 3 and 4 respectively are pulsed low in dBm dB REF and dB REL Modes The LRL instruction turns transistors A3Q4 and A3Q9 off and FET A3Q19 on applying the LOG REF Threshold signal to 802 pin 3 The output of pin 6 must discharge past this
443. t blanks the front panel display The HUR and HOR out puts are gated together by the Remote I nterface Circuits to provide one of four possible status outputs to the Remote nterface Controller b If the measurement was taken on ranges 2 through 5 with Auto Ranging enabled and LCRD instruction is generated to count the Range Coun ter down one range then another measurement is taken This cyde is repeated until an in range measurement is obtained or the Range Counter is counted down to range 1 If the measurement was taken on range 1 or on ranges 1 through 5 with Auto Ranging disabled an LCRD instruction is not generated to count the Range Counter down nstead the Mode Qualifier Bits are checked to determine whether dBm dB REL or dB REF operation is se lected If dBm operation is selected an LTC instruction is generated to transfer the output of the Sign Latch to the front panel Sign Indicator via the Display Sign Latch to load the output of the Main Counter into the Display Registers and to indicate to the Remote I nterface Circuits that the measurement is completed If dB REL operation is selected an LCLR instruction is generated prior to the LTC instruction to set the output of the Main Counter to 0000 If dB REF operation is selected an LLRE isntruction is generated after the LCLR instruction and before the LTC instruc tion to load the 0000 output of the Main Counter into the Reference Register thereby cl
444. t signal For example the 8481A and 2 2 Model 436A 8481H Power Sensors provide identical full scale outputs in response to input signal levels of 100 milliwatts and 3 watts respectively dif erence in their sensitivity codes is detected by the Power Meter however and the Power Meter digital readout is automatically configured to indicate the appropriate value 2 16 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Option 022 Interconnection data for Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Option 022 is provided ir Figure 2 3 Power Meter programming and output data format is described iR Sedion Hi Operation 2 17 BCD Interface Bus Option 024 Inter connection data for BCD Interface Option 024 is provided in Figure 2 4 Power Meter programming and output data format is described ih Section Operation 2 18 Mating Connectors 2 19 Interface Connectors Interface mating con nectors for Options 022 and 024 are indicated in and 2 4 respectively 2 20 Coaxial Connectors Coaxial mating con nectors used with the Power Meter should be US MIL C 39012 compatible type N male or 50 ohm BNC male 2 21 Operating Environment 2 22 The operating environment should be within the following limitations Temperature 0 C to 55 C Humidity 4325s lt 95 relative Altitude 4570 m 15 000 ft 2 23 Bench Operation 2 24 The instrument cabinet has plastic feet and a fold away tilt stand for convenience in benc
445. t the factory see Table 5 1 Usually these values are not extremely critical they are selected to provide optimum compatibility with associated components These components are identified on individual schematics by an asterisk The recommended procedure for replacing a factory selected part is as follows a Trythe original value then perform the calibration test specified for the circuit in the performance and adjustment sections of this manual b If calibration cannot be accomplished try the typical value shown in the parts list and repeat the test If the test results are still not satisfactory substitute various values within the tolerances specified in Table 5 1 until the desired result is obtained 8 19 Disassembly and Reassembly Procedures Any adjustment maintenance and repair of the opened instrument under voltage should be avoided as much as possible and if inevitable should be carried out only by a skilled person who is aware of the hazard involved Capacitors inside the instrument may still be charged even if the instrument has been disconnected from its source of supply 8 20 Before performing any of the following disassembly or reassembly procedures the follow ing steps must be performed a Set POWER ON OFF switch to OFF position b Remove Line Power Cable W8 from Line Power Module All 8 5 Service Disassembly and Reassembly Procedures cent d 8 21 Top Cover Remova
446. ta Valid Status Generator provides a high HIDAV output to set the Data Valid DAV output true When this occurs each of the listeners accept the data and set the DAC line high to complete the data word transfer 8 153 After all of the listeners have accepted the data the Word Counter is clocked to the next address on the positive going edge of the LIDAV output of the Data Valid Status Generator F or addresses 0 through 13 either the YO or the Y7 output of the ROM is high so a low HMDT qualifier is applied to the Remote Multiplexer to enable each word to be sequentially transferred over the HP IB After word 13 is transferred both the YO and Y7 outputs of the ROM go low and a high HMDT qualifier is applied to the Remote Multiplexer to terminate the data transfer cycle The HMDT qualifier is then held high until the Word Counter is reset to 0 by the HHLD instruc tion generated at the start of the next program cyde 8 154 The remaining address input to the ROM is the LQT signal When this input is low the outputs of the Word Counter select ROM addresses 008 through 158 when this input is high the outputs of the Word Counter select ROM addresses 208 8 159 Service Model 436A HBRFDq HBDACq HIDAV Mox er rnc DAV Output Gate Figure 8 20 Data Valid Status Generator Timing 8 160 Model 436A Service Table 8 10 Power Meter Talk HP IB Output Data Format 1 of 3 ROM n Bes a
447. tch to STANDBY then press and release Power Meter SENSOR ZERO switch Verify that Digital Readout indication changes back to 00 0 with blinking sign while ZERO lamp is lit and remains at 00 0 00 2 when ZERO lamp goes out Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to 3 uW and FUNCTION switch to CALIBRATE Verify that an UNDER RANGE indication is observed then release Power Meter RANGE HOLD switch and verify that Power M eter auto ranges to range 1 according to the fol lowing sequence a UW lamp remains lit b Digital Readout blanks momentarily and UNDER RANGE lamp lights momentarily ded mal point moves one position to left while Digital Readout is blanked c Digital Readout indication changes from blanked to 3 16 1 0 mW Test Description and Key Operating Sequence DESCRIPTION This step is a course adjustment of the ZERO OFF potentiometer it provides a proper reference for the spike balance adjustment performed in the next step KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and drcuit operation previously verified except as indicated below a Power Meter remains configured in WATT MODE refer to Service Sheet 3 Mode Selection b Voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is adjustable to 0 010V DESCRIPTION This step adjusts BAL potentiometer A3R65 to center the sensor zero circuit output voltage range Service Sheet 8 KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit operation previously verified except as indicate
448. ter LCLR Auto zero A D converter for 1000 counts LAZ LCNT Clear main counter LCLR Count range counter down to range 5 if range 0 6 or 7 is selected LCRD b Load mode select inputs into mode register for range 3 4 or 5 Delay subroutin Address 036 for range 1 or 2 Address 104 if Watts mode was selected for pre 11 and 12 HP IB Option Steps 5 amp 6 BCD Mode Selection 3 and 4 BCD Option 4 Error HP IB Mode Selection vious program cycld Tate ga 5 Step 13 Address 103 if 1 Opa Table 8 4 Errors Watts mode was not 33 HP selected for pre vious program cyde Address 104 Auto Zero Sub routine Address 056 E 12 Option A D Converter Auto Zero Function A D Converter Auto Zero Function Range Selection range 5 branch Mode Selection Step 14 range 3 branch Step 19 range 1 branch Step 24 mode register loaded Model 436A Service Table 8 6 Operating Program Description 4 of 11 Block Diagram Description Troubleshootin Sub Routine Address Branch To Refer To 9 Service zii itle Sheet Auto zero Subroutine Measurement Subroutine Clear main counter LCLR Check whether A D Linear Negative Table 8 3 Light UNDER RANGE A D Converter Auto Zero Function Auto zero A D converter for 8000 Counts LAZ LCNT Clear main counter LCLR Load dc input voltage in
449. ter out puts measurement and status data in a bit parallel word serial format during the display and remote talk subroutine 8 116 The descriptions which follow assume a basic understanding of Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB operation For additional information 8 150 covering HP IB operation refer to Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Users Guide HP Part No 59300 90001 for HP 9820 and 59300 90002 for HP 9830 and Condensed Description of the Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP Part No 59401 90030 8 117 Command Mode Operation 8 118 The HP IB circuits are placed in the com mand mode when the Remote Interface Controller sets the comand mode enable ATN line low In this mode the HP IB circuits will respond to a listen address a talk address an unlisten command a universal device clear command an interface clear IFC input and a remote enable REN input 8 119 Handshake Timing When the HP IB cir cuits are in the command mode the LATN output of the Clock Generator is held low to disable the Function Decoder and to enable the Listen Trans fer Control Gates The LATN input to the Listen Transfer Control Gates is OR ed with the L Listen input so that the gates are also enabled when the bus is in the data mode and the Power Meter is addressed to listen While the Listen Transfer Control Gates are enabled they function in con junction with the Clock Generator to generate the NRFD and NDAC output
450. the Local Operation procedure should be per formed first to establish a reference against which remote operation can be verified Information covering remote programming of the Power Meter is provided in the following paragraphs and a Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Verification Pro gram is provided ir Section VIII Service 3 10 LOCAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 3 11 Figure 3 3 provides general instructions for operating the Power Meter via the front panel controls WARNING Any interruption of the protective grounding conductor inside or outside the instrument or disconnecting the protective earth terminal is likdy to make this instrument dangerous Intentional interruption is prohibited 3l Operation 3 2 FRONT AND REAR PANEL FEATURES T MODE vemm WARD awe ww jew Figure 3 1 Front and Rear Panel Controls Connector and Indicators 1 of 4 Model 436A Model 436A FRONT PANEL FEATURES Digital Readout Indicates sign and decimal value of RF input power in Watts dBm or in dB relative to a stored reference Range Lamps W mW uW nW Enabled in WATT MODE Light to indicate level of Digital Readout indication Lights to indicate that dBm MODE is selected and Digital Readout indication is in dBm 4B REL Lights to indicate that dB RELATIVE MODE is selected and Digital Readout indication is in dB with respect
451. the Power Meter will go to Hold and operate synchronously starting with the next trigger command 2 Wait approximately 2 5 seconds after plac ing the Power Meter in remote and sending the first program trigger command Data Message 3 Send a Clear Message DCL immediately after placing the Power Meter in remote This will restart the Power Meter operating program 3 32 Sending Data Messages from the Power Meter 3 33 The C TALK ONLY NORMAL switch Figure 3 3 enables the Power Meter to func 1 Remove power from power sensor or set it at least 20 dB below lowest range of the sensor 2 controller talk and Power Meter listen Z1T Send zero trigger program codes 3 universal unlisten controller listen and Power Meter talk variable name Read measured value data from meter characters 4 5 6 and 7 4 fabsolute value of measured data is not lt 2 0000 0002 then branch to step 2 if it is then continue Although this step averages three seconds it may take as long as 10 seconds to execute 5 controller talk and Power Meter listen 9 DI Send normal measurement mode program codes 6 universal unlisten controller listen and Power Meter talk variabie name Read status character number 0 from meter s output data string 7 Check status character for an auto zero loop enabled condition character 0 gt decimal 84 If loop is enabled then branch to step 5 If not
452. the rear panel RECORDER OUTPUT connector if the standard connection of ASR69 is not desired The Lead Lag Amplifier maintains the phase gain response of the feedback loop in a stable mode The Servo Amplifier has an integrator in its feedback loop C16 and R54 which also shapes the overall phase gain response of the Auto Zero feedback path The Sero Amplifier generates an error voltage if the nc Amplifier s output is not near zero volts Without an RF input applied to the Power Sensor the DC Amplifier s output is very close to 0 Vde When the SENSOR ZERO switch is depressed or the Sensor Zero Remote command is enabled NA ZR causing the ZERO lamp to light the relay in A3A1 to ciose its contacis and the Servo Amplifier s output to produce an error offset voltage This error voltage is applied to the Auto Zero Assembly A3A1 from where it is processed and summed with the output from the Power Sensor s sensing element This composite voltage provides a correction signal of equal dc level but opposite polarity to the output of the sensing element with no RF input signal applied With the corrected input voltage the DC Amplifier s output is exactly 0 Vde When the SENSOR ZERO switch is released or the NAZR signal is disabled the Servo Amplifier s output voltage level is stored within the Auto Zero Assembly and the correction voltage remains coupled across the sensing element until another Auto Zero correction is needed The Transistor Drivers
453. then continue This step takes approximately four seconds to execute 3 24 Model 436A Operation Sending Data Messages cont d Table 3 4 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Output Data Stri tion as a basic talker or in the talk only mode If ee the basic talker function is selected the Power a Character Meter is configured to talk when the controller Definition places the interface bus in the command mode and outputs talk address M The Power Meter then re Measured value valid P Watts Mode under Range Over Range Under Range dBm or dB REL Mode Power Sensor Auto Zero Loop Enabled Range 1 Under Range normal for auto zeroing on Range 1 mains configured to talk output data when the in terface bus is in the data mode until it is unad dressed to talk by the controller To unaddress the Power Meter the controller can either send an Abort Message generate an interface clear or it can place the interface bus in the command mode and output a new talk address or a universal untalk command Examples of addressing and unaddress ing the Power Meter to talk are provided in Table 3 2 and Figure 3 8 NO Power Sensor Auto Zero Loop Enabled Not Range 1 Under Range normal for auto zeroing on Range 2 5 Power Sensor Auto Zero Loop Enabled Over Range error condition RF power applied to Power Sensor should not be 3 34 Talk Only Mode When the Power Meter functions in the Talk Only Mode it is automati c
454. tie 5 PO 0 58 00211 Helsinki 21 90 6923031 Cable HEWPACKOY Helsinki Tetex 12 1563 HEWPA SF FRANCE Hewlett Packard France Quartier de Courtaboeut Boite Postale 6 1 9140 Orsay C dex Tel 1 907 78 25 Cable HEWPACK Orsay Telex 600048 74 All e de la Robertsau F 67000 Strasbou Tet 88 35 23 20 2 Telex 890141 Cable HEWPACK STRBG Hewlett Packard France Agence R gionale Centre Vauban 201 rue Colbert Entr e A2 F 59000 Lille Tel 20 51 44 14 Telex 820744 Hewlett Packard France Centre d Affaires Paris Nord Batiment Rue de La Commune de Paris B P 300 F 93153 Le Blanc Mesnil C dex Tel 01 931 88 50 GERMAN FEDERAL REPUBLIC Hewiett Packard GmbH Vertnebszentrale Frankfurt Bernerstrasse 117 Postfach 560 140 0 6000 Frankfurt 56 Tel 0611 50 04 1 Cable HEWPACKSA Frankfurt Telex 04 13249 hpftmd Hewlett Packard GmbH Technisches Buero Boblingen Herrenbergerstrasse 110 0 7030 Boblingen Wurttemberg 07031 667 1 Cable HEPAK B blingen Telex 07265739 bbn Hewlett Packard GmbH Technisches Buero Dusseldort Emanuel Leuue Str 1 Seestern 0 4000 Dusseldorf 11 Tel 0211 59711 Telex 085 86 533 hpdd d Hewlett Packard GmbH Technisches Buero Hamburg Wendenstrasse 23 0 2000 Hamburg 1 Tel 040 24 13 93 Cable HEWPACKSA Hamburg Hewlett Packard GmbH Technisches Buero Hannover Am Grossmarkt 6 D 3000 Hannover Kieefeld 91 Tet 0511 46 60 01 Telex 092 3259
455. tine remote fast branch Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except for Delay Subroutine address branching With the logic analyzer connected normally and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 006 the following display should be observed 00 000 110 1 01 010 000 2 00 101 110 3 00 101 111 4 NOTE Address 012 Q 0 of Remote Initialize Subroutine not pre viously verified Description This step verifies that the Power Meter is configured to the Watt mode when remote auto zero operation is selected Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except for YM3 output of mode select gates Description This step verifies that the CAL FACTOR switch can be enabled and disabled remotely Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except for cal factor enable output of mode select gates Description This step verifies that the Power Meter provides the correct status output for an over range condition Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except for over under range decoder operation Refer to Service Sheet 3 Model 436A Service CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 8 70 BLOCK DIAGRAM CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS 8 71 Service Sheet 1 8 72 The Model 436A is a digital readout Power Meter which can be operated locally via front panel controls or remotely
456. tinuously applied to the Remote Qualifier Multiplexer so that it can be accessed by the operating program This output is then maintained until either a new Measurement Rate Programming Command or an LPU input is received When a new Measurement Rate Programming Command is received the output of the flip flop changes to reflect the current state of the 1103 data bit When an LPU input is received the flip flop is reset along with the Hold and Trigger flip flops and the Power Meter is placed in a hold condition 8 145 The 1102 H102 and HI04 data bit inputs are processed together to select hold free run or triggered operation of the Power Meter When the Function Decoder provides a Rate Clock output the 02 bit is clocked directly into a flip flop and the 1101 and H104 bits are NANDed together with the resultant output clocked into a second flip flop For purposes of definition the flip flop which accepts the H102 bit is called the Hold Flip Flop and the flip flop which accepts the gated input is called the Trigger Flip Flop When the 02 bit is high the Hold Flip Flop is clocked to the set state to enable free run operation of the Power Meter When the H102 bit is low the Hold Flip Flop is clocked to the reset state to enable hold or triggered operation of the Power Meter The way this is accomplished is by ORing the outputs of the Hold and Trigger Flip Flops When the Hold Flip Flop is set the OR gate is contin uously enab
457. tion and circuit out changes to 0 00 operation previously verified except as indicated below a Program execution and circuit operation when dB REF switch iS pressed Local Initialize Subroutine Mode select inputs loaded into mode register output of mode register indicates Power Meter configured for dB REF MODE Measurement Subroutine Branch to Log Conversion Subroutine Log Conversion Subroutine Branch to dB Relative Subroutine reference previously verified dB Relative Subroutine Load sign and contents of main counter into reference register Load contents of reference register into relative register Count main and relative counters down until contents of relative counter 0 Branch to Display and Remote Talk Subroutine NOTE Program execution and circuit operation when dB REF switch rdeased is same as above ex cept contents of main counter are not loaded into reference register 33 Set Power Meter RANGE HOLD switch to DESCRIPTION This step verifies the up down counting of the off out and Range Calibrator RANGE main counter when a negative dB reference value is stored switch in turn to 10 and 45 dBm Verify or that Digital Readout indication changes to KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and circuit 5 00 0 02 and 10 00 0 02 dBm re operation previously verified except as indicated below spectively Then set Range Calibrator NOTE RANGE switch to 5 dBm and adjust CAL dB Rdative Subroutine
458. to Hewlett Packard for servicing attach a tag indicating the type of Installation service required return address model number and full serial number Also mark the container FRAGILE to assure careful handling In any correspondence refer to the instrument by model number and full serial number 2 33 Other Packaging The following general instructions should be used for re packaging with commercially available materials a Wrap the instrument in heavy paper or plastic If shipping to a Hewlett Packard office or service center attach a tag indicating the service required return address model number and full serial number b Use a strong shipping container A double wall carton made of 275 lb test material is adequate C Use enough shock absorbing material 3 to 4 inch layer around all sides of instrument to provide firm cushion and prevent movement in the container Protect the control panel with cardboard d Seal the shipping container securely e Mark the shipping container FRAGILE to assure careful handling 2 3 Installation Model 436A Table 2 1 Circuit Options Assembly A3 which corresponds to the average power input to the Power Sensor If ex Assembly Jumper Functions 8 ternal filtering is desired reconnect the jumpers to provide the optional un 13 11 A D Converter The factory installed jumpers provide a filtered dc RECORDER OUTPUT filtered dc RECORDER OUTPUT as shown on Service Sheet 8
459. to stored reference level ZERO Lights to indicate that power sensor auto zero circuit is enabled and RF BLANKING output is active REMOTE Associated with BCD Option 024 and Hewlett Packard Interface Bus Option 022 Lights to indicate that front panel switches are disabled and power meter operation is being controlled via remote interface 9 POWER REF ON Aiternate action pushbutton switch When set to ON in enables POWER REF OUTPUT POWER REF OUTPUT Enabled when POWER REF switch is set to ON Provides RF output of 1 00 mW 0 70 for system calibration LINE ON OFF Alternate action pushbutton switch Applies ac line power to Power Meter when set to ON in SENSOR ZERO Spring loaded pushbutton switch When pressed enables Power Sensor auto zero loop for a period of approximately 4 seconds ZERO lamp remains lit for the duration of this period NOTE In order to auto zero the Power Sensor no RF input power may be applied while the ZERO lamp is lit If any RF input power is applied it will introduce an offset that will affect all subsequent measurements Operation RANGE HOLD Alternate action pushbutton switch When set to off out allows Power Meter to auto range as required to track changes in RF input power level When set to on in locks Power Meter in last range enabled during autoranging CAL FACTOR Rotary switch which changes the gain of the Power Meter amplifier circui
460. to the Controller As stated previously these outputs are only loaded into the Range Counter at the start of each program cyde when remote operation is enabled LREM output low and auto ranging is not selected NAUTO output high 8 159 The Auto Range output of the Range Select Gates is generated by decoding the Range Bit 2 and 3 inputs When both of these inputs are high range 6 or 7 and the Remote Enable input is low a gate is enabled to set the NAUTO output to the Controller low When remote operation is not selected the high Remote Enable input holds the NAUTO output at a high level to enable WIRED OR selection of this function via the front panel RANGE HOLD switch 8 160 The remaining output of the Range Select Gates is the LPU signal This output is set false low to hold the operating program at starting address 000 when the Range Bit inputa are all low range 0 and remote operation is selected by a low Remote Enable input 8 161 Mode Programming Commands The Mode Select Gates buffer the Mode Cal Factor Disable and Sensor Zero programming inputs and gate these inputs with the Remote Enable input When the Remote Enable input is low the gates are enabled and the programming inputs are routed to the Controller to control Power Meter operation as described on Service Sheets 2 and 3 Block Dia gram Description When the Remote Enable input is high the outputs of the gates are reset high to enable WIRED OR selecti
461. to the LLRE instruc tion to set the output of the Main Counter to 0000 and to store a positive sign in the Sign Latch Thus the Reference Register is effectively cleared to prevent an inaccurate reference from being used as the basis of future dB REL indications After the measured value is stored in the Reference Register a dB REL conversion is enabled to indicate the measured value with respect to the stored reference At the end of this conversion the output of the Main Counter will be 0000 because the measured value and the reference value were equal at the start of the conversion The Controller then continues to enable one log and one dB REF dB REL conversion per program cycle until the dB REF switch is released and the Mode Qualifier Bits change to indicate that the dB REL Mode is enabled Following each dB REF dB REL conversion the outputs of the Main Counter 0000 are loaded into the front panel Display Register by the LTC instruction 8 113 When the dB REF switch is released the new Mode Select Code is loaded into the Mode Register at the start of the next program cycle to enable the dB REL mode For this mode an LLRE instruction is not generated after an in range log conversion Thus the reference stored during the last program cyde is used for each dB relative conversion The Controller and Main Counter operating cycle associated with the dB relative conversion is described in the following paragraphs
462. to the Power Meter and the calculator checks 1 0 status and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Subroutine Address after a 200 ms delay Since the Power Meter is programmed to range 2 access time to the 10 001 010 1 11 000 010 5 first date character is approximately 1130 ms 00 001 O11 2 01 000 100 6 Thus the calculator should detect STAT 00 001 101 3 01 000 100 7 13 2 01 000 001 4 01 000 100 8 b Line 1550 The following display is observed with the logic analyzer connected normally refer to troubleshooting example and set up for single sweep TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Subroutine Address 10 001 010 1 10 001 111 5 00 001 011 2 00 011 000 6 10 001 101 3 10 011 110 7 00 001 110 4 01 010 111 8 Error Power Meter takes trigger with GO TO line 1610 and use STEP key to manually execute program settling time measurement when program line by line Check that the following display is obtained with the med to trigger immediate logic analyzer connected normally and set up for single sweep Description A talk cyde is first enabled TRIGGER WORD 012 Remote Initialize Subroutine Address to complete the output date transfer initi ated for the previous test Then a trigger 10 001 010 immediate programming command is sent 00 001 O11 11 000 010 5 01 000 100 6 1 2 to the Power Meter to initiate the next 00 001 101 x 01 000 100 7 talk cycle and the calculator checks 1 0 01 000 001 01 000 100
463. tor e Auto Zero Zeroing the meter is accomplished by merely depressing the SENSOR ZERO switch and waiting until the display shows all zeros before releasing it The meter is ready to make measurements as soon as the zero light in the mode annunciator goes off eRF Blanking Output Open collector TTL low corresponds to blanking when the sensor zero is engaged May be used to remove the RF input signal connected to the power sensor e Calibration Accuracy 1 00 mW 50 MHz reference output is available at the front panel General Information for calibrating the Power Meter and the Power Sensor as a system Calibration is accomp lished using the CAL ADJ and CAL FACTOR 96 controls The CAL ADJ control compen sates for slight differences in sensitivity associated with a particular type of Power Sensor and the CAL FACTOR control compensates for mismatch losses and effective efficiency over the frequency range of the Power Sensor e Recorder Output Provides a linear output with respect to the input power level For each range a 1 00 Vdc output corresponds to a full scale input power level Refer to Table 1 1 Specifications for the full scale range values associated with the various types of Power Sensors available 1 17 Two programming interfaces are available as options for the Power Meter a Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB Option 022 and a BCD Interface Option 024 Both interfaces allow full remote contr
464. tput of the power sensing device is converted to a 250 Hz signal by a sampling gate chopper circuit The ac signal which is proportional to the RF input is amplified by tuned ac amplifier stages in the Power Sensor and Power Meter The Phase Detector converts the amplified 220 Hz ac signal back to a dc level which is proportional to the RF input power level The Attenuator reduces the ac signal for high power inputs This allows equal measurement resolution for high and low power levels The Phase Detector and a sampling gate circuit in the Power Sensor are driven in phase by the 220 MHz Multivibrator s outputs A2U5B is connected as a voltage follower between the Mount Return line and Analog Ground This circuit ensures that a minimum voltage difference exists between the grounds thereby eliminating the possibility of unreliable readings High current flow through the ground retum of cables which are greater than 1 52 metres 5 feet long cause the voltage difference First Amplifier The First Amplifier of the Power Meter and the Power Sensor s output amplifier stage form a low noise high gain hybrid operational amplifier refer to the figure below The ac gain is approximately 600 dc bias is set by A2R1 R2 R5 R6 and R7 a POWER SENSOR amm c POWER METER a SAMPLED AC INPUT 220 Hz OUTPUT SHAPING NETWORK 22 1K POWER SENSOR CABLE Hybrid Operational Amplifier SERVICE SHEET 7 cont d Diodes A2CR1 CR
465. tric or quartz tuned cavity tuned circuit internal kilohertz kilohm kilovolt enn nn F inductance capacitance light emitting diode low frequency long Jeft hand linear taper used in parts list LK WASH LO low local oscillator LOG logarithmic taper used in parts list lock washer logrithm ic low pass filter low voltage m meter distance mA milliampere maximum megohm meg 106 used in parts list FLM metal filrn OX metallic oxide MF medium frequency microfarad used in parts list MFR manufacturer mg milligram MHz megahertz log s mho minimum minute time minute plane angle minlature millimeter Model 436A modulator momentary metal oxide semiconductor millisecond mounting meter indicating millivolt ac millivolt dc millivolt peak millivolt peak to peak millivolt rms multiplex microampere microfarad microhenry microsecond microvolt s microvolt ac Microvolt microvolt peak microvolt peak to peak Microvolt rms microwatt US Sistas nanoampere no connection normally closed negative nanofarad nickel plate normally open negative positive negative negative positive zero zero tempera ture coefficient not recommended for field replace ment not separately re
466. ts to com pensate for mismatch losses and effective efficiency of the Power Sensor A chart of CAL FACTOR versus frequency is printed on each Power Sensor CAL ADJ Screwdriver adjustment for calibrating the Power Meter and any Power Sensor to a known standard SENSOR Provides input connection for Power Sensor via Power Sensor Cable MODE Interlocking pushbutton switches which configure the Power Meter to indicate average RF input power in watts in dBm or in dB with respect to a stored reference WATT Alternate action pushbutton switch When set to on in selects WATT Mode Power Meter is configured to indicate RF input power in watts milliwatts microwatts or nanowatts dBm Alternate action pushbutton switch When set to on in selects dBm Mode Power Meter is configured to indicate RF input power in dBm dB REF Spring loaded pushbutton switch When pressed selects dB Relative Mode RF input power level displayed on Digital Readout is stored as dB reference and Digital Readout changes to 0 Then Power Meter is configured to indicate changes in RF input level in dB with respect to stored reference NOTE When the dBm relative mode is selected the WATT Mode or dBm Mode be selected by pressing the WATT MODE or dBm Mode switch and the power applied to the Sensor is displayed on the Digital continued Figure 3 1 Front and Rear Panel Controls Connectors and Indicators 2 of 4
467. tt mode auto range 6 or 7 trigger with settling time Check that the Power Meter outputs the following data Status 0 in range Range 1 Mode 02 watt or printer Sign 1 or 0 or Data Same as front panel Digital Readout Exponent 08 Program Power Meter for remote operation dBm mode range 3 trigger with settling time Check that the Power Meter outputs the following data Status 3 under range dBm mode Range 3 Mode 03 dBm or printer might be blank Sign lor 0 or Data same as front panel Digital Readout Exponent 02 Program Power Meter for remote operation dB REL mode range 4 trigger with set tling time Check that the Power Meter out puts the following data Status 3 under range log mode Range 4 Mode 01 dB REL or A printer Sign 1 or 0 Date Same as front panel Digital Readout Exponent 02 Program Power Meter for remote operation dB REF mode range 4 trigger immedi ate Check that the Power Meter outputs the following data Status 3 under range log mode Range 4 Mode 00 dB REF mode or V printer Date same as front panel Digital Readout Exponent 02 Test Description and Key Operating Sequence Description This test verifies that the Power Meter is capable of remote watt mode auto range operation Key Operating Sequence Program execution and circuit opera tion previously verified except
468. ugh 8 66 HP IB Verification Programs in and 8 17 and Troubleshooting in Table 8 4 Controller and Counters Block Diagram A1A2 A4 A5 SERVICE SHEET 3 8 172 Model 436A puc 022 T DATA TRANSFER CONTROL TO FROM HEWLETT PACKARD INTERFACE BUS AB Hewlett Packard Interface Buy Control Assembly Option 022 cee S DAL J PP _ Spumante U _ MM ns eee ee DATA Vac 20101 4 9 y 6 Y HREM L101 m m ENABLE ane Hos INNEN 7 HI06 AUTO ZERO EN um HE S 1096 A 106 DISABLE CLOCK bE LDI07 LIBI LIOF FUNCTION RANGE CLOCK S cue DECODER 5 Tauro q 2 3 56 RANGE ENABLE GAL FACTOR P DISABLE LIO DEVICE RATE CLOCK 1 C 2 5 k CLEAR t DECODER H LISTEN RATE CLOCK 2 H107 MASTER RESET LPU i ivan 3 5 AUTO RANGE ENABLE O TRANSFER CONTROL i 2 Aa t80AV LATN A LX s mos INTERFACE CLEAR 1 N COMMAND MODE ENABLE 41 DATA VALID LBDAV 1 N l BEMOTE ENABLE LBREM SES o oo L DATA ACCEPTED HBDAC E 2 5 l BATA ACCEPT AUTO AANGE QUALIFIER ENABLE CLOCK 1 T ADDRESS REMOTE I LOGIC ENABLE LAEM RATE 1
469. uit board and a data cable for interconnection 1 27 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED 1 28 The accessories supplied with the Power Meter are shown in Fiaure L1 a The 15 metre 5 ft Power Sensor Cable HP 00436 60026 is used to couple the Power Sensor to the Power Meter The 1 5 metre cable is omitted with any cable option b The line power cable may be supplied in one of four configurations Refer to the paragraph entitled Power Cables irj Section 11 c An alignment tool for adjusting the CAL AD front panel control HP Part No 8710 0630 1 29 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED BUT NOT SUPPLIED 1 30 To form a complete RF power measurement System a Power Sensor such as the HP Model 8481A must be connected to the Power Meter via the Power Sensor cable Model 436A 1 31 EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE 1 32 The HP Model 11683A Range Calibrator is recommended for performance testing adjusting and troubleshooting the Power Meter The Power Meter s range to range accuracy and auto zero operation can easily be verified with the Calibrator It also has the capability of supplying a full scale test signal for each range 1 33 Two extender boards HP Part Numbers 5060 0258 and 5060 0990 24 and 44 pins respectively enable the Power Meter printed circuit assemblies to be accessed for service Rubber bumpers HP Part No 0403 0115 should be in stalled on the extender boards to prevent the boards from touching 1 34 RECOMMENDED TEST EQUIPMENT
470. ument Checkout 11 of 17 m Instrument Setup and Test Procedure Test Description and Key Operating Sequence 25 Set Range Calibrator RANGE switch to DESCRIPTION This step sets the A D Converter Log Con O dBm and FUNCTION switch to CALI version threshold BRATE Adjust Power Meter LZR po tenti ometer A3R59 as required to ob KEY OPERATING SEQUENCE Program execution and drcuit tain 0 00 dBm indication on Digital operation previously verified except as indicated below Readout Measurement Subroutine NOTE A D Converter input voltage at DC test point A3TP4 is This step ses the A D Conver 0 100 0 002 Vdc ter log threshold When the Ramp amplitude at RMP test point 2 15 specified indication is obtained 0 71 0 144 Vp p the Digital Readout should be LZR potentiometer can be adjusted so that YPLS qualifier just on the verge of blanking alternates between 0 and 1 at address 066 i e the Digital Readout may When 5 0 branch to Under Range Subroutine randomly alternate between reference previously verified 0 00 dBm and UNDER When YPLS amp branch to Log Conversion Subroutine RANGE blanked 0 Log Conversion Subroutine Detect YPLS 0 at address 135 Branch to Relative dB Subroutine Relative dB Subroutine Branch to Display and Remote Talk Subroutine 26 Set Power Meter CAL FACTOR switch DESCRIPTION This step verifies the exponential slope of the to 85 and verify that Digital Readout indi log conversi
471. via an HP IB Interface Bus Option 022 or a BCD Interface Option 024 The overall power range and frequency response of the Power Meter is determined by the Power Sensor to which it is connected 8 73 When the Power Meter is operated locally the Push Button Switch Assembly enables selection of the measurement mode dB watts and the auto ranging circuits normally select the most sensitive range for measurement of input power Should the operator desire to make all measure ments on a specific range however a RANGE HOLD switch allows the Power Meter to be locked in any one of the five measurement ranges 8 74 When the Power Meter is operated remotely the front panel controls are disabled and measure ment mode and range are selected by programming inputs from the remote interface Remote opera tion can only be enabled via the remote interface it cannot be enabled via the front panel 8 75 As shown on Service Sheet 1 all of the Power Meter operating functions are enabled and or sequenced by the outputs of the Controller These outputs in turn are generated by processing the qualifier mode and range select inputs according to an operating program stored a MOS memory chip Thus in order to understand the functions of the circuits shown on the block diagram it is first necessary to consider their relationship to the operating program An overall flow chart of the operating program is illustrated in Sheet 1 As shown
472. vious go on to the next subroutine If it is not obvious refer to Table 8 6 and proceed to the Block Diagram Description referenced The Block Diagram Descriptions are written in terms of hard ware operation They summarize qualifier instruction communication and concentrate on explaining how the instruction is processed to enable the function and on how the qualifier is generated to indicate status After a general under standing of hardware operation is gained go back ta Figure 8 15 and trace out the address branching required to effect the qualifier instruction com munications talked about in the Block Diagram Description When a logic analyzer is available each of these address branches serve as a valuable tool for troubleshooting Overall circuit operation can be rapidly analyzed by looking at key addres ses within the subroutines refer to example provided under TROUBLESHOOTING Table 8 8 Standard Instrument Checkout When the problem is isolated to a circuit additional addresses can be Selected as sync points for checking circuit opera tion on a step by step basis 8 129 Service Sub Routine Address Power Up Local Remote Branch 8 130 Table 8 6 Operating Program Descriptions 1 of 11 Function Blank Display LSOR UNDER RANGE or OVER RANGE indicator will light depending on whether under over range decoder powers up in set or reset mode a Count to range counter down to range O LCRD b Cl
473. voided as much as possible and when inevitable should be carried out only by a skilled person who is aware of the hazard involved Figure 8 47 Rear Panel Mounted Power Supply Component Locations 220 VAC 100 vac 240 120 I I N Men lt a CAUTIONS Before switching on this instrument make sure the instrument is set to the voltage of the power source Before switching on this instrument ensure that all devices connected to this instrument are connected to the protective earth ground Before switching on this instrument ensure that the line power mains plug is connected to a three conductor line power outlet that has a pro tective earth ground Grounding one conductor of a two conductor outlet is not sufficient 0 9 F 0 9 Power Supply Rectifier and Regulator Assy 00436 60006 Reference designations within outline assem blies are abbreviated Full designation includes Assembly Number e g R1 of Assembly A1 is A1R1 Designations of other components are complete as shown DUAL VOLTAGE P O A10 I 7 21 pm REGULATOR 15V Mother Board Assembly I P O P O I P 0 P O w7 WPI VIN VOUT 15v i BOOST f I i CL SENSE 1826 0183 EN 1 i GND FC lt 5v 4 i I Tm t 5 i 5V i zs A
474. with the measurement timing cycle shown in and summarized i Table 3 5 the validity of the Power Meter output can be tabu lated according to operating range and triggering interval versus change in input power level A gen eral summary of this information is as follows a When the Power Meter is programmed for trigger with settling time operation sufficient time is provided for the Power Meter to settle to the in put power level on all ranges except Range 1 most sensitive range On Range 1 approximately 10 seconds 9 10 measurements are required for the Power Meter to settle to the input power level EXAMPLE 2 Auto Zero Model 436A b When the Power Meter is programmed for trigger immediate operation the desired amount of settling time can be incorporated into the program 3 31 Programming the Local to Remote Mode Change The second factor that must be considered when programming the Power Meter for synchron ous triggered operation is whether the first trigger is sent immediately after terminating local opera tion As illustrated in Figure 3 4 the Power Meter will not respond to the first trigger following a local to remote transition until it completes the previously initiated measurement and display cycle Thus the first data output of the Power Meter may not be valid The options available to the programmer are 1 Send a trigger command Data Message and discount the first data output Upon outputting the data
475. y be safely coupled to this system Levels which exceed the limits may damage the Power Sensor Power Meter or both Program the Power Meter to the desired Mode and Range select the triggering most appropriate to the type of measurements anticipated and connect the Power Sensor to the RF source Figure 3 3 Operating Instructions 4 of 4 3 19 Operation 3 12 HEWLETT PACKARD INTERFACE BUS REMOTE OPERATION NOTE For a quick and easy programming guide sed Figure 3 8 for detailed information study through 3 61 3 13 Hewlett Packard Interface Bus HP IB Option 022 adds remote programming and digital output capability to the Power Meter For further information about the HP IB refer to IEEE Stand ard 488 and the Hewlett Packard Catalog Power Meter compatibility programming and data for mat is described in detail in the paragraphs which follow 3 14 Compatibility 3 15 The Power Meter controls that can be pro grammed via the Hewlett Packard Interface Bus are the MODE and SENSOR ZERO switches The controls not programmable are the POWER REF and LINE switches The CAL FACTOR switch can be enabled and disabled via the interface bus but when enabled the calibration factor entered at the front panel of the Power Meter is used 3 16 In addition specific ranges can be set and various triggering options are available to the pro grammer This will be described in detail later 3 17 The programming capability of t
476. ydes to Local Remote Branch Subroutine hold loop when LPU signal is terminated b Line 1330 H HOLD output of measurement rate select logic is set false by trigger immediate programming command and operating program cycles to Display and Remote Talk Subroutine hold loop c Line 1340 2380 Power Meter outputs connect status range and mode characters Power Meter output can be verified per Read Byte Subroutine starting at line 5000 GO TO line 1410 and use STEP key to manually execute pro gram line by line Check that Power Meter is unaddressed to listen in line 1430 and is not addressed to listen in line 1440 LSTN test point 11 4 remains low If Power Meter is addressed to listen in line 1440 use the following program to isolate the malfunction CMD MS H LSTN test point goes low CMD U H LSTN test point goes high CMD MS H LSTN test point goes low CMD 20 LSTN test point remains low CMD U LSTN test point remains low CMD U H LSTN test point remains low CMD U H LSTN test point remains low CMD U H LSTN test point remains low NOTE Address 102 0 0 of Remote Initialize Subroutine has not been previously verified To verify this address turn power on and off to Power Meer set front pand MODE switch to dBm then manually program Power Meer to remote mode and then to watt mode range3 trigger immediate CMD U CMD U A3I and check that
477. zero preset ret wrt omrd 9D V ret pmr Power meter read subroutine pmr fmt 1 1x b 1x 5 0 1x 3 0 0 8 for 1 to 20 wrt 9D V wait R 73 4000 red pmrd 1 R P E kf Kaleo Eg PI if abs P S gt 1 gto 1 P10 E P ret P1 P S next X dsp power meter not settled Note The next statement should be end end or if another subroutine follows then a gto should be used Figure 3 8 436A Quick Programming Guide 4 of 5 3 34 Model 436A Operation 436A QUICK PROGRAMMING GUIDE Subroutines for 9830 BASIC POWER METER ZERO SUBROUTINE Cu Co na cao E 4 ree nn nn ri 1128 SETTLED Note The next statement should be END or if another subroutine follows thena GOTO 9999 should be used Figure 3 8 436A Quick Programming Guide 5 of 5 3 35 Operation REMOTE BCD INTERFACE OPERATION 3 64 Figure 3 3 provides instructions for operat ing the Power Meter with the BCD option installed In order to follow these instructions the operator must be familiar with Power Meter programming and output data format This information is vided in detail in the paragraphs which follow NOTE The Power Meter BCD option is designed to interface directly with an HP 5055A Digital Recorder When it is used with this recorder it ca

2 - G1SLE

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents